OAKLEY INC
S-1/A, 1996-06-05
OPHTHALMIC GOODS
Previous: DLB OIL & GAS INC, 8-K, 1996-06-05
Next: LOGANS ROADHOUSE INC, 10QSB, 1996-06-05



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 5, 1996.
    
 
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-4608
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                          <C>
         WASHINGTON                      3851                   95-3194947
(State or Other Jurisdiction       (Primary Standard           (IRS Employer
             of                       Industrial              Identification
      Incorporation or           Classifications Code             Number)
       Organization)                    Number)
</TABLE>
 
                                   10 HOLLAND
                            IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92718
                                 (714) 951-0991
         (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including
            Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
 
                                R. LINK NEWCOMB
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                                   10 HOLLAND
                            IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92718
                                 (714) 951-0991
           (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
                   Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)
                           --------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>
           JEROME L. COBEN, ESQ.                      REBECCA L. PRENTICE, ESQ.
          JEFFREY H. COHEN, ESQ.                         SHEARMAN & STERLING
   SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM               777 SOUTH FIGUEROA STREET
          300 SOUTH GRAND AVENUE                             34TH FLOOR
                SUITE 3400                          LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90017
       LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90071
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
 APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
                                    PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
                           --------------------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box. / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /________________
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /________________
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box. / /
                           --------------------------
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933,  AS AMENDED,  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  BECOME  EFFECTIVE ON  SUCH  DATE AS  THE  COMMISSION, ACTING  PURSUANT TO
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  ITEM
 NUMBER                           ITEM                                        LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                                 <C>
    1.     Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus...................  Facing Page; Cross-Reference Sheet; Outside Front
                                                                Cover Page of Prospectus
    2.     Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
            Prospectus.......................................  Inside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Table of
                                                                Contents; Outside Back Cover Page of Prospectus
    3.     Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
            Earnings to Fixed Charges........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Selected Financial
                                                                Data
    4.     Use of Proceeds...................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds; Corporate
                                                                History and Reorganization
    5.     Determination of Offering Price...................  Underwriting
    6.     Dilution..........................................  Not Applicable
    7.     Selling Security Holders..........................  Principal and Selling Shareholders; Management;
                                                                Certain Transactions
    8.     Plan of Distribution..............................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Underwriting
    9.     Description of Securities to Be Registered........  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Prospectus
                                                                Summary; Description of Capital Stock
   10.     Interests of Named Experts and Counsel............  Not Applicable
   11.     Information with Respect to Registrant............  Prospectus Summary; The Company; Risk Factors;
                                                                Corporate History and Reorganization; Price Range
                                                                of Common Stock and Dividend Policy;
                                                                Capitalization; Selected Financial Data;
                                                                Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                Condition and Results of Operations; Business;
                                                                Management; Certain Transactions; Principal and
                                                                Selling Shareholders; Shares Eligible for Future
                                                                Sale; Description of Capital Stock; Consolidated
                                                                Financial Statements
   12.     Disclosure of Commission Position on
            Indemnification for Securities Act
            Liabilities......................................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
    This Registration Statement contains two forms of prospectus: one to be used
in  connection  with an  offering in  the  United States  and Canada  (the "U.S.
Prospectus") and one  to be  used in a  concurrent offering  outside the  United
States  and Canada (the "International Prospectus"). The U.S. Prospectus and the
International Prospectus will be identical in all respects except for the  front
and  back cover  pages and  the "Underwriting"  section. The  U.S. Prospectus is
included herein and is followed by those  pages to be used in the  International
Prospectus which differ from those in the U.S. Prospectus. Each of the pages for
the  International Prospectus included  herein has been  labeled "Alternate Page
for International Prospectus."
 
    If required pursuant  to Rule 424(b)  of the General  Rules and  Regulations
under  the Securities Act of 1933, ten copies of each of the prospectuses in the
forms in which they are used after the Registration Statement becomes  effective
will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission. These securities  may not be  sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior  to the time the Registration Statement  becomes
effective.  This  Prospectus  shall  not  constitute an  offer  to  sell  or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in  any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
<PAGE>
   
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                   PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JUNE 5, 1996
    
 
PROSPECTUS
                                5,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                            ------------------------
 
    Of the  5,000,000 shares  of  Common Stock  of  Oakley, Inc.,  a  Washington
corporation  (the "Company" or "Oakley"), being offered hereby, 4,000,000 shares
are being offered in the United States and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters  (the
"U.S.  Offering")  and  1,000,000  shares  are  being  offered  in  a concurrent
international offering outside the United States and Canada by the International
Managers (the "International Offering," and together with the U.S. Offering, the
"Offerings"). The public offering price, the aggregate underwriting discount per
share and  the  respective  percentages of  the  Common  Stock to  be  sold  are
identical for each of the Offerings. See "Underwriting."
 
    All  of the shares of Common Stock  offered hereby are being sold by certain
shareholders of the Company (the  "Selling Shareholders"). The Company will  not
receive  any  of  the  proceeds from  the  sale  of the  shares  by  the Selling
Shareholders. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
 
   
    The Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the
symbol "OO." On June 4, 1996, the  last reported sale price of the Common  Stock
on the NYSE was $49 1/4 per share.
    
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" (BEGINNING ON PAGE 6) FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
WHICH SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
                             ---------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE SECURITIES
  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION, NOR HAS  THE
    SECURITIES   AND   EXCHANGE   COMMISSION   OR   ANY   STATE   SECURITIES
     COMMISSION PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.
             ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PROCEEDS TO
                                     PRICE TO            UNDERWRITING            SELLING
                                      PUBLIC             DISCOUNT(1)         SHAREHOLDERS(2)
<S>                            <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Per Share....................           $                     $                     $
Total (3)....................           $                     $                     $
</TABLE>
 
(1)  The  Company and  the  Selling Shareholders  have  agreed to  indemnify the
    several  Underwriters   against  certain   liabilities,  including   certain
    liabilities   under   the  Securities   Act   of  1933,   as   amended.  See
    "Underwriting."
 
   
(2)  Before  deducting  expenses  of  the  Offerings  payable  by  the   Selling
    Shareholders estimated to be $600,000.
    
 
(3)  The  Selling Shareholders  have granted  to the  U.S. Underwriters  and the
    International Managers options, exercisable within 30 days after the date of
    this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 600,000 and 150,000  shares
    of  Common Stock,  respectively, on  the same terms  as set  forth above, to
    cover over-allotments, if any. If all such additional shares are  purchased,
    the  total Price to  Public, Underwriting Discount,  and Proceeds to Selling
    Shareholders will be $         , $         and $         , respectively. See
    "Underwriting."
                            ------------------------
 
   
    The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters,  subject
to  prior sale, when, as and  if issued to and accepted  by them, and subject to
the approval  of certain  legal  matters by  counsel  for the  Underwriters  and
certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel
or  modify such offer and to  reject orders in whole or  in part. It is expected
that delivery of the shares of Common Stock  will be made in New York, New  York
on or about June   , 1996.
    
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.                                               ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                                                        INCORPORATED
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                The date of this Prospectus is          , 1996.
<PAGE>
                       NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION OF GRAPHICS
 
INSIDE FRONT AND INSIDE BACK COVER
 
    Black  and white, close-up  photographs of the  Company's H(2)O goggles (top
left), M FRAMES (top right), STRAIGHT JACKETS (bottom left), and ZEROES  (bottom
right).
 
PROSPECTUS FRONT AND BACK COVER
 
    Black  and white, scientific photograph  depicting magnified partial view of
the sun.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (INCLUDING THE  NOTES THERETO)  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Oakley  is an  innovation-driven designer,  manufacturer and  distributor of
high-performance sunglasses and goggles. The Company's principal strength is its
ability  to  develop  eyewear  which  combines  unique  styling  with   patented
technology  to provide superior optical performance  and comfort. As a result of
its focus on innovations for sports applications, Oakley believes it has  become
the  established leader in  the sports segment  of the sunglass  market, and its
products are worn by a variety  of athletes, such as skiers, cyclists,  runners,
surfers, golfers, tennis and baseball players and motocross riders. In addition,
Oakley products have gained a loyal and growing following among consumers in the
larger  nonsports, or recreational, segment of  the sunglass market. The Company
believes it can expand its sales in the nonsports segment of the sunglass market
by continuing to  introduce products  that emphasize  superior performance.  The
Company's  products  currently include  five  lines of  sunglasses  (including M
FRAMES, ZEROS, WIRES and  JACKETS) and three lines  of goggles. As derived  from
industry  sources, the Company estimates that in 1994 it held an approximate 13%
market share of the $1.2 billion premium  segment (over $30 retail) of the  U.S.
retail  sunglass  market. For  the  year ended  December  31, 1995,  the Company
generated net income, on a pro forma basis as described herein, of $39.6 million
on net sales of $172.8 million. From 1992 through 1995, the Company's net  sales
and  net income,  on a pro  forma basis  as described herein,  have increased at
compound annual growth rates of approximately 31.3% and 33.2%, respectively.
 
    The Company's goal is to become the premier manufacturer of high-performance
eyewear in the  world. Each element  of the Company's  operating strategy,  from
design  and manufacturing to marketing and distribution, is designed to control,
protect and enhance the Oakley brand image. The Company intends to capitalize on
its brand recognition by (i) increasing its presence in the nonsports segment of
the sunglass market,  (ii) expanding  penetration in  international markets  and
(iii)  introducing new  products and  identifying new  applications for existing
products and technology within the sports segment of the sunglass market.
 
    The key components of  the Company's operating  strategy are to  distinguish
its  products through technological  and design innovation  and to reinforce the
Oakley brand image  through creative marketing  and selective distribution.  The
Company  believes  it  has  one of  the  most  technologically  advanced product
development  capabilities  in  the  sunglass  industry.  Using  state-of-the-art
technology,  including  a  three-dimensional  CAD-CAM  system  and  liquid laser
prototyping, Oakley  has dramatically  shortened its  product development  cycle
and,  as a  result, is  capable of  introducing a  new product  line within four
months of its initial concept. In addition to controlling all aspects of product
development,  the  Company  also  produces  components  and  performs  processes
in-house   that  contribute  significantly  to   gross  profit  margin,  provide
protection  against  piracy  of   the  Company's  proprietary  information   and
processes, and enable the Company to manufacture products in accordance with its
strict  quality control standards.  When subjected to  industrial standard tests
for optical quality, as established by the American National Standards Institute
("ANSI"), Oakley's sports-application sunglasses featuring its patented  polaric
ellipsoid  lens  geometry  (including  M  FRAMES  and  ZEROS)  have demonstrated
superior optical  clarity  as compared  to  similar products  of  its  principal
competitors.
 
IN  CONNECTION WITH  THE OFFERINGS,  THE UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT  OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE  OF THE COMMON  STOCK
OFFERED  HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE  EFFECTED ON THE  NEW YORK  STOCK EXCHANGE  OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    To  promote consumer awareness  of its technological  and design innovation,
the  Company  has  developed  an  effective  marketing  approach  that  features
influential  athletes  and eclectic,  informative  advertising which  combine to
enhance the Oakley image of high-performance, technologically advanced  eyewear.
The  Company distributes its products in the United States through approximately
7,100  carefully  selected  accounts  comprised  primarily  of  optical  stores,
sunglass  retailers and  specialty sports stores.  In an effort  to preserve and
enhance Oakley's  brand  image,  the Company  stopped  soliciting  new  customer
accounts  in the United  States, with limited exceptions,  in November 1989. The
Company's current  level  of  distribution,  with  the  addition  of  key  niche
retailers,  is expected  to be capable  of accommodating  expanding sales, while
maintaining  the  discoverability   of  Oakley  products   by  consumers.   This
distribution  philosophy  provides retailers  with a  degree of  exclusivity for
Oakley products which has increased brand loyalty, improved retailer margins  on
Oakley products and encouraged retailers to display Oakley products in prominent
shelf  space  and  make timely  payments.  In  addition, the  Company  sells its
products in over 65 countries outside the United States. In 1995,  international
sales accounted for approximately 33.3% of the Company's total net sales.
 
    Oakley,  Inc. is a Washington corporation formed in March 1994 to succeed to
the assets  and liabilities  of Oakley,  Inc., a  California corporation,  which
commenced operations in 1977 and began to sell sunglasses in 1984. The Company's
Interplanetary Headquarters are located at 10 Holland, Irvine, California 92718;
its telephone number is (714) 951-0991.
 
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
Common Stock offered hereby
 (1)............................  5,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding
 before and after the
 Offerings......................  35,700,000 shares (2)
Use of proceeds.................  The  Company  will  not  receive  any  proceeds  from  the
                                  Offerings.
Listing.........................  The Common Stock is  listed on the  NYSE under the  symbol
                                  "OO."
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  Of  the 5,000,000  shares  of Common  Stock to  be  sold in  the Offerings,
    4,000,000 shares are being  offered in the United  States and Canada by  the
    U.S.  Underwriters and  1,000,000 shares are  being offered  in a concurrent
    offering outside the United States and Canada by the International Managers.
 
(2) Excludes approximately 630,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
    of stock options granted under the Company's 1995 stock incentive plan  (the
    "1995  Stock Incentive  Plan"). Substantially  all of  such options  have an
    exercise price per  share of $23.00,  the price per  share in the  Company's
    initial  public offering.  Options for  less than  4,000 of  such shares are
    exercisable prior to  August 1996.  See "Management --  Incentive and  Bonus
    Plans."
 
                           --------------------------
 
    Unless  otherwise noted, all Common Stock  share amounts, per share data and
other information set forth in this Prospectus (i) have been adjusted to reflect
a 3,240 for 1 stock split, which was effected on August 1, 1995 and (ii)  assume
that  the Underwriters' over-allotment option has not been exercised. Unless the
context  requires  otherwise,  the  "Company"  or  "Oakley,"  as  used  in  this
Prospectus,  means Oakley, Inc.  and its subsidiaries,  including Oakley Europe,
Sarl ("Oakley Europe"). See "Corporate History and Reorganization."
 
    M FRAME-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, MUMBO-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-,
BLADES-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, ZEROS-TM-, SUB ZEROS-TM-,
FROGSKINS-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, EYE JACKETS-TM-, T WIRE-TM-,
EYESHADES-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, PLUTONITE-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- ,
IRIDIUM-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, RAZOR BLADES-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-,
HAMMERS-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, UNOBTANIUM-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-,
HEATER-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, SWEEP-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-,
STRIKE-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, HYBRID-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, FACTORY
PILOT-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-, VIRGIN SERILIUM-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-,
OAKLEY-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-,  THERMONUCLEAR  PROTECTION-REGISTERED  TRADEMARK-,
FULL  METAL JACKETS-TM-, O-MATTER-TM-,  O-FRAME-TM-, PRO-FRAME-TM-, E-FRAME-TM-,
L-FRAME-TM- and H2O-TM- are included among the Company's trademarks.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                             -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                               1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net sales................................  $  66,319  $  76,390  $  92,714  $ 123,952  $ 172,752  $  36,615  $  48,706
  Gross profit.............................     46,563     56,806     65,047     88,238    122,457     25,259     34,064
  Operating income.........................     12,310     15,010     13,707     14,026     53,270      6,436     17,653
  Income before provision for income
   taxes...................................     12,501     15,184     13,638     13,794     52,997      6,406     17,842
  Net income...............................     12,175     14,730     13,330     13,535     45,167      6,136     10,973
SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME STATEMENT DATA (1):
  Income before provision for income
   taxes...................................     12,501     15,184     13,638     13,794     52,997      6,406
  Provision for income taxes...............      5,012      6,065      5,476      5,539     20,854      2,575
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income...............................  $   7,489  $   9,119  $   8,162  $   8,255  $  32,143  $   3,831
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income per common and common
   equivalent share........................                                              $     .95(2)
                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                         ---------
  Weighted average common and common
   equivalent shares.......................                                                 33,770(2)
                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                         ---------
PRO FORMA AND ACTUAL INCOME STATEMENT DATA
 (3):
  Income before provision for income
   taxes...................................                                              $  65,298  $  13,773  $  17,842
  Provision for income taxes...............                                                 25,694      5,507      6,869
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income...............................                                              $  39,604  $   8,266  $  10,973
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income per common and common
   equivalent share........................                                              $    1.17(2)          $     .31
                                                                                         ---------             ---------
                                                                                         ---------             ---------
  Weighted average common and common
   equivalent shares.......................                                                 33,770(2)             35,916
                                                                                         ---------             ---------
                                                                                         ---------             ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                AT MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                                ------------------
                                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital.............................................................................      $   47,141
  Total assets................................................................................         116,870
  Total debt..................................................................................          --
  Shareholders' equity........................................................................          92,742
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  The Company was an S corporation for Federal and state income tax  purposes
     prior  to the  Company's initial  public offering  in August  1995. Amounts
     reflect adjustments for Federal  and state income taxes  as if the  Company
     had  been taxed  as a C  corporation for  all periods prior  to its initial
     public offering.
 
(2)  References to shares  are to  shares of  Oakley, Inc.  Amounts reflect  the
     effects  of the assumed issuance of 11,435 shares of Common Stock at $23.00
     per share (the price per share in the Company's initial public offering) to
     generate sufficient cash  to pay the  balance at December  31, 1995 of  the
     notes  representing  the  amounts payable  to  shareholders  for previously
     earned and  undistributed  taxable  S corporation  earnings  prior  to  the
     Company's  conversion to C corporation status (the "S Distribution Notes").
     See "Corporate History and Reorganization." See Note 1 to the  Consolidated
     Financial  Statements for additional information concerning the calculation
     of net income per common and common equivalent share.
 
(3)  For additional pro forma income statement data for 1993, 1994, 1995 and the
     three months  ended  March  31,  1995,  see  "Management's  Discussion  and
     Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of  Operations." For periods
     prior to  the Company's  initial public  offering in  August 1995,  amounts
     reflect  pro forma adjustments  for (i) the elimination  of bonuses paid to
     the two principal executive  officers in excess of  $2.0 million per  year,
     the  bonuses estimated in  August 1995 to  be payable to  the two principal
     executive officers, (ii)  the elimination of  depreciation expense of  $1.7
     million for the year ended December 31, 1995 associated with aircraft owned
     by  the Company  which were  distributed to  the principal  shareholders in
     August 1995, (iii) the  elimination of the gain  on the disposition of  the
     aircraft  distributed to  the two principal  shareholders as part  of the S
     Corporation Distribution (as  defined herein)  and (iv)  Federal and  state
     income  taxes as if the  Company had been taxed as  a C corporation for all
     periods prior to  the Company's initial  public offering. Income  statement
     data  for  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1996  reflects historical
     operating results. See "Management -- Incentive and Bonus Plans,"  "Certain
     Transactions,"   "Corporate  History  and   Reorganization"  and  "Selected
     Financial Data."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE  COMMON STOCK OFFERED  HEREBY SHOULD CONSIDER
CAREFULLY THE FACTORS SET FORTH BELOW, AS WELL AS OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH IN
THIS PROSPECTUS, IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT  IN THE COMMON STOCK. THIS  SECTION
INCLUDES   FORWARD-LOOKING  INFORMATION,  INCLUDING  THAT  RELATING  TO  PRODUCT
DEVELOPMENT AND INTRODUCTIONS. OTHER FACTORS AND ASSUMPTIONS NOT IDENTIFIED WERE
ALSO INVOLVED IN PREPARING SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION.
 
DEPENDENCE UPON NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTIONS
 
    The  Company's  historical  success  is   attributable,  in  part,  to   its
introduction  of products  which are  perceived to  represent an  improvement in
performance over products available in the market. The Company's future  success
will  depend, in part, upon its continued  ability to develop and introduce such
innovative products, and there can be  no assurance of the Company's ability  to
do  so.  In  1996,  the  Company  intends  to  introduce  several  sunglass line
extensions and at least one new line  of sunglasses, the X METALS. Although  the
Company  anticipates that it will  introduce this new line  in late 1996, delays
have been experienced in the past, and may be anticipated in the future, due  to
the  complexity of developing both the design and the manufacturing process. The
success of  any product  line, including  the X  METAL line,  is dependent  upon
various   factors,  including  product  demand,   production  capacity  and  the
availability  of  raw  materials  and  critical  manufacturing  equipment.   The
uncertainty  associated  with all  the  above factors,  and  any change  in such
factors from the Company's expectations, could result in cost increases,  delays
or cancellation of such new products and may also cause actual results to differ
materially from those projected.
 
    Innovative  designs are often not successful, and successful product designs
can be displaced by other product designs introduced by competitors which  shift
market  preferences in their favor. The  Company continues to introduce products
which, while technologically  advanced and  innovative in  design, are  targeted
more  toward  the  nonsports,  or recreational,  segment  of  the  market. These
products, which are more fashion-oriented, may have shorter life cycles than the
Company's  sports-related  sunglasses,  which  would  require  the  Company   to
introduce  new products more  frequently. In addition,  competitors often follow
the  Company's  introduction  of   successful  products  with  similar   product
offerings.  Although the Company  seeks to protect  its products through patents
and other proprietary  rights, there can  be no assurance  that such  protection
will  prevent competitors from  offering similar products. As  a result of these
and other factors, there can be no assurance that the Company will  successfully
maintain or increase its market share.
 
SUSCEPTIBILITY TO CHANGING CONSUMER PREFERENCES
 
    The  eyewear  industry  is  subject to  changing  consumer  preferences. The
Company's recreational sunglasses are likely  to be more susceptible to  fashion
trends than Oakley's products targeted to the sports segment. Shifts in consumer
preferences  may adversely affect  companies that misjudge  such preferences. If
the Company misjudges the market for  a particular product, the Company's  sales
may  be  adversely  affected and  it  may  be faced  with  excess  inventory and
underutilized manufacturing capacity. While the Company has a limited ability to
modify slow-moving models to satisfy consumer preferences and otherwise  utilize
excess  inventory and manufacturing capacity, the Company cannot ensure that any
such actions will be sufficient to redress a market misjudgment. Accordingly,  a
market  misjudgment could adversely  affect the Company's  results of operations
and financial condition.
 
COMPETITION
 
    Within various niches of the  sports segment of the nonprescription  eyewear
market,  the Company competes with mostly  smaller sunglass and goggle companies
and a limited number of larger competitors. In order to retain its market share,
the Company must continue to be competitive in the areas of quality, technology,
method of distribution, style, brand image, intellectual property protection and
customer service. The purchasing decisions  of athletes, sports enthusiasts  and
recreational  wearers  with respect  to high  performance eyewear  often reflect
highly subjective preferences which can be influenced by many factors, including
advertising, media,  product  endorsements, product  improvements  and  changing
styles.  The  Company  could therefore  face  competition from  existing  or new
competitors that introduce and promote
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
eyewear which is perceived by consumers to offer performance advantages over, or
greater aesthetic appeal than, Oakley products. These competitors could  include
established  branded consumer products companies that have greater financial and
other resources than the Company.
 
    Oakley  also  competes   in  the  broader,   recreational  segment  of   the
nonprescription   eyewear  market.   This  segment  is   fragmented  and  highly
competitive and  is generally  more fashion-oriented.  A number  of  established
companies  compete in this wider market, several of which have greater financial
and other  resources than  Oakley.  In certain  geographic markets,  certain  of
Oakley's  competitors have achieved greater brand awareness among consumers than
Oakley. See "Business -- Competition."
 
DEPENDENCE UPON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The operations of the Company depend to a great extent on the efforts of its
senior management,  particularly Mr.  Jim  Jannard, Chairman  of the  Board  and
President,  and  Mr. Mike  Parnell,  Chief Executive  Officer.  Although Messrs.
Jannard and Parnell have  entered into employment  agreements with the  Company,
the extended loss of the services of one or both of these individuals could have
a  material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's operations.  See  "Management --
Employment Agreements."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SIGNIFICANT GROWTH
 
    The Company has experienced significant  growth which has placed, and  could
continue  to place,  a significant  strain on  its employees  and operations. To
manage growth effectively, the Company will be required to continue to implement
changes  in  aspects  of  its  business,  expand  its  information  systems  and
operations  to respond  to growth  in demand  and develop,  train and  manage an
increasing number  of management-level  and other  employees. If  management  is
unable  to  anticipate or  manage  growth effectively,  the  Company's operating
results could be materially adversely affected.
 
RELIANCE ON SINGLE SOURCES OF SUPPLIES
 
    The Company relies on a single source for the supply of several  components,
including  the uncoated lens blanks from which substantially all of its sunglass
lenses are cut. The effect of the loss of any of such sources or of a disruption
in their business  will depend primarily  upon the length  of time necessary  to
find  a  suitable  alternative  source,  which  the  Company  believes,  in most
instances, will be  relatively short. The  loss of the  source for lens  blanks,
however,  or any disruption in  such source's business or  failure by it to meet
the Company's  product  needs on  a  timely basis  could  cause, at  a  minimum,
temporary shortages in needed materials and could have a material adverse effect
on  the  Company's  results  of  operations.  There  can  be  no  assurance that
precautions taken by the Company will be adequate or that an alternative  source
of  supply can  be located  or developed  in a  timely manner.  See "Business --
Manufacturing."
 
PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
 
    Oakley relies in  part on  patent, trade secret,  unfair competition,  trade
dress,  trademark and copyright law to protect  its rights to certain aspects of
its products, including product designs, proprietary manufacturing processes and
technologies, product research  and concepts and  recognized trademarks, all  of
which  the Company believes are important to the success of its products and its
competitive position. There can  be no assurance that  any pending trademark  or
patent  application will  result in  the issuance  of a  registered trademark or
patent, or that any trademark or  patent granted will be effective in  thwarting
competition  or be held valid if subsequently challenged. In addition, there can
be no assurance that the actions taken by the Company to protect its proprietary
rights will be adequate to prevent imitation of its products, that the Company's
proprietary information will not become  known to competitors, that the  Company
can  meaningfully protect  its rights  to unpatented  proprietary information or
that others will  not independently develop  substantially equivalent or  better
products  that do not infringe on the Company's intellectual property rights. No
assurance can be given that others will not assert rights in, and ownership  of,
the  patents and other proprietary rights of  the Company. In addition, the laws
of certain  foreign countries  do not  protect proprietary  rights to  the  same
extent  as the laws  of the United  States. In mid-1995,  the Company received a
letter from an individual owner of a United States patent, issued in late  1991,
which  he  claims covers  a production  process  utilized by  the Company  for a
portion of its products. On the  basis of the Company's investigation  completed
to date and discussions with the owner of such patent, the Company believes that
it
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
could,  if necessary,  acquire or  license the  patent, or  take other  steps to
resolve the matter, without  a material adverse effect  on the Company. Many  of
the  Company's products on which the claim  is based have been discontinued. See
"Business -- Intellectual Property."
 
    Consistent  with  the  Company's   strategy  of  vigorously  defending   its
intellectual  property rights,  Oakley devotes  substantial resources (including
time and attention  by its  executive officers)  to the  enforcement of  patents
issued  and  trademarks  granted to  the  Company,  to the  protection  of trade
secrets, trade dress or other intellectual property rights owned by the  Company
and  to the determination of the scope  or validity of the proprietary rights of
others that might be asserted against the Company. A substantial increase in the
level of potentially infringing activities  by others could require the  Company
to increase significantly the resources devoted to such efforts. In addition, an
adverse determination in litigation could subject the Company to the loss of its
rights  to  a particular  patent, trademark,  copyright  or trade  secret, could
require the  Company to  grant  licenses to  third  parties, could  prevent  the
Company  from manufacturing, selling or using certain aspects of its products or
could subject the Company  to substantial liability, any  of which could have  a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.
 
DEPENDENCE ON CERTAIN CUSTOMERS
 
    During  1994 and 1995,  sales before discounts to  the Company's ten largest
customers  (which  included  seven   international  distributors  during   1995)
accounted for approximately 48.6% and 46.3%, respectively of the Company's sales
before  discounts. Sales  before discounts  to Sunglass  Hut International, Inc.
("Sunglass  Hut"),  a  sunglass  specialty  retail  chain  (including  sales  to
Sunsations, another sunglass retailer which was acquired by Sunglass Hut in July
1995), accounted for approximately 30.0% and 32.1% of the Company's sales before
discounts  for 1994 and  1995, respectively. Such  sales to Sunglass  Hut do not
include sales to Sunglass Hut locations outside the United States that are  made
by  the Company's independent international  distributors. At December 31, 1995,
approximately 240 of the 1,700 Sunglass Hut locations were serviced by  Oakley's
independent  distributors.  The  Company  does  not  have  any  minimum purchase
agreements with  Sunglass  Hut.  A  substantial  decline  in  purchases  of  the
Company's  products by Sunglass Hut could have  a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations.
 
DEPENDENCE UPON ENDORSEMENT CONTRACTS
 
    A key element of Oakley's marketing strategy has been to establish  contacts
with, and obtain endorsements from, prominent athletes and public personalities.
These  endorsement contracts generally have  two-to four-year terms. The Company
also furnishes its  products at  a reduced cost  or without  charge to  selected
athletes   and  personalities  who  wear   Oakley  glasses  without  any  formal
arrangement. There can  be no  assurance that  any of  these relationships  with
athletes and personalities will continue, that such contracts will be renewed or
that  the Company will  be able to attract  new athletes to  wear or endorse its
products. If Oakley  were unable in  the future to  arrange endorsements of  its
products  by athletes and/or public personalities  on terms it deems reasonable,
it would be required to modify its  marketing plans and could be forced to  rely
more  heavily on other forms of advertising and promotion, which might not prove
to be as effective  as endorsements. See "Business  -- Sales and Marketing"  and
"Certain Transactions."
 
RISKS RELATING TO INTERNATIONAL SALES
 
    Sales outside the United States accounted for approximately 26.9%, 33.3% and
37.4%  of the Company's net sales for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995
and the  three months  ended March  31, 1996,  respectively. While  the  Company
expects  international sales to continue to account for a significant portion of
its sales, there can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to  maintain
or increase its international sales. The Company's international business may be
adversely  affected  by changing  economic conditions  in foreign  countries and
fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  The Company's international sales  are
also  subject to risks associated with tariff regulations, "local content" laws,
political instability  and trade  restrictions.  In addition,  there can  be  no
assurance  that the  Company's brands  and products  will be  as popular  in the
various countries in which the Company's products are or will be offered as they
are in the United States, or that  the Company will be successful in  preventing
competitors  from  producing products  using the  same or  substantially similar
technology for sale outside the United States.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
MANUFACTURING CAPACITY CONSTRAINTS
 
    The Company's capacity to manufacture its products may be constrained by the
availability of raw materials, the ability of its suppliers to meet its needs in
a timely manner and the Company's internal production capacity. Since  mid-1994,
the  Company has from time to time experienced increased backorders (merchandise
remaining unshipped beyond its scheduled shipping date) as a result of the above
factors. Significant backorders over  a prolonged period  could have a  damaging
effect on customer relations, which in turn could adversely affect the Company's
results  of operations. In  addition, the Company  expects to relocate  to a new
headquarters/manufacturing facility  by  the  end  of 1996  or  in  early  1997.
However,  there can be no  assurance that the Company will  be able to meet this
schedule or that it will not  encounter significant disruptions in its  business
during  the relocation.  There can  be no assurance  that the  new facility will
operate as effectively as expected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results  of  Operations --  Backlog" and  "Business  --
Manufacturing."
 
QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS; SEASONALITY
 
    The Company's business is affected by economic factors and seasonal consumer
buying  patterns. The Company's quarterly  results of operations have fluctuated
and may continue to fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including  the
timing of the introduction of new products, the mix of product sales and weather
patterns.  Historically, the Company's  sales, in the  aggregate, generally have
been  higher  in  the  period  from  March  to  September.  In  1994  and  1995,
approximately 53.7% and 53.9%, respectively, of the Company's net sales for each
year occurred during the second and third quarters. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Seasonality."
 
UNPREDICTABILITY OF DISCRETIONARY CONSUMER SPENDING
 
    The success of the Company's business depends to a significant extent upon a
number of factors relating to discretionary consumer spending, including general
economic  conditions affecting  disposable consumer income,  such as employment,
business conditions, interest  rates and  taxation. Any  significant decline  in
such  general  economic conditions  or  uncertainties regarding  future economic
prospects that adversely  affect discretionary consumer  spending generally,  or
purchasers of discretionary optical products specifically, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.
 
FUTURE SALES BY PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS; SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    After  the Offerings, Mr. Jannard and a  trust (the "Parnell Trust") for the
benefit of Mr. Parnell  and his immediate  family (collectively, the  "Principal
Shareholders") will beneficially own approximately 48.4% and 5.4%, respectively,
of  the outstanding Common  Stock. Subject to the  restrictions set forth below,
Mr. Jannard and the Parnell Trust are free to sell such shares and may determine
to sell them from time to time to take advantage of favorable market  conditions
or  for any other reason. Future sales of  shares of Common Stock by the Company
and its shareholders could adversely affect  the prevailing market price of  the
Common Stock. The Company and the Selling Shareholders have entered into lock-up
agreements  with Merrill  Lynch &  Co. and Alex.  Brown &  Sons Incorporated, as
representatives of the U.S. Underwriters (the "U.S. Representatives"), and  with
Merrill   Lynch  International   and  Alex.   Brown  &   Sons  Incorporated,  as
representatives   of    the   International    Managers   (the    "International
Representatives"    and,   together   with   the   U.S.   Representatives,   the
"Representatives"), pursuant to which the  Company and the Selling  Shareholders
have  agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of
any Common Stock or securities  convertible into or exchangeable or  exercisable
for  Common Stock for 180 days following the date of this Prospectus without the
consent  of  the   Representatives.  Following   the  Offerings,   approximately
19,200,000  shares of  Common Stock held  by the Principal  Shareholders will be
eligible for sale pursuant to Rule  144 promulgated under the Securities Act  of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). In addition, the Principal Shareholders
have rights to demand or participate in future registrations of shares of Common
Stock  under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in
the public market, or  the perception that  such sales may  occur, could have  a
material  adverse effect on  the market price  of the Common  Stock. See "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDER
 
   
    Following the consummation of the  Offerings, Mr. Jannard will  beneficially
own  approximately  48.4% of  the  outstanding Common  Stock.  Consequently, Mr.
Jannard will effectively be able to control the
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
Company and the election of directors and the results of other matters submitted
to a vote of shareholders. Such  concentration of ownership may have the  effect
of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company. See "Principal and
Selling Shareholders."
 
POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    The  market price of the shares of Common Stock may continue to be volatile.
Factors such as business performance,  news announcements or changes in  general
market  conditions, could have a  significant impact on the  future price of the
Common Stock. See "Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy."
 
                      CORPORATE HISTORY AND REORGANIZATION
 
    Oakley, Inc. is a Washington corporation founded in March 1994 to succeed to
the assets and liabilities of Oakley, Inc., which was organized as a  California
corporation  in 1977 ("Oakley California").  In November 1994, Oakley California
was merged with  and into  the Company. In  connection with  its initial  public
offering, the Company completed a reorganization (the "Reorganization") pursuant
to  which (i) the  Company terminated its  S corporation status  for Federal and
state income  tax  purposes,  (ii)  the Company  distributed  to  the  Principal
Shareholders   all  of   its  and   its  predecessor's   previously  earned  and
undistributed  taxable  S   corporation  earnings  through   the  date  of   the
consummation  of  the  Company's  initial public  offering  (the  "S Corporation
Distribution"), (iii) the  Company effected  the merger of  Buffalo Works,  Inc.
("Buffalo")  (a company that  was engaged in purchasing  and reselling to Oakley
certain materials for use in the  manufacture of Oakley products) with and  into
the  Company, (iv)  the Principal  Shareholders contributed  all of  the capital
stock of Oakley Europe to the Company without any consideration, (v) the Company
effected a 3,240 for 1  stock split of the Common  Stock (which was effected  on
August  1,  1995)  and (vi)  the  Company  distributed certain  aircraft  to the
Principal Shareholders as part  of the S  Corporation Distribution. Buffalo  and
Oakley  Europe were each wholly owned by the Principal Shareholders prior to the
Reorganization. In addition, concurrently with  the consummation of the  initial
public  offering, the Principal Shareholders contributed to the Company, without
any consideration, certain  additional assets,  which were not  material to  the
Company, for use in connection with the Company's non-Oakley brand business. See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations" and "Certain Transactions."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    All shares of  Common Stock  offered hereby are  being sold  by the  Selling
Shareholders.  The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Offerings. See
"Principal and Selling Shareholders."
 
                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Common Stock began trading August  10, 1995 on the NYSE upon  completion
of  the Company's  initial public offering.  The following table  sets forth the
high and low sales prices for the  Common Stock for each quarterly period  since
such  stock began trading, as reported on  the New York Stock Exchange Composite
Tape:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          HIGH        LOW
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                     <C>        <C>
1995
Third Quarter (from August 10, 1995)..................................................  $  33 7/8  $  26 1/8
Fourth Quarter........................................................................  $  39 1/4  $  27 1/4
1996
First Quarter.........................................................................  $  38 3/4  $      31
Second Quarter (through June 4, 1996).................................................  $  54 3/8  $  34 7/8
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The number of shareholders of record of  the Common Stock on March 15,  1996
was  184. On June 4, 1996,  the closing sales price for  the Common Stock on the
NYSE was $49 1/4.
    
 
    Since its initial public  offering, the Company has  not paid a dividend  on
its  Common Stock. The Company  has no present intention  of declaring or paying
any dividends in the foreseeable future  and anticipates that any earnings  will
be  retained for use in the operations of the business. Any future determination
as to the payment of dividends will be at the discretion of the Company's  Board
of Directors and will depend upon the Company's results of operations, financial
condition,  contractual restrictions  and other  factors deemed  relevant by the
Board of  Directors.  See "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
    For certain information regarding distributions made by the Company in 1993,
1994  and 1995, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets  forth the capitalization of  the Company at  March
31,  1996. The sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will not affect
the  Company's  capitalization.  The  information   below  should  be  read   in
conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements and the related
notes  thereto  which  are  included  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.  See also
"Selected Financial Data,"  "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Description of Capital Stock."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                       -----------------
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                                         EXCEPT SHARE
                                                                                             DATA)
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Shareholders' equity:
    Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share: 10,000,000 shares authorized; no
     shares issued...................................................................         --
    Common Stock, par value $.01 per share: 100,000,000 shares authorized, 35,700,000
     shares issued and outstanding (1)...............................................      $     357
    Additional paid-in capital.......................................................         64,429
    Retained earnings................................................................         27,971
    Foreign currency translation adjustment..........................................            (15)
                                                                                             -------
        Total shareholders' equity...................................................         92,742
                                                                                             -------
            Total capitalization.....................................................      $  92,742
                                                                                             -------
                                                                                             -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Represents  shares  authorized  and issued  by  Oakley, Inc.,  but  does not
    include approximately 630,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon  exercise
    of  options granted under the 1995  Stock Incentive Plan. See "Management --
    Incentive and Bonus Plans."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
    The selected  financial data  set forth  below have  been derived  from  the
financial  statements of the Company and the  related notes thereto. Each of the
periods shown below includes the operations  of Oakley, Inc. and Oakley  Europe,
and  all periods subsequent to 1992 include the operations of Buffalo (which was
organized in September  1993). The  income statement  data for  the years  ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 1994
and  1995 are derived from  the financial statements of  the Company, which have
been audited  by Deloitte  &  Touche LLP,  independent  auditors and  which  are
contained  elsewhere in this  Prospectus. The income statement  data for each of
the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1992, and the balance  sheet
data  at December  31, 1991,  1992 and 1993,  are derived  from audited combined
financial  statements  of  the  Company  that  are  not  contained  herein.  See
"Experts."  Financial data for the three-month  periods ended March 31, 1995 and
1996 and at  March 31,  1996 is  unaudited but,  in the  opinion of  management,
includes  all  adjustments,  consisting only  of  normal  recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair  presentation of such data.  The results of operations  for
the  three months  ended March  31, 1996 are  not necessarily  indicative of the
results to be  expected for the  entire year. See  "Management's Discussion  and
Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results  of Operations -- Seasonality." The
selected pro forma income  statement data for the  year ended December 31,  1995
and  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1995  as  set  forth  below  is  for
informational purposes only and may not necessarily be indicative of the results
of operations  of the  Company  as they  may be  in  the future.  The  following
selected  financial  data  should  be read  in  conjunction  with  the Company's
combined financial statements  and the related  notes thereto and  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," which
are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                         1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net sales..........................................  $  66,319  $  76,390  $  92,714  $ 123,952  $ 172,752  $  36,615  $  48,706
  Cost of goods sold.................................     19,756     19,584     27,667     35,714     50,295     11,356     14,642
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross profit.......................................     46,563     56,806     65,047     88,238    122,457     25,259     34,064
  Operating expenses:
    Research and development.........................     12,144     12,904     15,455     25,529     16,774      6,660        949
    Selling..........................................     14,513     19,812     21,750     30,815     36,776      7,470     10,091
    Shipping and warehousing.........................      1,504      2,339      2,334      3,187      4,678      1,001      1,423
    General and administrative.......................      6,092      6,741     11,801     14,681     15,753      3,692      3,948
    Gain on disposition of property and equipment....     --         --         --         --         (4,794)    --         --
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total operating expenses.......................     34,253     41,796     51,340     74,212     69,187     18,823     16,411
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income...................................     12,310     15,010     13,707     14,026     53,270      6,436     17,653
  Interest expense (income), net.....................       (191)      (174)        69        232        273         30       (189)
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income before provision for income taxes...........     12,501     15,184     13,638     13,794     52,997      6,406     17,842
  Provision for income taxes (1).....................        326        454        308        259      7,830        270      6,869
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income.........................................  $  12,175  $  14,730  $  13,330  $  13,535  $  45,167  $   6,136  $  10,973
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income per common and common equivalent share..                                                                    $     .31
                                                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                                                         ---------
  Weighted average common and common equivalent
   shares............................................                                                                       35,916
                                                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                                                         ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME STATEMENT DATA (2):
  Income before provision for income taxes...........  $  12,501  $  15,184  $  13,638  $  13,794  $  52,997  $   6,406
  Provision for income taxes.........................      5,012      6,065      5,476      5,539     20,854      2,575
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income.........................................  $   7,489  $   9,119  $   8,162  $   8,255  $  32,143  $   3,831
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income per common and common equivalent share..                                              $     .95(3)
                                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                                   ---------
  Weighted average common and common equivalent
   shares............................................                                                 33,770(3)
                                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                  MARCH 31,
                                                                          YEAR ENDED       -----------------------
                                                                     DECEMBER 31, 1995(4)    1995(4)       1996
                                                                         (PRO FORMA)       (PRO FORMA)   (ACTUAL)
                                                                     --------------------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                                  <C>                   <C>          <C>
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
PRO FORMA AND ACTUAL INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net sales........................................................      $    172,752       $  36,615   $   48,706
  Cost of goods sold...............................................            50,295          11,356       14,642
                                                                             --------      -----------  ----------
  Gross profit.....................................................           122,457          25,259       34,064
  Operating expenses:
    Research and development.......................................             3,285             730          949
    Selling........................................................            35,802           7,116       10,091
    Shipping and warehousing.......................................             4,678           1,001        1,423
    General and administrative.....................................            13,121           2,609        3,948
                                                                             --------      -----------  ----------
      Total operating expenses.....................................            56,886          11,456       16,411
                                                                             --------      -----------  ----------
  Operating income.................................................            65,571          13,803       17,653
  Interest expense (income), net...................................               273              30         (189)
                                                                             --------      -----------  ----------
  Income before provision for income taxes.........................            65,298          13,773       17,842
  Provision for income taxes.......................................            25,694           5,507        6,869
                                                                             --------      -----------  ----------
  Net income.......................................................      $     39,604       $   8,266   $   10,973
                                                                             --------      -----------  ----------
                                                                             --------      -----------  ----------
  Net income per common and common equivalent share................      $       1.17(3)                $      .31
                                                                             --------                   ----------
                                                                             --------                   ----------
  Weighted average common and common equivalent shares.............            33,770(3)                    35,916
                                                                             --------                   ----------
                                                                             --------                   ----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AT DECEMBER 31,                     AT MARCH 31,
                                                -----------------------------------------------------  -------------
                                                  1991       1992       1993       1994       1995         1996
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital.............................  $  14,946  $  16,858  $  16,872  $   9,932  $  39,161   $    47,141
  Total assets................................     28,395     49,257     43,592     49,694     97,725       116,870
  Total debt..................................      3,409      7,600      6,339      3,300        263       --
  Shareholders' equity........................     21,117     28,650     32,775     33,133     81,709        92,742
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  For  periods prior  to the  Company's conversion  to C  corporation status,
    represents California state  franchise taxes  and foreign  taxes accrued  by
    Oakley Europe.
 
(2)  Amounts reflect  adjustment for  Federal and state  income taxes  as if the
    Company had been taxed as a C corporation rather than an S corporation.
 
(3) References  to shares  are to  shares of  Oakley, Inc.  Amounts reflect  the
    effects  of the assumed issuance of 11,435  shares of common stock at $23.00
    per share (the price per share in the Company's initial public offering)  to
    generate  sufficient cash to pay the balance  of the S Distribution Notes at
    December 31, 1995. See "Corporate History and Reorganization." See Note 1 to
    the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information  concerning
    the calculation of net income per common and common equivalent share.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
(4)  For additional pro forma income statement data for 1993, 1994, 1995 and the
    three months ended March 31, 1995, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis
    of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Results of  Operations."
    For  periods prior to the Company's  initial public offering in August 1995,
    amounts reflect pro  forma adjustments  for (i) the  elimination of  bonuses
    paid  to the two principal executive officers  in excess of $2.0 million per
    year, the  bonuses  estimated  in August  1995  to  be payable  to  the  two
    principal  executive officers, (ii) the  elimination of depreciation expense
    of $1.7  million  for the  year  ended  December 31,  1995  associated  with
    aircraft  owned  by  the Company  which  were distributed  to  the principal
    shareholders in  August 1995,  (iii)  the elimination  of  the gain  on  the
    disposition  of the aircraft  distributed to the  two Principal Shareholders
    and (iv) Federal and state income taxes as if the Company had been taxed  as
    a  C  corporation for  all  periods prior  to  the Company's  initial public
    offering.  See  "Management   --  Incentive  and   Bonus  Plans,"   "Certain
    Transactions" and "Corporate History and Reorganization."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following discussion  includes the operations  of Oakley,  Inc. and its
subsidiaries for each  of the  periods discussed. This  discussion and  analysis
should  be read in conjunction with  "Selected Financial Data" and the Company's
consolidated financial  statements  and  the related  notes  thereto  which  are
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Company sold its first sunglass in 1984 and has experienced significant
growth in  net  sales and  operating  income with  consistently  high  operating
margins. The Company's net sales have grown from $66.3 million in 1991 to $172.8
million  in 1995. The Company attributes its growth primarily to increased brand
recognition and the timely introduction of  new products and has achieved  these
increases  primarily  through  increased  orders  from  existing  accounts.  The
Company's annual sales per active U.S.  retail location (or "door"), based  upon
the  monthly  average number  of active  doors, increased  at a  compound annual
growth rate  of 20.9%  from $8,261  during  1993 to  $12,084 during  1995.  (The
monthly  average number  of doors  is based upon  the number  of active customer
accounts at the end of the applicable  year plus, in the case of customers  with
multiple  locations, the average number of locations of such customer at the end
of each month of such year. Active accounts are those which placed at least  one
order within the applicable year.) The Company's sales have also benefitted from
an  expansion of  its focus from  the sports  segment of the  sunglass market to
include the nonsports segment. Due to Oakley's general practice of not  changing
the  wholesale price of any product in the United States after its introduction,
unit price increases have made no  material contribution to the Company's  sales
growth,  although changes  in product  mix have resulted  in an  increase in the
Company's average selling price per unit.
 
    The life cycle of each of the Company's products is determined, in part,  by
the  level of sales,  competitive factors and,  particularly in the  case of the
Company's recreational sunglasses, changes in  fashion trends. The Company  has,
from  time to  time, intentionally shortened  a product's life  by introducing a
competing new product in the later stages of an older product's life cycle, with
the expectation that the  new product would cannibalize  the sales of the  older
product  until the older product can be strategically withdrawn from the market.
In keeping with this  strategy, the Company phased  out EYESHADES in early  1994
and  BLADES and RAZOR BLADES in early 1996. The Company retires products in this
manner to  preserve  its  reputation for  offering  innovative,  technologically
advanced  sunglasses and to maintain a  relatively small product line, which the
Company  believes  is  strategically  desirable.  See  "Business  --   Operating
Strategy" and "-- Product Design and Development."
 
    All  of the  Company's sunglass  lines utilize  one of  two lens geometries:
toroidal (polaric ellipsoid) and spherical. The toroidal lenses, which are  used
in  the  Company's M  FRAMES  and ZEROS,  provide  superior optical  clarity and
enhanced  coverage  and,  therefore,  represent  the  Company's  most   advanced
technology  for demanding sports applications. Spherical  lenses are used in the
Company's dual-lens sunglasses, the JACKETS, WIRES and FROGSKINS. See  "Business
- -- Products."
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following table sets forth operating results for the periods indicated.
Pro forma operating results for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
and the three months ended March 31, 1995 reflect adjustments to the  historical
operating  results for (i) the elimination of  bonuses paid to the two principal
executive officers prior to the Company's  initial public offering in excess  of
$2.0 million per year, the bonuses estimated in August 1995 to be payable to the
two  principal  executive officers,  (ii)  the elimination  of  all depreciation
expense associated with aircraft owned by the Company which were distributed  to
the  Principal Shareholders in August 1995, (iii) the elimination of the gain on
the disposition of the  aircraft distributed to  the two Principal  Shareholders
and  (iv) Federal and state income taxes as if the Company had been taxed as a C
corporation for all periods prior to the Company's initial public offering.  The
amounts  for the three months ended  March 31, 1996 reflect historical operating
results.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,
                                                   -------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                                      1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                                   (PRO FORMA)  (PRO FORMA)  (PRO FORMA)  (PRO FORMA)   (ACTUAL)
                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales........................................   $  92,714    $ 123,952    $ 172,752    $  36,615   $   48,706
Cost of goods sold...............................      27,667       35,714       50,295       11,356       14,642
                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Gross profit.....................................      65,047       88,238      122,457       25,259       34,064
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.......................       2,430        2,881        3,285          730          949
  Selling........................................      20,164       27,707       35,802        7,116       10,091
  Shipping and warehousing.......................       2,334        3,187        4,678        1,001        1,423
  General and administrative.....................       7,975        9,728       13,121        2,609        3,948
                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
    Total operating expenses.....................      32,903       43,503       56,886       11,456       16,411
                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Operating income.................................      32,144       44,735       65,571       13,803       17,653
Interest expense (income), net...................          69          232          273           30         (189)
                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Income before provision for income taxes.........      32,075       44,503       65,298       13,773       17,842
Provision for income taxes.......................      12,830       17,870       25,694        5,507        6,869
                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
Net income.......................................   $  19,245    $  26,633    $  39,604    $   8,266   $   10,973
                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    The following table  sets forth operating  results (as a  percentage of  net
sales) for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      31,
                                               -------------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                   1993           1994           1995          1995         1996
                                                (PRO FORMA)    (PRO FORMA)    (PRO FORMA)   (PRO FORMA)   (ACTUAL)
                                               -------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Net sales....................................        100.0%         100.0%         100.0%        100.0%       100.0%
Cost of goods sold...........................         29.8           28.8           29.1          31.0         30.1
                                                     -----          -----          -----    -----------       -----
Gross profit.................................         70.2           71.2           70.9          69.0         69.9
Operating expenses:..........................
  Research and development...................          2.6            2.3            1.9           2.0          2.0
  Selling....................................         21.8           22.4           20.7          19.5         20.7
  Shipping and warehousing...................          2.5            2.6            2.7           2.7          2.9
  General and administrative.................          8.6            7.8            7.6           7.1          8.1
                                                     -----          -----          -----    -----------       -----
    Total operating expenses.................         35.5           35.1           32.9          31.3         33.7
                                                     -----          -----          -----    -----------       -----
Operating income.............................         34.7           36.1           38.0          37.7         36.2
Interest expense (income), net...............          0.1            0.2            0.2           0.1        (0.4)
                                                     -----          -----          -----    -----------       -----
Income before provision for income taxes.....         34.6           35.9           37.8          37.6         36.6
Provision for income taxes...................         13.8           14.4           14.9          15.0         14.1
                                                     -----          -----          -----    -----------       -----
Net income...................................         20.8%          21.5%          22.9%         22.6%        22.5%
                                                     -----          -----          -----    -----------       -----
                                                     -----          -----          -----    -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company's  sales before  discounts for  sunglasses were  $82.7 million,
$110.6 million and $158.2  million for the years  ended December 31, 1993,  1994
and 1995, respectively, and $32.9 million and $47.6 million for the three months
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Sunglass unit sales were 2,167,966,
2,685,972  and 3,465,817 for the  years ended December 31,  1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively, and 718,740 and 990,353 for the three months ended March 31,  1995
and 1996, respectively.
 
    The  Company's products are currently sold  in over 65 countries outside the
United States. In most of Europe, marketing and distribution is handled directly
by the Company's Oakley Europe subsidiary, located near Paris, France, which  is
staffed by approximately 65 employees who perform sports marketing, advertising,
telemarketing,   shipping  and  accounting  functions.   Oakley  Europe  has  an
independent sales force in all major European markets except the United Kingdom,
Switzerland and Austria. In 1995, the Company established a subsidiary in Mexico
City ("Oakley Mexico")  which acquired  the Company's  exclusive distributor  in
Mexico  and began selling to that market on a direct basis near the end of 1995.
In those parts  of the world  not serviced  by Oakley Europe  or Oakley  Mexico,
Oakley's  products are sold through distributors with local expertise which sell
Oakley products either exclusively or with complementary, noncompeting products.
Because the Company  sells its products  at lower prices  in countries in  which
sales  are  made  through distributors,  on  a unit  basis,  international sales
represent a higher  percentage of  total sales than  on a  dollar volume  basis.
Approximately  33.3% and 37.4% of the  Company's net sales were in international
markets in 1995 and the three  months ended March 31, 1996, respectively.  Sales
by  Oakley Europe accounted  for approximately 11.9% and  15.9% of the Company's
net sales in 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996, respectively.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    Since mid-1994,  the  Company's  international sales  have  increased  at  a
significant  rate as a result of  the Company's increased focus on opportunities
in  international   markets.  The   following  table   compares  the   Company's
international and domestic sales for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             MARCH 31,
                                                 ---------------------------------  ----------------------
                                                   1993        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                 ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
Domestic.......................................  $  72,783  $   90,565  $  115,202  $   26,044  $   30,470
International..................................     19,931      33,387      57,550      10,571      18,236
                                                 ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                 $  92,714  $  123,952  $  172,752  $   36,615  $   48,706
                                                 ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                 ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
1995
 
    NET  SALES.  Net sales increased to $48.7 million for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 from $36.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 1995,  an
increase of $12.1 million, or 33.1%. This increase was principally the result of
substantially  higher sales  in the 1996  period for the  EYE JACKET sunglasses,
sales from TRENCHCOAT sunglasses (introduced in late 1995) and significant sales
increases of  WIRES. These  increases were  partially offset  by moderate  sales
decreases  in M FRAMES  and ZEROS sunglasses and  significant sales decreases in
FROGSKINS, the Company's most mature product offering. The decline in  FROGSKINS
sales  was  attributable in  part to  a 50%  reduction in  the number  of models
offered. The Company's international sales grew 71.7% to $18.2 million, or 37.4%
of net sales, in the 1996 period from  $10.6 million, or 29.0% of net sales,  in
the   comparable  1995  period.  This  increase  was  principally  a  result  of
substantially increased sales in the  continental European markets in which  the
Company  sells on a direct basis and higher sales to distributors in most of the
Company's other foreign markets.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit increased to $34.1 million for the three  months
ended  March 31, 1996  from $25.3 million  for the three  months ended March 31,
1995, an increase of $8.8 million, or 34.8%. As a percentage of net sales, gross
profit increased to 69.9% in the 1996 period from 69.0% in the 1995 period as  a
result  of a lower lens  reject rate, a higher  average selling price (resulting
from a shift  in product mix  and higher international  prices), a reduction  in
inventory  shrinkage, better margins in  the Company's direct European operation
and greater manufacturing throughput, partially offset by slightly higher prices
on raw  materials, increases  in sales  to international  distributors at  lower
margins and higher sales returns and discounts as a percentage of sales.
 
    OPERATING  EXPENSES.  Operating expenses decreased  to $16.4 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 from $18.8 million for the three months  ended
March  31, 1995,  a decrease of  $2.4 million. This  decrease resulted primarily
from the reduction in the level  of bonuses payable since the Company's  initial
public  offering  in August  1995.  On a  pro  forma basis  as  discussed above,
operating expenses increased  to $16.4  million in  the 1996  period from  $11.5
million  in the  1995 period,  an increase  of $4.9  million, or  42.6%. Selling
expenses increased $3.0 million  in the 1996 period  principally as a result  of
additional personnel in sports marketing, advertising and sales, higher warranty
costs  and higher depreciation on the Company's store displays, partially offset
by, as a percentage of sales,  lower sports marketing and advertising  expenses,
lower  trade show expenses and lower professional fees. Warranty expense in 1996
benefited from the initiation  in mid-year 1995 of  a $9.39 warranty  processing
charge per unit, which contributed offsetting income of $0.2 million in the 1996
period.  Shipping expenses  increased $0.4  million in  the 1996  period to $1.4
million from $1.0  million in the  1995 period.  As a percentage  of net  sales,
shipping  expenses increased to  2.9% in the  1996 period from  2.7% in the 1995
period as  a  result of  significantly  higher  average shipping  costs  in  the
Company's direct European operations, partially offset by lower average shipping
costs  in domestic markets.  General and administrative  expenses increased $1.3
million in  the 1996  period  from the  1995 period  as  the Company  added  the
personnel  and  infrastructure necessary  to  respond to  its  growth, including
increased salaries, insurance and other expenses associated with being a  public
company,  partially offset by lower professional  fees. In addition, general and
administrative expenses increased as a result of a
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
significant investment in management information systems, both in personnel  and
hardware/software.  As  a percentage  of net  sales, general  and administrative
expenses increased to 8.1% of net sales in the 1996 period from 7.1% in the 1995
period.
 
    OPERATING INCOME.  The Company's operating income grew to $17.7 million  for
the  three months ended  March 31, 1996  from $6.4 million  for the three months
ended March 31,  1995, an increase  of $11.3 million.  On a pro  forma basis  as
discussed above, operating income increased to $17.7 million for the 1996 period
from  $13.8 million for the comparable 1995 period, an increase of $3.9 million,
or 28.3%. This increase was  a result of the Company's  net sales growth and  an
improvement  in its gross margin, partially  offset by higher operating expenses
as a percentage of net sales.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE,  NET.   The Company  had interest  expense of  $3,000  and
interest  income  of $192,000  for the  three  months ended  March 31,  1996, as
compared with interest expense of $36,000 and interest income of $6,000 for  the
comparable 1995 period.
 
    INCOME  TAXES.  Prior to August 14, 1995, Oakley, Inc. elected to be treated
as an  S  corporation  under  the  provisions  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.
Accordingly,  the provisions for income taxes for the periods through August 14,
1995  are  computed  by  applying  the  California  franchise  tax  rate  for  S
corporations  of 1.5% to  Oakley, Inc.'s pretax earnings  plus the foreign taxes
related to Oakley Europe. Effective August 14, 1995, the Company converted to  a
C corporation and became subject to regular Federal and state income taxes on an
ongoing basis. As a result, the Company recorded $1.6 million of deferred income
tax assets on August 14, 1995. The Company recorded a provision for income taxes
of  $6.9 million for the three months ended  March 31, 1996, as compared to $0.3
million for the comparable 1995 period. On a pro forma basis as discussed above,
the Company's provision for income taxes was $5.5 million for the 1995 period.
 
    NET INCOME.   The Company's net  income increased to  $11.0 million for  the
three  months ended March 31, 1996 from  $6.1 million for the three months ended
March 31, 1995, an increase of $4.9  million. On a pro forma basis as  discussed
above,  net income  increased to  $11.0 million  for the  1996 period  from $8.3
million for the 1995 period, an increase of $2.7 million, or 32.5%.
 
    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
    NET SALES.    Net sales  increased  to $172.8  million  for the  year  ended
December  31, 1995 from $124.0 million for  the year ended December 31, 1994, an
increase of $48.8 million, or 39.4%. This increase was principally the result of
substantial sales in 1995 for the  EYE JACKET sunglasses, which were  introduced
by  the Company in December  1994, significant sales increases  in 1995 of WIRES
and ZEROS and moderate  sales increases of M  FRAME sunglasses. These  increases
were  partially  offset by  significant sales  decreases  in the  Company's most
mature  product  offerings,  BLADES  and  RAZOR  BLADE  sunglasses,  which  were
discontinued  by the Company  in 1996, as  well as significant  decreases in the
lower-priced FROGSKINS, and  the withdrawal  of the Company's  SUB ZERO  product
line  in January 1995. The decline in  sales of BLADE and RAZOR BLADE sunglasses
was attributable principally to a 50% reduction for 1995 in the number of models
offered  and  increased  sales  of  M  FRAME  sunglasses,  which  represent   an
advancement  of the Company's single-lens sports  sunglasses. This change in the
Company's product mix contributed to an  increase of 10.8% in the total  average
selling  price of  sunglasses in  1995 on  unit growth  of 29.0%.  The Company's
international sales grew 72.5% to $57.6 million, or 33.3% of net sales, in  1995
from  $33.4 million, or 26.9% of net sales,  in 1994, principally as a result of
increased sales in the continental European  markets in which the Company  sells
on  a  direct basis  and higher  sales  to distributors  in the  Company's other
foreign markets.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit increased  to $122.5 million for the year  ended
December  31, 1995 from $88.2  million for the year  ended December 31, 1994, an
increase of $34.3 million, or 38.9%. As a percentage of net sales, gross  profit
decreased  slightly to 70.9% in 1995 from 71.2% in 1994, principally as a result
of higher production  costs resulting from  multiple-shift seven-day  continuous
production  through most  of 1995,  increased prices  for uncoated  lens blanks,
increased inventory shrinkage  and increased net  sales to foreign  distributors
which  yield lower margins to the Company, partially offset by higher margins on
sales by Oakley  Europe as a  result of higher  selling prices (translated  into
dollars) due to favorable currency fluctuations, an improvement in the Company's
lens   reject   rate   and   a   shift  in   product   mix   to   higher  margin
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
items. In addition, as part of  the Company's continuing efforts to protect  its
brand  image, the Company purchased its products from two discount retail chains
in the United  States to which  such products  were diverted. As  a result,  the
Company  recorded returns of $2.1  million for the year  ended December 31, 1995
for the costs incurred in connection with such purchases.
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses  decreased to $69.2 million for  the
year  ended December 31, 1995 from $74.2 million for the year ended December 31,
1994, a decrease  of $5.0  million. On  a pro  forma basis  as discussed  above,
operating  expenses would  have increased  to $56.9  million in  1995 from $43.5
million in  1994, an  increase  of $13.4  million,  or 30.8%.  Selling  expenses
increased  $8.1  million  in  1995  principally  as  a  result  of  salaries and
commissions directly associated  with higher sales  levels, increases in  sports
marketing  and advertising expenditures  and higher depreciation  from new store
displays. As a percentage of net sales, selling expenses decreased from 22.4% in
1994 to  20.7%  in  1995  because sports  marketing  and  advertising  expenses,
warranty  expense, trade show expenses and commissions grew more slowly than net
sales. Warranty expense in 1995 benefited  from the initiation in mid-year of  a
$9.39  warranty processing charge per  unit, which contributed offsetting income
of $0.6 million. General and  administrative expenses increased $3.4 million  in
1995 as the Company added the personnel and infrastructure necessary in response
to  its growth, including increased insurance and other expenses associated with
being a public company. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative
expenses decreased to 7.6% for 1995 from 7.8% for 1994.
 
    OPERATING INCOME.  The Company's operating income grew to $53.3 million  for
the  year ended December 31, 1995 from $14.0 million for the year ended December
31, 1994, an increase of $39.3 million. On a pro forma basis as discussed above,
operating income  would have  increased to  $65.6 million  for 1995  from  $44.7
million  for 1994, an increase of $20.9 million, or 46.8%. This increase was the
result of the Company's net sales  growth and a reduction of operating  expenses
as  a percentage of net sales, partially offset by a slight decline in the gross
profit margin.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE, NET.  The Company had interest expense of $0.6 million and
interest income of $0.3 million for  1995, as compared with interest expense  of
$0.4 million and interest income of $0.2 million for 1994.
 
    INCOME  TAXES.  Prior to August 14, 1995, Oakley elected to be treated as an
S corporation under the  provisions of the  Internal Revenue Code.  Accordingly,
the  provisions for  income taxes  for the periods  through August  14, 1995 are
computed by applying  the California franchise  tax rate for  S corporations  of
1.5%  to  Oakley's pretax  earnings, plus  the foreign  taxes related  to Oakley
Europe. Effective August 14, 1995, the Company converted to a C corporation  and
became subject to regular Federal and state income taxes on an ongoing basis. As
a  result, the Company  recorded $1.6 million  of deferred income  tax assets on
August 14, 1995. The Company has recorded  a provision for income taxes of  $7.8
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 and $0.3 million for 1994. On a pro
forma  basis as discussed above, the  Company's provision for income taxes would
have been  $25.7 million  for 1995  and $17.9  million for  1994. The  Company's
consolidated  effective tax rate as  a C corporation for  the period from August
14, 1995 to December 31, 1995 was 38.6%.
 
    NET INCOME.   The Company's net  income increased to  $45.2 million for  the
year  ended December 31, 1995 from $13.5 million for the year ended December 31,
1994, an increase of $31.7 million. On a pro forma basis, net income would  have
increased  to $39.6 million for 1995 from $26.6 million for 1994, an increase of
$13.0 million, or 48.9%.
 
    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
    NET SALES.  Net sales increased to $124.0 million in 1994 from $92.7 million
in 1993, an increase of $31.3  million, or 33.8%. This increase was  principally
the  result of sales of $28.6 million in  1994 for the ZERO and WIRE sunglasses,
which were introduced  by the Company  in the fourth  quarter of 1993,  together
with  significant sales  increases of  M FRAME  sunglasses, modest  increases in
goggle sales,  partially offset  by a  significant sales  decrease in  the  1994
period  of SUB  ZERO sunglasses  and moderate sales  declines for  the BLADE and
RAZOR BLADE  sunglasses,  which  represent  two of  the  Company's  most  mature
products. The Company
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
attributes  the decrease in SUB ZERO sales to the success of its newer products,
particularly the ZEROS line. As a result, in January 1995, the Company  withdrew
its  SUB  ZERO product  line and  introduced  several new  ZEROS, some  of which
represent updated versions of the SUB  ZEROS. Net sales of goggles increased  to
$8.8  million in 1994 from $5.9 million in 1993. Net sales to sunglass specialty
retailers and  optical stores  in the  United States  represented  approximately
49.6%  of domestic net sales in 1994,  compared with 35.3% of domestic net sales
in 1993. The Company's international sales grew 67.8% to $33.4 million, or 26.9%
of net  sales, in  1994 from  $19.9 million,  or 21.5%  of net  sales, in  1993,
principally  as a result of an increase  in sales by Oakley Europe and increased
sales to  distributors in  most of  Oakley's other  foreign markets,  especially
Australia and Canada.
 
    GROSS  PROFIT.  Gross profit  increased to $88.2 million  in 1994 from $65.0
million in 1993, an  increase of $23.2  million. As a  percentage of net  sales,
gross  profit rose to 71.2% in 1994 from  70.2% in 1993, principally as a result
of a $2.4 million write-off in the 1993 period for certain inventory,  including
clothing,  accessories  and  discontinued  colors and  older  models  of eyewear
products. To  preserve its  brand  image, the  Company  elected to  destroy  its
inventory  of these eyewear  products rather than  sell them at  a discount. The
Company chose in 1993 to dispose of certain excess clothing inventory. While the
Company does sell limited clothing  and accessories that complement its  eyewear
products  (sales of these products have  historically constituted less than 3.0%
of total  net sales),  management's  philosophy is  to  maintain such  sales  at
minimal  levels. Excluding the effect  of the 1993 write-off,  gross profit as a
percentage of net  sales would have  been 72.7%  in 1993. The  decline in  gross
profit  as  a percentage  of net  sales in  1994 was  attributable, in  part, to
increased sales to Sunglass Hut, which receives a volume discount, and increased
international sales through distributors.  Gross profit as  a percentage of  net
sales  also decreased slightly  in 1994 as  a result of  the higher overtime and
other labor costs discussed above, as the Company increased production hours  in
mid-1994 in an attempt to reduce the level of backorders.
 
    OPERATING  EXPENSES.  Operating expenses increased  to $74.2 million in 1994
from $51.3 million  in 1993,  an increase of  $22.9 million.  This increase  was
primarily due to an increase in 1994 of $12.6 million in officer bonuses paid to
the  two principal executive officers (which include amounts to pay taxes on the
Company's income) and  increases in other  operating expenses commensurate  with
the  Company's  growth as  further  discussed below.  On  a pro  forma  basis as
discussed above, operating  expenses would  have increased to  $43.5 million  in
1994 from $32.9 million in 1993, an increase of $10.6 million, or 32.2%. Selling
expenses  increased $7.5 million in  1994 from 1993, principally  as a result of
increased sales and a  $1.7 million increase in  the Company's warranty  expense
due  to an increase in its warranty reserve. General and administrative expenses
increased $1.8 million in 1994 from 1993 resulting primarily from an increase in
professional and consulting  fees incurred  during 1994  for proposed  financing
transactions that the Company chose not to pursue.
 
    OPERATING  INCOME.  The Company's operating income grew to $14.0 million for
the year ended December 31, 1994 from $13.7 million for the year ended  December
31,  1993, an increase of $0.3 million. On a pro forma basis as discussed above,
operating income  would have  increased to  $44.7 million  for 1994  from  $32.1
million  for 1993, an increase of $12.6 million, or 39.3%. This increase was the
result of the Company's sales growth, improvement in its gross profit margin and
a slight reduction in  its operating expenses  as a percentage  of net sales  in
1994.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE, NET.  The Company had interest expense of $0.4 million and
interest  income  of $0.2  million  for the  year  ended December  31,  1994, as
compared with  interest expense  of $0.4  million and  interest income  of  $0.4
million for the year ended December 31, 1993.
 
    INCOME  TAXES.  The Company's income taxes, which represent California state
franchise taxes and foreign  taxes accrued by Oakley  Europe, were $0.3  million
and  $0.3 million in 1994  and 1993, respectively. On  a pro forma basis, income
taxes would have been $17.9 million in 1994 and $12.8 million in 1993.
 
    NET INCOME.   The Company's net  income increased to  $13.5 million in  1994
from  $13.3 million in 1993, an increase of  $0.2 million. On a pro forma basis,
net income would have increased to $26.6  million in 1994 from $19.2 million  in
1993, an increase of $7.4 million, or 38.5%.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The  Company historically has  financed its operations  almost entirely with
cash flow  generated  from operations.  Cash  provided by  operating  activities
totaled  $15.7 million, $24.8 million, $28.6 million and $12.2 million for 1993,
1994, 1995 and the  three months ended  March 31, 1996,  respectively. On a  pro
forma basis as described above, cash provided by operating activities would have
been  $26.3 million and $35.1 million for  the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1994, respectively.  At  March 31,  1996,  working capital  was  $47.1  million.
Working  capital may  vary from  time to  time as  a result  of seasonality, new
product introductions, capital expenditures,  including purchases of  equipment,
and  changes in  inventory levels. To  supplement cash flow  from operations, if
necessary, the Company maintains an  $18.0 million revolving credit facility  to
be  used for general working capital  purposes. The credit agreement relating to
such facility contains  typical covenants  with respect  to the  conduct of  the
Company's  business and requires the maintenance of various financial levels and
ratios. At March  31, 1996,  there was  no balance  outstanding on  the line  of
credit.  The Company believes that available cash, cash flow from operations and
available borrowings  will be  sufficient to  meet operating  needs and  capital
expenditures,   including   the   cost  of   constructing   the   Company's  new
headquarters/manufacturing facility, for the foreseeable future.
 
   
    Capital expenditures (other than for  the construction of the Company's  new
facility)  for the  year ended  December 31, 1995  totaled $19.9  million as the
Company accelerated  some  capital  spending in  order  to  increase  production
capacity.  The  Company anticipates  that capital  expenditures (other  than for
construction of  the  Company's new  facility)  will total  approximately  $17.5
million   for  1996,  including  approximately  $4.5  million  relating  to  the
development and production of the X METAL line. Capital expenditures (other than
for the construction of the Company's  new facility) for the three months  ended
March  31, 1996 totaled $4.8 million. In  April 1995, the Company purchased land
for $8.2 million on which it is constructing a larger headquarters/manufacturing
facility. The  Company  currently estimates  that  the cost  to  construct  such
facility will be approximately $33.0 million, of which $5.1 million was spent in
1995  and $1.9 million was spent in the  first quarter of 1996. The remainder is
expected to be  spent by late  1996 or early  1997 when the  Company expects  to
relocate  to such facility. The  Company also anticipates spending approximately
$7.0 million to design and engineer the new facility and for furniture and other
related costs.
    
 
    The Company completed  its initial  public offering of  3,300,000 shares  of
common  stock in August 1995.  Net proceeds to the Company  from the sale of its
common stock  were $69.1  million, after  deducting underwriting  discounts  and
commissions  and  offering expenses.  Proceeds from  the  offering were  used to
prepay debt totaling $35.0 million and make payments on the S Distribution Notes
totaling $19.3 million; the remaining  proceeds were used for general  corporate
purposes,  including  capital  expenditures  for  the  construction  of  the new
headquarters/manufacturing facility.
 
    Prior to the Company's initial public offering, as a result of the Company's
treatment as an  S Corporation for  Federal and state  income tax purposes,  the
Company  historically provided  its shareholders with  funds for  the payment of
income taxes on the earnings of the  Company which were included in the  taxable
income of the shareholders. In addition, the Company historically paid dividends
to  shareholders to provide them with a  return on their investment. The Company
paid dividends of $55.0 million, $13.4 million and $8.8 million during the years
1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Upon  the consummation of such offering,  the
Company's  S  corporation status  was terminated.  In  August 1995,  the Company
declared a distribution of its previously undistributed S corporation  earnings,
which was paid through the distribution of aircraft and notes. The actual amount
of  the S Distribution Notes was $19.3 million,  all of which had been repaid by
March 31, 1996. See "Corporate History  and Reorganization" and "Price Range  of
Common Stock and Dividend Policy."
 
    As  part of  the Company's  management of  its working  capital, the Company
performs most  customer  credit  functions internally,  including  extension  of
credit  and collections. The Company's bad  debt write-offs were less than 0.25%
of net sales for each of the year  ended December 31, 1995 and the three  months
ended March 31, 1996.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
SEASONALITY
 
    The  following table  sets forth  certain unaudited  quarterly data  for the
periods shown:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1994                                        1995                       1996
                                ------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------  ---------
                                 MAR. 31    JUNE 30   SEPT. 30    DEC. 31    MAR. 31    JUNE 30   SEPT. 30    DEC. 31    MAR. 31
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net sales.....................  $  26,175  $  33,973  $  32,591  $  31,213  $  36,615  $  45,686  $  47,499  $  42,952  $  48,706
Gross profit..................     19,039     25,429     22,461     21,309     25,259     34,091     33,359     29,748     34,064
</TABLE>
 
    Historically, the Company's  sales, in  the aggregate,  generally have  been
higher  in the period from March to  September, the period during which sunglass
use is typically highest.  As a result, operating  income is typically lower  in
the first and fourth quarters as fixed operating costs are spread over generally
lower sales volume. In anticipation of seasonal increases in demand, the Company
typically  builds  inventories  in  the  fourth  quarter,  when  net  sales have
historically been lower. In addition, the Company's shipments of goggles,  which
generate gross margins at significantly lower levels than sunglasses, are lowest
in  the second quarter.  This seasonal trend contributes  to the Company's gross
margin in the  second quarter, which  historically has been  the highest of  the
year. Although the Company's business generally follows this seasonal trend, the
success  of the Company's products introduced  since late 1993 and the Company's
international expansion have mitigated the impact of seasonality.
 
BACKLOG
 
    Historically, the Company has generally shipped domestic orders (other  than
preseason  orders for  ski goggles  and orders  from certain  sunglass specialty
chains) within one day of receipt  and international orders within two weeks  of
receipt. The Company's backlog has increased since mid-1994, primarily due to an
increase in market demand. At March 31, 1996, the Company had a backlog of $18.7
million,  including  backorders  (merchandise  remaining  unshipped  beyond  its
scheduled shipping date)  of $1.8  million. See "Risk  Factors --  Manufacturing
Capacity  Constraints," "Business --  Properties" and "--  Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
    Oakley is  an innovation-driven  designer, manufacturer  and distributor  of
high-performance sunglasses and goggles. The Company's principal strength is its
ability   to  develop  eyewear  which  combines  unique  styling  with  patented
technology to provide superior optical performance  and comfort. As a result  of
its  focus on innovations for sports applications, Oakley believes it has become
the established leader  in the sports  segment of the  sunglass market, and  its
products  are worn by a variety of  athletes, such as skiers, cyclists, runners,
surfers, golfers, tennis and baseball players and motocross riders. In addition,
Oakley products have gained a loyal and growing following among consumers in the
larger nonsports, or recreational, segment  of the sunglass market. The  Company
believes it can expand its sales in the nonsports segment of the sunglass market
by  continuing to  introduce products  that emphasize  superior performance. The
Company's products  currently  include five  lines  of sunglasses  (including  M
FRAMES,  ZEROS, WIRES and JACKETS)  and three lines of  goggles. As derived from
industry sources, the Company estimates that in 1994 it held an approximate  13%
market  share of the $1.2 billion premium  segment (over $30 retail) of the U.S.
retail sunglass  market. For  the  year ended  December  31, 1995,  the  Company
generated net income, on a pro forma basis as described herein, of $39.6 million
on  net sales of $172.8 million. From 1992 through 1995, the Company's net sales
and net income,  on a pro  forma basis  as described herein,  have increased  at
compound annual growth rates of approximately 31.3% and 33.2%, respectively.
 
    The  key components of  the Company's operating  strategy are to distinguish
its products through technological  and design innovation  and to reinforce  the
Oakley  brand image through  creative marketing and  selective distribution. The
Company believes  it  has  one  of the  most  technologically  advanced  product
development  capabilities  in  the  sunglass  industry.  Using  state-of-the-art
technology, including  a  three-dimensional  CAD-CAM  system  and  liquid  laser
prototyping,  Oakley has  dramatically shortened  its product  development cycle
and, as a  result, is  capable of  introducing a  new product  line within  four
months of its initial concept. In addition to controlling all aspects of product
development,  the  Company  also  produces  components  and  performs  processes
in-house  that  contribute  significantly   to  gross  profit  margin,   provide
protection   against  piracy  of  the   Company's  proprietary  information  and
processes, and enable the Company to manufacture products in accordance with its
strict quality control  standards. When subjected  to industrial standard  tests
for  optical  quality,  as  established  by  ANSI,  Oakley's  sports-application
sunglasses featuring its patented polaric  ellipsoid lens geometry (including  M
FRAMES  and ZEROS)  have demonstrated  superior optical  clarity as  compared to
similar products of its principal competitors.
 
    To promote consumer  awareness of its  technological and design  innovation,
the  Company  has  developed  an  effective  marketing  approach  that  features
influential athletes  and eclectic,  informative  advertising which  combine  to
enhance  the Oakley image of high-performance, technologically advanced eyewear.
The Company distributes its products in the United States through  approximately
7,100  carefully selected accounts with approximately 10,100 locations comprised
primarily of optical stores, sunglass retailers and specialty sports stores.  In
an  effort to  preserve and  enhance Oakley's  brand image,  the Company stopped
soliciting new customer accounts in the United States, with limited  exceptions,
in November 1989. The Company's current level of distribution, with the addition
of  key niche  retailers, is expected  to be capable  of accommodating expanding
sales while maintaining  the discoverability  of Oakley  products by  consumers.
This distribution philosophy provides retailers with a degree of exclusivity for
Oakley  products which has increased brand loyalty, improved retailer margins on
Oakley products and encouraged retailers to display Oakley products in prominent
shelf space  and  make timely  payments.  In  addition, the  Company  sells  its
products  in over 65 countries outside the United States. In 1995, international
sales accounted for approximately 33.3% of the Company's total net sales.
 
    Oakley was started in 1975 by Mr. Jannard. The success of its first  product
line,  handgrips for motocross  motorcycles, led the Company  to expand into the
design and manufacture of  motocross goggles. The first  goggle was released  in
1980.  The  prominently  displayed OAKLEY  name  on the  goggles  quickly gained
recognition and helped establish Oakley's reputation for functional quality  and
unique form. By 1984, using the
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
knowledge  gained in designing, manufacturing and marketing goggles, the Company
produced its first  high-performance sunglass,  the EYESHADES.  Since then,  the
Company has introduced nine new sunglass lines, including M FRAMES, ZEROS, WIRES
and JACKETS.
 
OPERATING STRATEGY
 
    The Company's goal is to become the premier manufacturer of high-performance
eyewear  in the  world. Each element  of the Company's  operating strategy, from
design and manufacturing to marketing and distribution, is designed to  control,
protect  and  enhance the  Oakley  brand image.  Key  elements of  the Company's
operating strategy include the following:
 
- -  DEVELOP HIGH  QUALITY,  INNOVATIVE  PRODUCTS.   Oakley  intends  to  continue
   developing  products that incorporate superior optical performance and unique
   styling, factors  which differentiate  Oakley's products  from those  of  its
   competitors and increase brand recognition among consumers.
 
- -  FOCUS  ON SELECTIVE DISTRIBUTION.   Oakley maintains  strict control over the
   distribution of its products to avoid overexposure of the brand and  maintain
   discoverability.  The Company  sells its products  through carefully selected
   retailers that are routinely  assessed to ensure  they conform with  Oakley's
   standards.  The  Company  believes  its  selective  distribution  policy  has
   promoted a high degree  of loyalty from retailers  and a stable retail  price
   environment,   while   increasing   Oakley's  control   over   diversion  and
   counterfeiting of its products.
 
- -  UTILIZE A  DISTINCTIVE MARKETING  APPROACH.   The Company  believes that  the
   superior technology and performance of Oakley products are quickly recognized
   by  serious athletes. For  this reason, the  Company's marketing efforts rely
   primarily on the  "editorial" endorsement  of influential  athletes, some  of
   whom have formal arrangements with the Company. The Company believes that the
   use  of Oakley  products by  this core  group of  athletes increases consumer
   awareness of the performance features  of the Company's products and  overall
   brand  recognition. The Company  supports its sports  marketing with eclectic
   print advertising which features this group  of athletes and often serves  to
   educate consumers on the health and performance benefits of its products. The
   Company also intends to continue its selective use of television advertising.
 
- -  CONTINUE  STRATEGIC MANUFACTURING.   With  its state-of-the-art manufacturing
   equipment, Oakley produces  components and performs  processes in-house  that
   contribute  significantly  to  its gross  profit  margin,  provide protection
   against piracy of  the Company's proprietary  information and processes,  and
   enable  the Company  to manufacture  products in  accordance with  its strict
   quality control standards.
 
- -  AGGRESSIVELY PROTECT ITS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.  Oakley will  continue
   to  rely on patent, trademark, trade secret, unfair competition and copyright
   law to  protect its  rights to  certain aspects  of its  products,  including
   product   designs,  proprietary  manufacturing  processes  and  technologies,
   product research and concepts and recognized trademarks and trade dress.  The
   Company  believes that it  has developed a strong  reputation in the sunglass
   industry as a  vigorous defender  of its intellectual  property rights;  this
   reputation  acts  as  a  deterrent against  the  introduction  of potentially
   infringing products by its competitors and others.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    While protecting and enhancing its brand image, the Company has developed  a
growth  strategy which will allow it to  best capitalize on its long-term growth
opportunities. The principal elements  of the Company's  growth strategy are  as
follows:
 
- -  INCREASE  PRESENCE  IN THE  NONSPORTS SEGMENT  OF THE  SUNGLASS MARKET.   The
   Company believes  the  future  of  sunglass fashion  will  be  influenced  by
   technology  and an increased  awareness of optical quality.  As a result, the
   Company intends  to increase  its focus  on the  nonsports, or  recreational,
   segment  of the market. In  late 1993, Oakley targeted  this segment with the
   introduction of the E WIRE sunglass. The success of the E WIRE has  increased
   the acceptance and visibility of the Oakley brand name among consumers in the
   broader  recreational segment, which  is traditionally more fashion-oriented.
   In late 1994,  the Company  launched the  JACKETS line  of sunglasses,  which
   appeals  to both the recreational and sports  segments of the market. In late
   1995,  the  Company  launched   an  extension  of   the  JACKETS  line,   the
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
   TRENCHCOATS.  In 1996, the Company intends to introduce several sunglass line
   extensions, including  the  SQUARE  WIRE,  and  at  least  one  new  line  of
   sunglasses,  the X  METALS, which is  expected to attract  consumers from the
   nonsports segment of the sunglass market.
    
 
- -  FOCUS  ON  INTERNATIONAL  EXPANSION.     The  Company  believes  that   wider
   international  distribution  also  represents a  significant  opportunity for
   expansion of Oakley's sales. The Company currently sells its products in over
   65 countries  outside  the  United  States,  but  believes  it  can  increase
   penetration  of its eyewear  in most of  its international markets, including
   the Pacific Rim, Europe and  Latin America. The Company's 1995  international
   net  sales increased 72.5%  from 1994 and represented  33.3% of the Company's
   net sales. To  improve the consistency  of its image  and operating  strategy
   worldwide,  Oakley  is  establishing closer  working  relationships  with its
   international distributors  and plans  to increase  its use  of direct  sales
   representatives in those locations where such an approach is advantageous. In
   1995,  the Company established a subsidiary in Mexico City which acquired the
   Company's exclusive distributor in Mexico and began selling to that market on
   a direct basis  at the  end of  1995. The  Company also  expects to  continue
   benefiting from the global expansion of its largest customer, Sunglass Hut.
 
- -  EXPAND  PRODUCT LINES  AND APPLICATIONS IN  THE SPORTS SEGMENT.   The Company
   will continue to  research, develop and  market new products  as well as  new
   applications  for  its existing  products  and technology  within  the sports
   segment of the sunglass market. In 1996, the Company has expanded its M FRAME
   and ZEROS lines to include models designed for specific sports. These  models
   incorporate   features  that   have  proven  superior   for  specific  sports
   applications and  utilize  sport-specific  packaging and  point  of  purchase
   materials  which feature Oakley athletes. Through effective use of marketing,
   the Company will continue  to educate consumers about  the benefits of  using
   its products in additional sports and activities.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    According  to industry sources, total retail  sunglass sales in the domestic
sunglass market grew a total of 29.4% from $1.7 billion in 1989 to $2.2  billion
in  1994. The industry is  generally divided into two  principal segments -- the
under $30 market and the over  $30 premium market. The premium sunglass  market,
the  category in which the Company competes,  showed an increase in retail sales
of a total of  45.3% from $825.6 million  in 1989 to $1.2  billion in 1994.  The
average  retail price  per unit  for premium  eyewear has  increased during such
period, contributing significantly to the overall growth of the segment.
 
    Management believes  that  consumer  willingness to  pay  more  for  premium
eyewear  results from increased awareness of health concerns supporting the need
for quality eye protection,  increased demand for  specialized sunglasses to  be
used  as  equipment  in  different  sports  and  activities  and  growing  brand
awareness. The Company has sought to  capitalize on these trends by focusing  on
certain  sports, including skiing, golf and  cycling, in which participants tend
to spend a significant amount of disposable income on equipment and accessories,
and by educating consumers of all  types on the superior optical performance  of
Oakley eyewear.
 
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    BACKGROUND
 
    The  emergence of Oakley's products and their increasing sales are partially
a result of changing technologies in eyewear.  In the late 1970s, glass was  the
preferred  lens substrate,  as it  offered the  best optical  properties and was
scratch-resistant. At that time, polycarbonate material was lighter and stronger
than  glass,  but  was   less  desirable  in  terms   of  optical  clarity   and
scratch-resistance.  Over the  last 20  years, higher  quality material  and new
designs and  molding processes,  combined with  hard-coating technologies,  have
made  polycarbonate lenses  competitive or superior  to glass  lenses in optical
clarity and impact-resistance and have  improved the scratch-resistance of  such
lenses. Oakley was the first manufacturer to focus on single-arc lens sunglasses
and  has identified, researched  and patented what the  Company believes are the
three most  desirable lens  geometries  used in  the manufacture  of  single-arc
lenses.  See "--  Products." In  addition, because  polycarbonate lenses  can be
molded, they can be contoured to provide better coverage and protection from the
sun, making  polycarbonate lenses  the preferred  choice for  use in  sports  or
extended
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
wear.  All  Oakley  PLUTONITE  lenses are  composed  of  a  specially formulated
polycarbonate and screen  out 100%  of all  ultraviolet and  harmful blue  light
rays.  The lenses are also both  substantially lighter and more impact-resistant
than glass lenses.
 
    INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS
 
    The Company subjects its eyewear to  a series of industrial standard  tests,
known   as  "Z87.1,"  established  by  ANSI  and  conducted  by  an  independent
laboratory. The Company also conducts such ANSI tests in its own facilities on a
regular basis.  When subjected  to  ANSI's test  for optical  quality,  Oakley's
sports-application  sunglasses  featuring  its patented  polaric  ellipsoid lens
geometry (including  M  FRAMES and  ZEROS)  have demonstrated  superior  optical
clarity as compared to similar products of its principal competitors.
 
    Industrial  Standard  ANSI Z87.1  includes tests  of sunglasses  for optical
quality, high velocity impact and high  mass impact. The components of the  ANSI
test  for optical  quality performed  on the  Company's sunglasses  include: (i)
prismatic power, (ii)  refractive power  and astigmatism,  (iii) definition  and
(iv)  prism  imbalance.  The  test  for  prismatic  power  measures  the angular
deflection of light  rays passing  through a  sample lens.  Refractive power  is
measured  by comparing the  difference between the  focal length of  an image as
viewed through a  sample lens  and the  focal length  of the  image without  the
sample  lens; in effect, the  test gauges the level  of magnification induced by
the lens. The test for astigmatism  measures the difference in refractive  power
in  one meridian from that in another meridian. The definition test measures how
well a given  image is  resolved through  the sample  lens. The  test for  prism
imbalance  measures the difference in prismatic power between the right and left
sides of the sample lens.
 
    High velocity impact is measured by shooting 1/4" steel balls, at a speed of
150 feet per second, at  a sunglass placed on a  head form. Under the high  mass
impact  test,  eyewear must  be capable  of  resisting impact  from a  one pound
pointed projectile dropped from a height of approximately four feet.
 
    Oakley  believes  it  was  the  first  sunglass  company  to  utilize   ANSI
standardized  test results in its marketing  efforts to educate consumers on the
objective performance standards of its  products. The Company has developed  its
own  on-site lab which is  equipped to perform the  components of the ANSI Z87.1
test. The Company believes that having ready access to such a facility  provides
the  Company with  a competitive  advantage with respect  to the  testing of new
product prototypes that satisfy the Company's standards for optical clarity  and
durability.
 
    PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    The  Company  believes it  has earned  a  reputation in  the industry  as an
innovator in the development of  new product styles and  in the use of  advanced
lens geometry and other performance-related enhancements. The Company's products
are designed through the cooperative efforts of the Company's 13-person in-house
design  staff.  In  formulating design  concepts  and product  ideas,  the staff
focuses on developing  products with demonstrable  improvements in  performance,
creating  breakaway designs, some of which  can be patent-protected, and finding
creative solutions  to  the  functional problems  of  active  sunglass  wearers.
Designers  utilize  state-of-the-art technology,  including  a three-dimensional
CAD-CAM system  and  liquid  laser  prototyping, to  create  a  fully  detailed,
wearable  prototype  within  20  hours. As  a  result,  Oakley  has dramatically
shortened its  product development  cycle by  facilitating rapid  iterations  of
working prototypes and components leading to a perfected model which can then be
used  directly  in  the preparation  of  a  mold. This  process  allows  for the
extensive testing and  perfecting of  a product,  before introducing  it to  the
public.  Through  the  use  of  such  technology,  the  Company  is  capable  of
introducing a  new product  line  within four  months  of initial  concept.  The
Company believes its design equipment is among the most technologically advanced
in the sunglass industry.
 
    The Company historically has limited the number of new product lines that it
introduces in a year in order to increase the exposure for each new product line
and   reduce  cannibalization  of  other   Oakley  products.  The  Company  also
deliberately withdraws slower-moving  products from the  market as new  products
with technological advancements are introduced. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- General." A smaller
product  line also  improves the  depth of  knowledge of  each of  the Company's
products   by   the   Company's   specialty   account   base.   Prior   to   any
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
formal  product introduction, the Company selectively releases information about
the new product  to the  market. This strategy  creates a  sense of  excitement,
exclusivity  and anticipation among athletes,  retailers and others awaiting the
arrival of the Company's new products.
 
    One of Oakley's most significant  developments has been the IRIDIUM  coating
on  the  PLUTONITE lens.  IRIDIUM  is a  metallic  oxide coating  that increases
contrast and color saturation, which enables  the wearer to perceive details  in
shadows  or low or bright light conditions. This coating has proven very popular
in demanding sports, such as skiing and cycling, and in high altitude use.  More
recently,  the distinctive  look of the  IRIDIUM-coated lens  has become popular
with  recreational  sunglass  wearers.  Another  hallmark  of  Oakley's  initial
sunglass products was their detachable and interchangeable components, including
lenses,   frames,  temples  and  nosepieces  in  different  colors  and  shapes.
Interchangeable components contribute to the  overall Oakley appeal by  allowing
consumers  to customize their sunglasses to  their personal tastes and to modify
them for specific conditions such as low and bright light.
 
    Oakley  has  obtained   patents  covering  a   number  of  its   proprietary
manufacturing  methods  and product  features, which  the Company  believes have
provided it with  significant competitive advantages.  Among the Company's  most
important   patents  and   proprietary  information   are  toroidal  single-lens
geometries and associated manufacturing processes  and certain of the  Company's
frame  components and materials. The  proprietary technology the Company employs
in its lens-cutting, etching and coating processes and the Company's significant
investment in specialized equipment,  together with certain exclusive  materials
used   in   production,  contribute   to  the   superior  optical   quality  and
impact-resistance of Oakley products. See "-- Intellectual Property."
 
   
    Oakley has developed sports-application sunglasses for the
prescription/corrective lens segment  of the  market in  its M  FRAME and  ZEROS
lines.  The  Company's  approach has  been  to develop  products  that integrate
prescription lenses  into Oakley's  current lens  geometry system.  The  polaric
ellipsoid lens substrate is used as a "chassis" to hold corrective lens implants
in  place.  Because of  the curvature  of  the Oakley  lens, Oakley  adjusts the
corrective implants by a computer model to modify the athlete's prescription  to
an  "as worn" position. This feature and the specialized equipment needed to cut
and edge the lenses, together with  Oakley's PLUTONITE lens material, allow  the
Company  to be  the exclusive provider  of these corrective  lenses. The Company
uses an  outside ophthalmic  laboratory to  grind the  corrective lenses.  These
products have enabled Oakley to attract several high profile athletes that would
not  otherwise have been  available to promote the  Company's brand. The Company
intends in  mid-1996 to  introduce  a new  model of  WIRES  which will  be  more
accommodating for ophthalmic use and intends, in connection with this new model,
to develop and introduce Oakley-branded ophthalmic lenses.
    
 
   
    The   Company's  historical  success  is   attributable,  in  part,  to  its
introduction of  products which  are perceived  to represent  an improvement  in
performance  over products available in the market. The Company's future success
will depend, in part, upon its  continued ability to develop and introduce  such
innovative  products. In 1996, the Company intends to introduce several sunglass
line extensions and  at least  one new  line of  sunglasses, the  X METALS.  The
product  line extensions include  two new JACKETS --  the STRAIGHT JACKET (which
was  introduced   in   May)   and  a   sports-application   JACKET,   additional
sports-specific M FRAMES and ZEROS and a new model of WIRES.
    
 
    The  Company  believes  that these  new  products will  continue  to attract
additional consumers  from the  nonsports segment  of the  sunglass market.  The
Company  has invested  in metal  prototyping equipment  for use  in developing X
METALS and intends, in mid-1996,  to acquire a production facility  specifically
for  X METALS.  Production of  X METALS  will involve  proprietary manufacturing
processes and other technology for which multiple patents are currently pending.
The Company  anticipates that  it will  introduce this  new line  in late  1996,
although delays have been experienced in the past, and may be anticipated in the
future,  due to the complexity of the development, both in design and processes.
The success of any new  product line, including the  X METAL line, is  dependent
upon  various  factors, including  product demand,  production capacity  and the
availability of  raw  materials  and  critical  manufacturing  equipment.  Other
factors  and assumptions  not identified above  were also  involved in preparing
forward-looking information relating to  product development and  introductions,
including  that contained above.  The uncertainty associated  with all the above
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
factors, and any change in such  factors from the Company's expectations,  could
result  in cost increases, delays  or cancellation of such  new products and may
also cause actual results to differ materially from those projected.
 
    To take  advantage  of unique  opportunities,  the Company  may  manufacture
private  label or other sunglasses for other companies and intends to market and
sell sunglasses under brand names other than "Oakley." In addition, the  Company
has  licensed,  and  may  in  the  future  determine  to  further  license,  its
intellectual property rights to others in  the optical or other industries.  The
Company does not anticipate that any of such activities would be material to its
overall business for the foreseeable future.
 
    For information with respect to research and development expenditures during
the   1993,  1994,  1995  and  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1996,  see
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations."
 
PRODUCTS
 
    The  Company's  first optical  products,  introduced in  1980,  were goggles
developed for  the  ski  and  motorcycle industries.  From  the  perspective  of
"function  first," the Company  next introduced a  hybrid goggle/sunglass design
for cycling and skiing, which led  to other models for sport-specific uses.  The
Company  recognized that athletes in different  sports needed different types of
protection to ensure clear vision, adequate impact-resistance and deflection  of
wind,  snow and  other elements. The  Company successfully  expanded its product
line by educating the market about the  individual eyewear needs of a sport  and
marketing  glasses  perceived  to  be  useful  athletic  equipment.  All  of the
Company's sunglass lines utilize one  of two lens geometries: toroidal  (polaric
ellipsoid)  and spherical.  The toroidal lenses,  which have  a different radius
from the top to bottom than  from side to side and  are used in the Company's  M
FRAMES  and ZEROS, provide  superior optical clarity  and enhanced coverage and,
therefore, represent the Company's most advanced technology for demanding sports
applications. Spherical lenses, which have  a uniform radius in all  directions,
are  used  in  the  Company's  dual-lens  sunglasses,  the  JACKETS,  WIRES  and
FROGSKINS. The Company's spherical  lenses are corrected and  oriented so as  to
minimize  distortion in the  "as-worn" position, a  feature which differentiates
the Company's dual-lens sunglasses from those of its competitors. The  Company's
eyewear   is  popular  with   athletes  in  baseball,   golf,  tennis,  cycling,
motorcycling, skiing, volleyball, marine  sports, triathlons, running,  surfing,
snowboarding and other sports.
 
    The Company's current products are set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      DATE          LENS          WHOLESALE        SUGGESTED RETAIL
                                   INTRODUCED     GEOMETRY          PRICE               PRICE
                                   -----------  ------------  ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>           <C>                 <C>
SUNGLASSES
  FROGSKINS......................     1985       Spherical    $   20.00 -  27.50  $   40.00 -  55.00
  M FRAMES.......................   Late 1989     Toroidal        45.00 -  72.50      90.00 - 145.00
  ZEROS..........................   Late 1993     Toroidal        40.00 -  52.50      80.00 - 105.00
  WIRES..........................   Late 1993    Spherical        65.00 - 112.50     130.00 - 225.00
  JACKETS........................   Late 1994    Spherical        45.00 -  65.00      90.00 - 130.00
GOGGLES
  MOTOCROSS......................     1980           --            15.00 - 33.50      26.00 -  56.50
  SKI............................     1983           --            12.50 - 51.00      25.00 - 102.00
  H2O............................     1990           --            15.00 - 35.75      25.75 -  61.00
</TABLE>
 
    FROGSKINS.   Introduced  in 1985, the  FROGSKINS sunglass was  designed as a
more traditional "look good,  feel good" sunglass.  The PLUTONITE lens  material
provides  100% ultraviolet and blue light  protection in a traditional twin lens
frame. The earpieces are  secured with a special  snap-fit design that  replaces
the  hinges  found in  conventional eyewear  designs and  reduces breakage  at a
traditionally  weak  point.  The  FROGSKINS  sunglass  was  priced  as  Oakley's
introductory  product.  Although the  lens and  frames are  not interchangeable,
Oakley  markets  six   different  lens/frame  combinations   of  the   FROGSKINS
sunglasses.
 
    M  FRAMES.    Introduced  in  late 1989,  the  M  FRAME  line  of sunglasses
significantly advanced optical technology through  the use of Oakley's  patented
polaric ellipsoid lens geometry. Polaric ellipsoid lens
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
   
geometry  minimizes  distortion at  all  angles of  vision  through the  M FRAME
sunglass lens. It  also allows for  greater protection by  positioning the  lens
closer  to  the  face.  The M  FRAME  uses  a PLUTONITE  lens  and  an exclusive
lightweight material for  the frame.  Its unique design,  coupled with  Oakley's
HAMMER earstems, creates a comfortable three-point fit, regardless of head shape
or  size. The earstems are equipped with Oakley's patented earsocks, which slide
over the stems, and are made of Oakley's UNOBTANIUM, a slip-resistant elastomer.
Because UNOBTANIUM  is  hydrophilic,  it  absorbs  moisture  and  actually  gets
stickier  as an athlete sweats,  thereby helping the M  FRAMES to stay secure on
the face. The  M FRAME  sunglass is  available in 10  lens tints  and six  frame
colors and in the HEATER, SWEEP, STRIKE and HYBRID lens shapes. The Company also
offers  the SLASH, a  sports glass for basketball,  jetskiing, and other outdoor
sports which has an enlarged vented HEATER  lens, a strap to secure the  glasses
and a foam brow pad. The SLASH is offered in a clear and two IRIDIUM lens tints.
In early 1996, the Company began to offer sport-specific versions of its M FRAME
and ZEROS sunglasses for the golf and baseball markets. These models incorporate
features that have proven superior for these sports applications.
    
 
    ZEROS.   Introduced in late 1993,  the ZEROS sunglass combines Oakley's most
advanced technology with bold,  new styles. The ZEROS  sunglass merges the  dual
lens  concept  with  toroidal (polaric  ellipsoid)  lens geometry  to  create an
innovative design that is available  in nine distinctive variations. In  January
1995,  the Company introduced  two new lens  shapes, one of  which represents an
updated version of  the SUB  ZEROS product line.  These lenses  come in  several
tints.
 
    WIRES.   The WIRES, also introduced  in late 1993, firmly established Oakley
in the  nonsports  category of  the  eyewear  market. WIRES  are  Oakley's  most
fashion-oriented sunglasses, employing a sleek, classic design that remains true
to  the innovation underlying every  Oakley product. The WIRES  are a twin lens,
wire frame sunglass with spherical PLUTONITE lenses specially tapered to provide
superior optics in a unique wrap-around look. The HAMMER earstems have  Oakley's
patented UNOBTANIUM earsocks to enhance comfort and fit. The WIRE sunglasses are
equipped  with the standard Oakley features of strong but lightweight frames and
protective IRIDIUM-coated lenses.  It is  Oakley's only  wire-frame sunglass  to
date.  The frames can also be fitted  with prescription lenses. The E WIRES come
in six varieties:  light, dark, gold,  burnt, black chrome  and polished. The  T
WIRE  features a titanium frame which is extremely lightweight, yet durable, and
lenses with a unique IRIDIUM coating containing titanium.
 
   
    JACKETS.  In December 1994, the  Company launched the JACKETS. Designed  for
both  the sport and recreational  segments of the market,  the JACKETS have twin
spherical lenses molded into a wrap-around frame. A unique hinge gives the frame
a fluid, sculptured appearance. The frames are constructed of a stress-resistant
material called O-MATTER. The JACKETS also benefit from the superior comfort and
fit afforded by the Company's UNOBTANIUM earsocks. The JACKETS line consists  of
three  products:  the EYE  JACKETS, TRENCHCOATS  and  STRAIGHT JACKETS.  The EYE
JACKETS are offered in  12 variations, including two  FULL METAL JACKETS,  which
have  a unique metallic coating. In late  1995, the TRENCHCOAT was introduced as
an extension  to  the JACKET  line  and  includes seven  styles,  including  two
camouflage  patterns. The TRENCHCOAT features a larger frame and lenses than the
EYE JACKET, increasing peripheral vision  and coverage, while offering the  same
sculptured  appearance  and  optics  as the  EYE  JACKET.  Oakley's  most recent
extension to the  JACKET line is  the STRAIGHT JACKET,  which was introduced  in
May, 1996, features a squared frame and is offered in five colors.
    
 
    GOGGLES.   Oakley first entered  the sports eyewear market  in 1980 with its
motocross goggles. Since then, Oakley has expanded its range of goggle  products
to  include goggles  for use  by athletes  involved in  BMX cycling,  skiing and
watersports.
 
    Oakley ski goggles (with  the exception of the  E-FRAME) are comprised of  a
layering  of  two single-arc  lenses.  The outer  lens  is made  of  impact- and
scratch-resistant Lexan.  The  inner lens  is  designed to  prevent  fogging  or
freezing. The wrap-around lenses improve peripheral and up-and-down vision. Lens
vents  prevent moist  air from  being trapped between  and behind  the lenses. A
special gasket between the lenses keeps both lenses perfectly parallel,  further
minimizing  distortion. The  coordination of a  persimmon outer lens  and a gray
inner lens reduces glare and  provides higher contrast than single-lens  systems
in  low-light conditions. The frame is made  with a rugged urethane compound and
is available  in  six  different  colors which  can  be  color-coordinated  with
available   woven  elastic  straps.  Oakley's  ski  goggles  are  sold  in  four
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
   
models:  the  O-FRAME, PRO-FRAME,  E-FRAME and  L-FRAME.  The L-FRAME  goggle is
designed to fit over glasses.  In 1997, the Company  intends to introduce a  new
goggle  frame  that  will  incorporate  advanced  design  features  and improved
styling.
    
 
    Oakley motocross  goggles  also  feature the  exclusive  "MX  Factory  Pilot
Tearoffs."  These clear plastic covers  are secured to the  goggle with a single
detachable tab. When the goggles become covered with mud or rain, the rider  can
pull  the tearoff tab to clear the lens.  Up to ten layers of plastic covers can
be attached,  continuously  providing  the rider  with  clear  vision.  Oakley's
motorcycle  goggles  are sold  in  the O-FRAME,  the  PRO-FRAME IRIDIUM  and the
L-FRAME models. The O-FRAME goggle has a single foam layer, whereas the  Pro-and
L-FRAME  models have dual foam layers. Their design is otherwise similar to that
of the Oakley ski goggles.
 
    Oakley's watersports goggle, the H2O, is a recent introduction to the Oakley
goggle family. The H2O goggle was designed for jetskiing, windsurfing and  other
similar watersports. In addition to the standard Oakley goggle features, the H2O
is  treated with anti-fogging  and water-repellant coatings.  A closed-cell foam
seals the goggle  to the  face while special  exhaust ports  quickly drain  away
moisture. The closed-cell foam also provides buoyancy.
 
    REPLACEMENT  LENSES AND ACCESSORIES.  By offering interchangeable lenses and
other components  of certain  Oakley sunglasses  in various  colors and  shapes,
Oakley has created a market for replacement parts. Depending on the sunglass, an
Oakley  customer  may have  several lenses  for  different light  conditions and
several nosepieces and earpieces  in a range of  colors for variety. This  added
feature  allows consumers not only to replace worn parts, but also to coordinate
their glasses with their clothing. Earstems and nosepieces come in a variety  of
styles  and sizes, enabling consumers to  further customize their glasses. Sales
of replacements and  accessories secure  more shelf space  for Oakley  products,
reducing the space available to competitors.
 
    As  the Oakley brand  name has become increasingly  popular, demand has also
grown for  Oakley  accessories.  While  the Company  does  not  actively  market
accessories,  it does selectively put its logo  on t-shirts, gear bags and hats.
Sales of these products  have historically constituted less  than 4.0% of  total
sales,  and management's philosophy is to maintain such sales at minimal levels.
Although brand recognition continues to grow, management has repeatedly declined
licensing opportunities in order to preserve the Oakley image, which the Company
believes will bring greater  respect and demand for  Oakley's products over  the
long term.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
    Oakley  manufactures and  assembles most of  its products  in its facilities
located adjacent to its  headquarters in Irvine,  California. The Company  owns,
operates  and maintains  most of  the equipment used  in the  manufacture of its
products. The Company produces components  and performs processes in-house  that
contribute  significantly to  gross profit  margins, provide  protection against
piracy of the Company's  proprietary information and  processes, and enable  the
Company  to manufacture products  in accordance with  its strict quality control
standards. Components and processes that  are unlikely to add significant  value
will continue to be contracted out to vendors. Much of the equipment used in the
manufacture  of the Company's  products has been  specially designed and adapted
for the processes used by  the Company. The Company's proprietary  manufacturing
methods and equipment are protected by special security measures employed at the
Company's  manufacturing  facility. In  addition, the  Company believes  that by
manufacturing its own  products it has  the opportunity to  experiment with  new
materials  and technologies which can lead to important discoveries, such as its
iridium coating  process  (which  the  Company  believes  is  one  of  the  most
sophisticated coating processes in the industry). The Company generally seeks to
maintain  a  month and  a half  supply  of finished  goods and  historically has
generally shipped domestic customer orders (other than preseason orders for  ski
goggles  and orders from certain sunglass  specialty chains) received within one
day of receipt.  See "Risk  Factors -- Manufacturing  Capacity Constraints"  and
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Backlog."
 
    The Company  believes  that a  combination  of strict  quality  control  and
advanced  manufacturing processes is essential  to producing a superior product.
On average, the Company's lenses are inspected five
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
times by hand throughout  the manufacturing process. After  the lens blanks  are
shipped  to Oakley, they are thoroughly cleaned and moisture is removed, thereby
reducing the occurrence of flaws during the coating process. Each lens blank  is
then  placed  in a  computer-controlled, precision  cutting device  that ensures
consistency in lens size.  The lens then passes  through the coating process  in
which  layers  as thin  as  two microns  are  applied. To  avoid  the distortion
typically found around the edges of  a lens blank, Oakley purchases lens  blanks
in  significantly  larger sizes  than are  required for  the finished  lens. The
optically inferior portion  is removed in  the cutting process.  The lenses  are
then  assembled with the frames and  other components which have previously been
run through the Company's graphic transfer process or other finishing  processes
to add variety and style.
 
    The  Company has  forged strong relationships  with its  major suppliers and
maintains agreements  with  most  of  them that  prohibit  such  suppliers  from
revealing  any of the Company's proprietary  information and technology to third
parties. Although the Company relies on outside suppliers for the  polycarbonate
components  of its glasses  and goggles, the Company  owns substantially all the
molds used in the production of the  components. The Company relies on a  single
source  for the supply of several components, including the uncoated lens blanks
from which  substantially all  of  the Company's  lenses  are cut.  The  Company
believes  most of these components can be  obtained from one or more alternative
sources within a relatively  short period of  time. The loss  of the source  for
lens  blanks, however, or any disruption in such source's business or failure by
it to meet  the Company's  product needs  on a timely  basis could  cause, at  a
minimum,  temporary  shortages in  needed materials  and  could have  a material
adverse effect  on  the  Company's  business. At  the  Company's  request,  this
supplier has agreed to use the Company's molds in multiple locations to minimize
the  risk of damage to all molds at one time. There can be no assurance that, if
necessary, an  additional source  of supply  of lens  blanks can  be located  or
developed in a timely manner. See "Risk Factors -- Reliance on Single Sources of
Supplies."  The Company's business interruption  insurance policy reimburses the
Company for certain  losses incurred  by the  Company, up  to a  maximum of  $30
million,  as  a  result of  an  interruption  in the  supply  of  raw materials,
including uncoated lens blanks, resulting from direct physical loss or damage to
a supplier's premises, subject to certain  exceptions. However, there can be  no
assurance  that such policy will be sufficient to compensate the Company for all
losses resulting from an interruption in the supply of raw materials.
 
    In April 1995, the Company purchased land located in Foothill Ranch,  Orange
County,   California,   on  which   the   Company  is   constructing   a  larger
headquarters/manufacturing facility to accommodate expansion for the foreseeable
future and provide a  significant increase in  production capacity. The  Company
expects  to relocate to such facility  by the end of 1996  or in early 1997. See
"-- Properties."
 
DISTRIBUTION
 
    The Company sells Oakley  eyewear in the United  States through a  carefully
selected   base  of  approximately  7,100  accounts  with  approximately  10,100
locations comprised of optical stores,  sunglass retailers and specialty  sports
stores,  including bike,  surf, ski and  golf shops and  motorcycle, running and
sporting goods  stores. Most  of  the Company's  accounts, other  than  sunglass
retail  chains, have a single store. Unlike most of its competitors, the Company
has elected  not to  sell its  products through  department stores  (other  than
Nordstrom),  discount stores,  drug stores or  traditional mail-order companies.
The Company began to sell its products to Nordstrom in 1986 and has  established
a  good working relationship  with the chain.  In 1995, net  sales to department
stores represented less  than 1%  of net sales.  The Company  believes that  its
current level of distribution to sunglass specialty retailers and optical stores
leaves  it  well  positioned to  capitalize  on opportunities  in  the nonsports
market. The  Company  believes  sunglass retailers  represent  the  largest  and
fastest  growing channel  for sales of  sunglasses and  also expects significant
growth in sunglass sales by sports specialty stores.
 
    In an  effort to  preserve and  enhance the  Company's brand  image,  Oakley
stopped  soliciting  new  retail accounts  in  the United  States,  with limited
exceptions, in November  1989. In  1995, the  Company accomplished  its goal  of
slightly reducing its number of domestic retail accounts by eliminating accounts
that  failed to  meet the  Company's standards.  The Company's  current level of
distribution, with  the addition  of  key niche  retailers,  is expected  to  be
capable  of accommodating expanding sales, while maintaining the discoverability
of Oakley products by consumers. This distribution philosophy provides retailers
with a degree of
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
exclusivity for Oakley products which has increased brand loyalty and encouraged
retailers to display Oakley  products in prominent shelf  space and make  timely
payments.  Retailers are also afforded an opportunity to make a favorable profit
on Oakley  eyewear because  there is  limited competition  from other  retailers
offering  Oakley products. The noticeable absence of the Company's products from
department stores,  discount  stores,  drug stores  and  traditional  mail-order
catalogs  has contributed  to the  Company's exclusive,  high-quality image. The
Company generally does not change its domestic wholesale prices during the  life
of  a  product,  which  the  Company  believes  creates  a  more  stable  retail
environment.
 
    In early 1994,  the Company  entered into an  exclusive licensing  agreement
with Sunglass Hut to sell Oakley products through mail order catalogs. Under the
agreement, Oakley maintains creative control over marketing, advertising and the
copy production for each catalog and receives a royalty on gross sales, provided
that  certain conditions are met.  For 1996, the Company  will bear a portion of
the cost  of such  catalog program.  The Company  does not  otherwise allow  its
products  to be  sold through  mail order because  of the  general difficulty in
assessing performance  and  in  controlling  the  content  and  the  quality  of
presentation and service.
 
    The  Company's products are currently sold  in over 65 countries outside the
United States. Sales in the Company's top five markets outside the United States
(Australia,  France,  Canada,  Japan  and  the  United  Kingdom)  accounted  for
approximately  50% of international  sales during 1995.  See Note 8  of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    In most of Europe, marketing and distribution is handled directly by  Oakley
Europe,  located  near  Paris,  France, which  is  staffed  by  approximately 65
employees who perform sports marketing, advertising, telemarketing, shipping and
accounting functions. Oakley Europe has an independent sales force in all  major
European  markets except the  United Kingdom, Switzerland  and Austria. In 1995,
the Company established  Oakley Mexico, which  acquired the Company's  exclusive
distributor  in Mexico and began  selling to that market  on a direct basis near
the end of 1995. In  those parts of the world  not serviced by Oakley Europe  or
Oakley  Mexico,  Oakley's  products  are sold  through  distributors  with local
expertise which sell Oakley products  either exclusively or with  complementary,
noncompeting   products.  Such  distributors  agree  to  respect  the  marketing
philosophy and practices of the Company.
 
    The Company requires its retailers and  distributors to agree not to  resell
or  divert Oakley products  through unauthorized channels  of distribution. Each
product shipped from Oakley's headquarters is  marked with a tracking code  that
allows  the  Company  to  determine  the source  of  diverted  products  sold by
unauthorized retailers, so it can better maintain the integrity of its  products
at desired locations. When Oakley products are found at undesirable locations or
unauthorized  retailers, the Company  purchases samples and,  using the tracking
device, determines the source of the  diversion. The Company then estimates  the
potential  damage to  the Company's retail  franchise and image  and may require
that  the  offending  account  repurchase   the  diverted  product  or  post   a
nonrefundable  bond against future  diversion. In certain  instances the Company
may terminate the  account. When an  existing account has  been terminated,  the
Company  may repurchase  its own products  from the retailer  at the undesirable
location to  protect  the  Oakley  image and  the  exclusivity  enjoyed  by  the
Company's  retail  account  base.  The  Company  employs  similar anti-diversion
techniques in overseas markets.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    The Company maintains a national sales force of approximately 75 independent
representatives. The primary functions  of Oakley's sales force  are to sell  to
each  retailer the appropriate mix and  quantity of Oakley products, ensure that
products are displayed effectively and  educate retailers about the quality  and
features  of Oakley products and Oakley's  sales and marketing philosophies. The
Company believes that its relationships with its customers, effective  marketing
and  superior customer service  are critical elements  of the Company's success.
Through its sales representatives, the Company tries to satisfy every customer's
request for  information or  product  support. Sales  representatives  regularly
visit  each customer to educate the customer about recent innovations in product
designs, new  product applications  and merchandising  ideas. Each  field  sales
representative  reports to, and  is supported by, one  of the Company's in-house
territory managers.  Each  territory manager  works  with four  to  eight  field
representatives in setting sales
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
goals,  providing  sales  analyses,  soliciting  sales  to  complete  customers'
inventories and taking incoming orders. The territory managers frequently travel
to the territory they oversee and to trade shows with the field representatives,
which enables the Company  to maintain the consistency  of customer service  and
information.  The Company's  sales force  is paid  solely by  commissions on net
sales.
 
    While Oakley  uses  traditional marketing  methods  in some  instances,  the
Company  attributes much of its success largely  to the use of less conventional
methods, including sports marketing,  targeted product allocation,  advertorials
and  in-store display aids. The Company has used sports marketing extensively to
promote its products and their image, and athletes have always been a key factor
in the  Company's successful  marketing strategy.  A substantial  amount of  the
Company's  marketing budget  is used to  attract high profile  athletes to wear,
evaluate and  promote  the Company's  eyewear.  These arrangements  tend  to  be
performance  contracts with terms of two to  four years and small retainers. The
Company also  furnishes its  products at  a reduced  cost or  without charge  to
selected  athletes and public  personalities who wear  Oakley sunglasses without
any  formal  arrangement.  The  Company   incurred  total  expenses  under   its
endorsement  arrangements of approximately $4.9 million and $1.2 million in 1995
and the three  months ended March  31, 1996, respectively.  The Company  prefers
that its association with these public figures be kept confidential. Oakley uses
the  exposure generated by  all of its  athletes and public  personalities as an
"editorial"  endorsement  of  Oakley's  eyewear  rather  than  as  a  commercial
endorsement.  The Company prefers to use opinion  leaders in each sport in order
to reinforce a purer  editorial endorsement of the  brand, instead of being  the
official   sponsor  of  sports  competitions.  In  1995,  the  Company  executed
agreements with the athletic departments  of over 15 leading U.S.  universities,
selecting  Oakley products as the exclusive eye protection for college athletes.
Oakley uses an in-house staff of sports marketing experts who specialize in each
market segment  and niche  to negotiate  contracts with  athletes, identify  and
develop  relationships with  undiscovered talent,  coordinate exposure  with the
media, educate and train  these Oakley "ambassadors"  about Oakley products  and
support  them at events  and public forums  where they wear  Oakley products. In
international markets, the Company utilizes the services of its domestic  sports
marketing  staff, together with a sports  marketing manager at Oakley Europe, to
coordinate its  sports  marketing. In  addition,  certain of  the  international
distributors  of  the Company's  products  maintain their  own  sports marketing
programs which are coordinated with efforts by the Company.
 
    Targeted product  allocation is  also  an important  part of  the  Company's
strategy.  New products are frequently released through smaller specialty sports
retailers which in the Company's experience have often tended to be better brand
builders. The Company believes  that the sports  environment and the  retailers'
greater   knowledge  about  product  needs  and  capabilities  can  enhance  the
introduction and positioning Oakley desires  for a given product. This  approach
affords   the  Company  a  mechanism  to   create  demand  and  strengthens  its
relationship with its specialty account base.
 
PRODUCT SERVICES
 
    Oakley strives to support its products with the best customer service in the
industry. The Company's approximately 68-person product services group  promptly
and  courteously responds to  customer inquiries, concerns  and warranty claims.
The Company  provides  a one-year  warranty  against manufacturer's  defects  or
breakage of its polycarbonate frames.
 
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION
 
    Oakley's primary method of obtaining brand recognition is through the use of
sports  marketing, which  places the Oakley  brand before  consumers through the
editorial endorsements of influential athletes and other personalities, some  of
whom  have  formal arrangements  with the  Company.  Oakley supports  its sports
marketing with print advertising. The Company's print advertisements often serve
to educate consumers on the health  and performance benefits of Oakley  products
as  well  as to  impart  technical information  in  layman's terms.  The Company
advertises and promotes  its products  nationwide through  print media,  outdoor
media,  in-store visual displays and  other point-of-sale materials. The Company
focuses its print media campaign in  sport publications such as BICYCLING,  VELO
NEWS, TRANSWORLD SNOWBOARDING, SURFING, SURFER, TRIATHLETE, VOLLEYBALL, PERSONAL
WATERCRAFT  ILLUSTRATED, POWDER, RUNNER'S WORLD, MOUNTAIN BIKE ACTION, MOTOCROSS
ACTION, CLIMBING and  WATERSKI MAGAZINE. The  Company also focuses  part of  its
print media campaign in lifestyle/music publications such as DETAILS and ROLLING
STONE MAGAZINE, which target younger consumers.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    The  Company also occasionally uses  electronic media, primarily television,
to promote its image  and to introduce  its brand name to  a larger universe  of
potential  customers. The Company has  selected specific sports programming such
as the Olympics and the  Tour de France and  contemporary channels, such as  MTV
and  ESPN, on which to  air these spots. In Europe  and the United States, movie
theaters have been used successfully to showcase the Company's commercials prior
to the featured  film presentation.  Advertising in markets  outside the  United
States  is  coordinated  by  both Oakley  Europe  and  independent distributors,
primarily  utilizing  materials   developed  by  the   Company.  The   Company's
advertising  expenditures were  $3.1 million  in 1995  and $1.0  million for the
three months ended March 31, 1996.
 
PRINCIPAL CUSTOMERS
 
    Sales before  discounts  to  the  Company's  ten  largest  customers,  which
included  seven international distributors in  1995, accounted for approximately
46.3% of  sales  before  discounts  for 1995.  Sales  before  discounts  to  one
customer,  Sunglass Hut, the  largest sunglass specialty  retailer in the world,
accounted for approximately 32.1%  of the Company's  net sales before  discounts
(including  sales to Sunsations, another sunglass retailer which was acquired by
Sunglass Hut in  July 1995) for  1995. Such sales  do not include  sales to  the
Sunglass  Hut locations outside the United States that are made by the Company's
independent international distributors. At December 31, 1995, approximately  240
of  the  1,700  Sunglass  Hut  locations  worldwide  were  serviced  by Oakley's
independent distributors. While the Company  does not have any minimum  purchase
agreements  with Sunglass  Hut, the  Company believes  that it  maintains a good
relationship with Sunglass  Hut. The  Company believes  it was  one of  Sunglass
Hut's  two largest vendors during 1995  and became its best-selling brand during
1996. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Certain Customers."
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The Company  aggressively asserts  its rights  under patent,  trade  secret,
unfair  competition, trademark  and copyright  laws to  protect its intellectual
property, including  product designs,  proprietary manufacturing  processes  and
technologies,  product research  and concepts  and recognized  trademarks. These
rights  are  protected  through  the   acquisition  of  patents  and   trademark
registrations, the maintenance of trade secrets, the development of trade dress,
and,  where  appropriate, litigation  against those  who  are, in  the Company's
opinion, infringing these rights.
 
    The following  table reflects  data  as of  March  31, 1996  concerning  the
Company's intellectual property:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                               UTILITY/DESIGN PATENTS       NUMBER OF
                                                             --------------------------    REGISTERED
                                                                ISSUED        PENDING      TRADEMARKS
                                                             -------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>          <C>
United States..............................................           51            19             66
International..............................................          181           139            281
</TABLE>
 
    PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES
 
    As  of March 31, 1996, the Company  had been issued 13 United States utility
patents and  38 United  States  design patents  relating to  eyewear,  including
patents  directed to a cylindrical single lens,  a conic single lens, a toroidal
single lens, a concavely indented single lens, an eyewear traction device and  a
detachable lens sunglass. As of such date, the Company had also been issued over
181 patents in 12 foreign countries.
 
    As  of March 31, 1996, the Company had 19 patent applications pending in the
United States, including those for a new eyeglass frame, a new eyeglass  earstem
and  a  process for  modifying  the surface  of a  lens.  Oakley has  also filed
approximately  139  patent  applications  with  foreign  patent  offices.  These
applications   generally  correspond   to  United  States   patents  and  patent
applications. The Company intends to  file additional patent applications,  when
appropriate,  relating  to improvements  in  its technology  and  other specific
products and processes developed by it, including patents relating to X METAL.
 
    As of March  31, 1996,  the Company had  66 trademark  registrations in  the
United  States and 281  trademark registrations in  foreign countries, including
those for OAKLEY, THERMONUCLEAR PROTECTION, PLUTONITE, SUB ZEROS, BLADES,  RAZOR
BLADES,  EYESHADES, IRIDIUM, UNOBTANIUM,  M FRAME, HEATER,  + RED, POSITIVE RED,
SWEEP, ZEROS, FACTORY  PILOT and FROGSKINS.  No trademarks are  licensed by  the
Company  for use on eyewear products due to the Company's strict quality control
standards and  the desire  to  protect its  proprietary technology  and  prevent
overexposure of the Company's trademarks.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    The  Company  has been  successful to  date  in its  efforts to  protect its
patents and trademarks from infringement. The  Company has filed suit against  a
number  of  its competitors  to  enforce certain  of  the Company's  patents and
trademarks.  None  of  the  Company's  patents  or  trademarks  has  ever   been
invalidated  or  limited. While  there can  be no  assurance that  the Company's
patents  or  trademarks  protect  the  Company's  proprietary  information   and
technologies,  the  Company  intends  to  continue  asserting  its  intellectual
property rights  against  any  infringer.  The  Company  believes  that  it  has
developed  a reputation in the  sunglass industry as a  vigorous defender of its
intellectual property rights; this  reputation acts as  a deterrent against  the
introduction  of potentially infringing products  by its competitors and others.
In addition, although  the Company's  assertion of its  rights can  result in  a
substantial  cost  to,  and  diversion of  effort  by,  the  Company, management
believes that  protection of  Oakley's  intellectual property  rights is  a  key
component  of the Company's operating strategy.  See "-- Operating Strategy" and
"Risk Factors -- Protection of Proprietary Rights."
 
    In mid-1995, the  Company received a  letter from an  individual owner of  a
United  States patent, issued in late 1991,  which he claims covers a production
process utilized by the Company for a  portion of its products. On the basis  of
the  Company's investigation completed to date and discussions with the owner of
such patent,  the Company  believes  that it  could,  if necessary,  acquire  or
license  the  patent, or  take  other steps  to  resolve the  matter,  without a
material adverse effect on the Company. Many of the Company's products on  which
the claim is based have been discontinued.
 
    In  early 1994,  the Company entered  into an  exclusive licensing agreement
with Sunglass Hut to sell Oakley products through mail order catalogues and five
Oakley  catalogues  have   been  produced  under   such  arrangement.  See   "--
Distribution."  In connection with  the settlement of a  patent dispute in early
1994, the Company granted to another sunglass manufacturer irrevocable  licenses
to use certain of its patents.
 
    TRADE SECRETS
 
    The  Company also relies upon unpatented trade secrets for the protection of
certain intellectual property rights. The Company protects its trade secrets  by
requiring  its employees, consultants, and other  agents and advisors to execute
confidentiality  agreements  upon  the  commencement  of  employment  or   other
relationships  with the Company. These  agreements provide that all confidential
information developed by or  made known to the  individual or entity during  the
course  of the relationship with the Company  is to be kept confidential and not
disclosed to third  parties except in  specific circumstances. There  can be  no
assurance, however, that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for
the  Company's  proprietary information  or adequate  remedies  in the  event of
unauthorized use or disclosure  of such information.  In addition, no  assurance
can be given that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent
proprietary  information  and  technologies,  or otherwise  gain  access  to the
Company's trade secrets  or disclose such  technology, or that  the Company  can
meaningfully protect its rights to unpatented trade secrets.
 
    MONITORING
 
    The  Company dissuades counterfeiting  through the active  monitoring of the
marketplace by its anti-counterfeiting personnel and other employees and through
the services provided  by outside firms  that specialize in  anti-counterfeiting
measures.  The Company's sales representatives,  distributors and retailers have
also  proved  effective  watchdogs   against  infringing  products,   frequently
notifying the Company of any suspect products, confiscating counterfeit products
and  assisting law enforcement agencies. The Company's sales representatives are
also educated  on Oakley's  patents and  trade dress  and assist  in  preventing
infringers  from obtaining  retail shelf  space. In  mid-1994, the  Company also
began to etch its logo onto the lenses of its sunglasses to assist its customers
and consumers in detecting counterfeit products. See "-- Distribution."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The Company is a leading  designer, manufacturer and distributor of  eyewear
in  the  sports  segment  of the  nonprescription  eyewear  market.  Within this
segment, the Company competes with mostly smaller sunglass and goggle  companies
in  various  niches  of  the  sports  market  and  a  limited  number  of larger
competitors. Some of  these niche markets  are susceptible to  rapid changes  in
consumer  preferences which could  affect acceptance of  the Company's products.
Oakley believes the vigorous protection of its intellectual property rights  has
limited  the  ability of  others to  compete in  this segment.  Accordingly, the
Company believes  that it  is the  established  leader in  this segment  of  the
market,  although  several companies,  including  Bausch &  Lomb  (which markets
Killer Loop),  Bolle  and  various  niche  brands,  compete  for  the  Company's
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
shelf  space.  The Company  could also  face  competition from  new competitors,
including established  branded consumer  products  companies that  have  greater
financial  and other resources than  the Company. In order  to retain its market
share, the Company must continue to be  competitive in the areas of quality  and
performance,   technology,   method   of  distribution,   style,   brand  image,
intellectual property protection and customer service.
 
    The Company also competes in the broader nonsports, or recreational, segment
of the sunglass market,  which is fragmented and  highly competitive. The  major
competitive  factors  include  fashion trends,  brand  recognition, distribution
channels and the number and range  of products offered. A number of  established
companies,  including  Bausch  & Lomb  (Ray  Ban and  Revo),  Luxottica, Corning
(Serengeti) and Bolle, compete in this  wider market. Several of such  companies
have greater financial and other resources than Oakley. The Company differs from
many  of its competitors in that they generally only import or repackage eyewear
products. Few  sunglass companies  design, manufacture  and assemble  their  own
creations.  Many companies tend  to imitate successful  sunglass models (such as
the Ray Ban Wayfarer),  while the actual manufacturing  is performed by  foreign
contractors.
 
EMPLOYEES
   
    The  Company  believes  that  its  employees  are  among  its  most valuable
resources and have been a  key factor in the  marketing and selling of  Oakley's
products.  At March 31, 1996, there were  a total of approximately 800 full-time
employees.  In  addition,  the  Company  utilizes  as  many  as  150  occasional
personnel, particularly during the summer months.
    
 
    The Company is not a party to any labor agreements and none of its employees
is  covered  by a  collective bargaining  agreement.  The Company  considers its
relationship with its employees to be excellent and has never experienced a work
stoppage. The Company has employment agreements with certain key personnel whose
talents or technical knowledge are important to the Company. See "Management  --
Employment Agreements."
 
PROPERTIES
    The Company's current corporate headquarters and its production, warehousing
and  distribution facilities  are located in  Irvine, California  and consist of
five leased buildings totaling approximately  170,000 square feet of space.  One
facility is leased from a partnership in which the sole partners are Mr. Jannard
and  Mr. Parnell.  See "Certain Transactions."  In addition,  the Company leases
office and warehouse  space as  necessary to support  its operations  worldwide,
including offices in Europe and Mexico.
 
    The Company believes that its existing facilities are well maintained and in
good operating condition. Management believes, however, that additional space is
needed  in the United  States for the Company's  expansion plans. To accommodate
expansion for  the foreseeable  future  and provide  a significant  increase  in
production  capacity,  the Company  purchased land,  in  April 1995,  located in
Foothill Ranch, Orange County, California on which the Company is constructing a
larger headquarters/manufacturing facility. The new site will initially  include
a building of 400,000 square feet, with potential to expand on 40 acres of land.
The  Company expects to  relocate to the new  facility by the end  of 1996 or in
early 1997.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
    The Company  is subject  to  federal, state  and local  environmental  laws,
regulations  and ordinances  that (i) govern  activities or  operations that may
have adverse  environmental effects  (such as  emissions to  air, discharges  to
water, and the generation, handling, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous
wastes)  or (ii) impose liability for the  costs of cleanup or other remediation
of contaminated  property, including  damages from  spills, disposals  or  other
releases  of hazardous  substances or  wastes, in  certain circumstances without
regard to fault.  The Company's manufacturing  operations routinely involve  the
handling  of chemicals and wastes, some of  which are or may become regulated as
hazardous substances.  The Company  has not  incurred, and  does not  expect  to
incur, any significant expenditures or liabilities for environmental matters. As
a  result, the Company believes that its environmental obligations will not have
a material adverse effect on its operations or financial position.
 
LITIGATION
    The Company is a party to various claims, complaints and other legal actions
that have arisen in the normal course of business from time to time. The Company
believes the outcome of  all pending legal proceedings,  in the aggregate,  will
not  have a material adverse  effect on the operations  or financial position of
the Company.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The following table sets  forth certain information (as  of March 31,  1996)
concerning the director and executive officers of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME                        AGE                               POSITION
- ---------------------------------------      ---      ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
    Jim Jannard                                  46   Chairman of the Board, President and Director
    Mike Parnell                                 43   Chief Executive Officer and Director
    Link Newcomb                                 34   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    Al Krueger                                   53   Vice President of Operations
    Donna Gordon                                 36   Vice President of Finance and Secretary
    Kent Lane                                    42   Vice President of Manufacturing
    Carlos Reyes                                 29   Vice President of Development
    Irene Miller                                 43   Director
    Orin Smith                                   53   Director
    Michael Jordan                               33   Director
</TABLE>
 
    EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    Mr.  Jim Jannard, the founder of the Company, has been Chairman of the Board
and President of Oakley since its inception in 1975.
 
    Mr. Mike Parnell joined Oakley in 1985 and has been Chief Executive  Officer
and  Director since 1986. From 1974 to 1985, Mr. Parnell was employed in various
positions with OP Sunwear,  including Vice President of  Marketing from 1981  to
1985.
 
    Mr.  Link Newcomb  joined Oakley in  June of  1994 as its  Vice President of
International Sales. Mr. Newcomb became  Executive Vice President in April  1995
and  Chief Financial Officer in July 1995.  Prior to joining Oakley, Mr. Newcomb
was an attorney  for five years  at Skadden,  Arps, Slate, Meagher  & Flom,  Los
Angeles,  California. Mr.  Newcomb has also  been a  certified public accountant
since 1984.
 
    Mr. Al Krueger  joined Oakley  in September 1991  as its  Vice President  of
Operations.  Prior to that, he spent 17  years in the banking and finance field.
His last position was as a branch manager for Wells Fargo Bank.
 
    Ms. Donna  Gordon joined  Oakley in  February 1986.  Ms. Gordon  has held  a
number of positions with Oakley, assuming her current position as Vice President
of  Finance in October 1995. Ms. Gordon  has also been Corporate Secretary since
September 1993 and Controller since 1990.
 
    Mr. Kent Lane  joined Oakley in  October 1994 and  became Vice President  of
Manufacturing in October 1995. Mr. Lane served as Director of Manufacturing from
January  1995  until October  1995.  Mr. Lane  has  21 years  experience  in the
manufacturing industry  at various  companies, including  Kaiser Steel  for  six
years and Water Factory Systems, a manufacturer of water purification equipment,
for eight years.
 
    Mr.  Carlos Reyes joined  Oakley in July  1989 and became  Vice President of
Development in December 1995. Mr. Reyes has held various positions with  Oakley,
beginning as a lens coating assistant in the manufacturing department. Mr. Reyes
was  promoted to Lens  Coating Manager in  1991 and to  a leadership position in
Oakley's design department in 1993.
 
    DIRECTORS
 
    On September 25, 1995, the then existing Board of Directors appointed  three
outside  directors to  the Board of  Directors, Irene Miller,  Vice Chairman and
Chief Financial Officer of Barnes & Noble, Inc., Orin Smith, President and Chief
Operating Officer of  Starbucks Corporation, and  sports-figure Michael  Jordan.
These  directors joined  Jim Jannard, Chairman  of the Board  and President, and
Mike Parnell, Chief Executive Officer, on the Company's Board of Directors.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    Ms. Irene  Miller joined  Barnes &  Noble  in January  1991 as  Senior  Vice
President,   Corporate  Finance,  became  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief
Financial Officer in  September 1993 prior  to Barnes &  Noble's initial  public
offering,  was appointed to Barnes & Noble's  Board of Directors in May 1995 and
became Vice Chairman of the Board in  September 1995. Prior to joining Barnes  &
Noble,  Ms. Miller  worked for  a decade  in the  securities industry  at Morgan
Stanley & Co. and Rothschild, Inc.
 
    Mr. Orin Smith joined Starbucks in 1990 as Chief Financial Officer and  Vice
President,  became Executive Vice President and  Chief Financial Officer in 1993
and was named President  and Chief Operating Officer  in 1994. Prior to  joining
Starbucks,  Mr.  Smith  was Executive  Vice  President and  Chief  Financial and
Administrative Officer of Danzas Corporation,  a subsidiary of Europe's  largest
transportation company. Mr. Smith is also a director of Starbucks.
 
    Mr.  Michael Jordan  has achieved one  of the most  extraordinary records in
professional sports during his career with  the Chicago Bulls and is  completing
his  eleventh season  with the  Bulls this  year. Among  other achievements, Mr.
Jordan was voted Most Valuable Player of the National Basketball Association  in
1988,  1991  and  1992.  He  also captured  the  NBA's  scoring  title  in seven
consecutive seasons, from 1987 through 1993 and again in 1996. Prior to  joining
the  Chicago Bulls, Mr. Jordan  was an All-American player  at the University of
North Carolina, from which he graduated in 1986.
 
    The Board of Directors  has established an  Audit Committee, a  Compensation
Committee,  a  Stock  Option Committee  and  a Nominating  Committee.  The Audit
Committee makes  recommendations  to  the  Board  of  Directors  concerning  the
engagement  of the independent  auditors, reviews with  the independent auditors
the plans and results  of the audit  engagement, approves professional  services
provided   by  the  independent  auditors,   reviews  the  independence  of  the
independent public accountants, considers the range of audit and non-audit  fees
and  reviews the  adequacy of  the Company's  internal accounting  controls. The
Compensation  Committee  determines  and  reports  to  the  Board  of  Directors
regarding  compensation for the  Company's executive officers.  The Stock Option
Committee reports  to the  Board of  Directors regarding,  and administers,  the
Company's 1995 Stock Incentive Plan. The Nominating Committee is responsible for
selecting  a  slate of  potential  Directors to  be  nominated by  the  Board of
Directors at each annual meeting of shareholders.
 
    The Washington  Business Corporation  Act  (the "Washington  Business  Act")
provides  that a company may indemnify its  directors and officers as to certain
liabilities. The Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for  the
indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by
law,  and the Company intends to  enter into separate indemnification agreements
with each of its  directors and officers to  effectuate these provisions and  to
purchase  directors  and  officers  liability  insurance.  The  effect  of  such
provisions is to indemnify the directors and officers of the Company against all
costs, expenses and liabilities incurred by them in connection with any  action,
suit  or proceeding in  which they are  involved by reason  of their affiliation
with the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    Directors who  are employees  of  the Company  receive no  compensation  for
serving  on the Board. Directors who are  not employees of the Company receive a
retainer fee  of  $25,000  per  year  for  their  services.  All  Directors  are
reimbursed  for  expenses incurred  in connection  with  attendance at  Board or
committee meetings.  Under  the 1995  Stock  Incentive Plan,  each  non-employee
Director  may irrevocably elect annually to waive the receipt of all or any part
of his  or  her annual  retainer  and/or meeting  fees  (if any)  for  the  year
commencing  immediately following each  annual shareholders meeting  and in lieu
thereof receive a fixed number of non-qualified stock options for such year. See
"-- Incentive and Bonus Plans -- 1995 Stock Incentive Plan."
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth the  compensation paid by the Company to  its
Chief  Executive Officer  and the four  other most  highly compensated executive
officers serving as of  December 31, 1995 (the  "Named Executive Officers")  for
the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 LONG-TERM
                                                                                               COMPENSATION
                                                                                             -----------------
                                                                                                  AWARDS
                                                           ANNUAL COMPENSATION               -----------------
                                               --------------------------------------------     SECURITIES
                                                                             OTHER ANNUAL       UNDERLYING           ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION           YEAR     SALARY($)     BONUS($)      COMPENSATION($)    OPTIONS/SARS(#)     COMPENSATION($)
- ----------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------------  ----------------  -----------------  -------------------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>              <C>               <C>                <C>
Jim Jannard ......................       1995    380,697     9,312,252(1)         --                --                  --
 Chairman of the Board                   1994    380,670    20,916,223(1)         --                --                  --
 and President
Mike Parnell .....................       1995    132,500     1,567,228(1)         --              43,479                --
 Chief Executive Officer                 1994     65,000     4,708,619(1)         --                --                  --
Link Newcomb .....................       1995     91,346       236,607         201,860(2)         86,957                --
 Executive Vice President                1994     --            25,000         157,762(2)           --                  --
 and Chief Financial
 Officer
Donna Gordon .....................       1995     79,898        67,923            --                13,044                 300(3)
 Vice President of Finance and           1994     69,760        19,357            --                --                  --
 Secretary
Al Krueger .......................       1995    126,560         4,933            --              10,870                --
 Vice President of                       1994    120,071        22,434            --                --                  --
 Operations
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Includes  bonus  payments for  1995  under the  Company's  Executive Officer
    Performance Bonus Plan of $1,096,524 and $657,914, respectively, for Messrs.
    Jannard and  Parnell. Also  includes for  1995 and  1994 bonuses  paid  with
    respect  to periods prior to the Company's initial public offering of Common
    Stock. Amounts shown are net of approximately $5,979,823 and $3,924,000  for
    Mr.  Jannard, and $664,425 and $436,000  for Mr. Parnell, which represent in
    each case amounts paid by the Company in respect of Federal and state income
    taxes on  the  Company's income  during  1995 and  1994,  respectively.  The
    Company  was  an S  corporation for  Federal and  state income  tax purposes
    during 1994 and until August 14, 1995.
 
(2) Represents commissions on sales and $75,505 and $10,000 as reimbursement for
    relocation and related expenses in 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
(3) Represents the Company's matching 401(k) plan contribution.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    The following  table  sets  forth information  concerning  grants  of  stock
options  to the Named  Executive Officers during the  fiscal year ended December
31, 1995.
 
                     OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       NUMBER OF                                              POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                      SECURITIES                                                VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                      UNDERLYING     % OF TOTAL                              ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                                       OPTIONS/     OPTIONS/ SARS                            PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                         SARS        GRANTED TO     EXERCISE OR                   OPTION TERM
                                        GRANTED     EMPLOYEES IN    BASE PRICE   EXPIRATION  ----------------------
NAME                                    (#)(1)     FISCAL YEAR(2)     ($/SH)        DATE     5% ($)(3)   10% ($)(3)
- ------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Jim Jannard.........................      --             --             --           --          --          --
Mike Parnell........................      43,479            6.9      $   23.00     8/8/05       628,906   1,593,770
Link Newcomb........................      86,957           13.8      $   23.00     8/8/05     1,257,798   3,187,504
Donna Gordon........................      13,044            2.0      $   23.00     8/8/05       188,676     478,142
Al Krueger..........................      10,870            1.7      $   23.00     8/8/05       157,230     398,451
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The options identified in this table  were granted under the Company's  1995
    Stock  Incentive Plan and are exercisable  in equal 25% installments on each
    of the first four anniversaries  of the date of grant.  In the event of  the
    termination  of  a Named  Executive  Officer's employment  within  12 months
    following a change  in control (as  defined in the  stock option  agreements
    evidencing  such  grants), the  options will  become immediately  vested and
    exercisable in  full upon  such  termination of  employment. To  the  extent
    permitted  under applicable  law, the  options granted  are "incentive stock
    options" for purposes of Section 422  of the Internal Revenue Code of  1986,
    as amended, and otherwise are nonqualified stock options.
 
(2) The  denominator used  to calculate the  percentages in  this column include
    262,177 options granted under the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan to  non-employee
    consultants.
 
(3) The  potential gains shown are  net of the option  exercise price and do not
    include the effect of any taxes associated with exercise. The amounts  shown
    are   for  the  assumed  rates  of  appreciation  only,  do  not  constitute
    projections of future  stock price  performance and may  not necessarily  be
    realized.  Actual gains,  if any,  on stock  option exercises  depend on the
    future performance of the Common Stock, continued employment of the optionee
    through the term of the option and other factors.
 
    The following table  sets forth information  concerning the fiscal  year-end
value  of unexercised stock options  held by the Named  Executive Officers as of
December 31, 1995. No options were exercised by the Named Executive Officers  in
fiscal 1995.
 
AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               VALUE OF
                                                                                      NUMBER OF SECURITIES    UNEXERCISED
                                                                                           UNDERLYING        IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                                           UNEXERCISED       OPTIONS/SARS
                                                                                         OPTIONS/SARS AT       AT FY-END
                                                                                           FY-END (#)           ($)(1)
                                                                                      ---------------------  -------------
                                              SHARES ACQUIRED ON         VALUE            EXERCISABLE/       EXERCISABLE/
NAME                                             EXERCISE (#)        REALIZED ($)         UNEXERCISABLE      UNEXERCISABLE
- --------------------------------------------  -------------------  -----------------  ---------------------  -------------
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>                <C>                    <C>
Jim Jannard.................................          --                  --                   --                 --
Mike Parnell................................          --                  --                0/43,479           0/478,269
Link Newcomb................................          --                  --                0/86,957           0/956,527
Donna Gordon................................          --                  --                0/13,044           0/143,484
Al Krueger..................................          --                  --                0/10,870           0/119,570
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Based upon the reported closing price of $34.00 per share of Common Stock on
    the New York Stock Exchange on December 29, 1995.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    Messrs.  Jannard  and Parnell  entered into  employment agreements  with the
Company in August 1995, prior to the Company's initial public offering of Common
Stock.  The  agreements  each   have  a  term  of   two  years  and  contain   a
non-competition  provision effective through  the term of  employment and for an
additional two years from the end of  such term. Pursuant to the agreement  with
Mr.  Jannard, the Company pays to Mr. Jannard a base salary of $400,000 per year
and an annual performance bonus, with  the amount of the bonus being  determined
pursuant to the Performance Bonus Plan described below. The minimum target bonus
for Mr. Jannard under the Performance Bonus Plan will be an amount not less than
$1,000,000  per year.  Pursuant to the  agreement with Mr.  Parnell, the Company
pays Mr. Parnell a  base salary of  $200,000 per year  and a performance  bonus,
with  the amount of the bonus being determined pursuant to the Performance Bonus
Plan. The minimum target bonus for Mr. Parnell under the Performance Bonus  Plan
will  be an amount not less than $600,000 per year. Commencing on the expiration
of the  term of  the  employment agreement,  or  earlier should  the  employment
agreement be terminated other than for cause (as defined in the agreements), the
Company  and Mr. Jannard or Mr.  Parnell, as the case may  be, will enter into a
two-year consulting agreement  under which  such executive  will render  certain
consulting  services for which the Company will pay an annual consulting fee the
amount of which  will be determined  at the time  the consulting agreements  are
entered  into. In  addition, each executive  is also entitled  to certain fringe
benefits, including  access to  vehicles and  aircraft leased  or owned  by  the
Company  and full Company-paid  medical insurance for  himself and his immediate
family during his lifetime. Pursuant  to the employment agreements, Mr.  Jannard
has  agreed  to contribute  to the  Company,  in certain  circumstances, certain
amounts in respect  of matters that  occurred prior to  the consummation of  the
Company's initial public offering of Common Stock, and the Company has agreed to
pay  such amounts to Mr. Parnell as compensation. This arrangement has not had a
material effect on the Company.
 
    Mr. Newcomb entered  into an  employment agreement with  the Company,  dated
April  1, 1995. Mr.  Newcomb's agreement has a  term of three  years and will be
automatically extended  for successive  terms of  one year  unless either  party
provides  written  notice  that it  does  not wish  to  extend the  term  of the
agreement. The agreement contains a non-competition provision effective  through
the  term of employment and for an  additional two years thereafter. The Company
will pay Mr. Newcomb a base salary of $125,000 per year and a performance bonus,
with the amount of the bonus being determined pursuant to the Performance  Bonus
Plan.  The minimum target bonus for Mr. Newcomb under the Performance Bonus Plan
is required to be an amount not less than $275,000 per year; PROVIDED, that  for
1995  only, the bonus was payable only for  the period from July 1, 1995 through
December 31, 1995.  Mr. Newcomb  is also  entitled to  certain fringe  benefits,
including medical, dental and insurance plans adopted by the Company.
 
INCENTIVE AND BONUS PLANS
 
    1995 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN.  In August 1995, the Company's Board of Directors
adopted,  and the shareholders  approved, the Oakley,  Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive
Plan (the  "1995  Stock Incentive  Plan").  The  1995 Stock  Incentive  Plan  is
administered  by  the Stock  Option  Committee of  the  Board of  Directors (the
"Committee"), which is  comprised of Mr.  Jannard and Ms.  Miller. All  officers
(including  officers who are also  directors), employees, consultants (including
individuals who endorse the Company's products) and advisors of the Company  are
eligible  for discretionary awards under the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan. The 1995
Stock Incentive  Plan  provides  for  stock-based  incentive  awards,  including
incentive   stock  options,  non-qualified   stock  options,  restricted  stock,
performance shares, stock appreciation rights and deferred stock. The 1995 Stock
Incentive Plan  permits the  Committee  to select  eligible persons  to  receive
awards  and to determine certain terms  and conditions of such awards, including
the vesting schedule and  exercise price of each  award, and whether such  award
will accelerate upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company. Under
the  1995 Stock Incentive Plan, options to  purchase Common Stock may be granted
with an option exercise price that is less than the then current market value of
such stock.  Under the  1995 Stock  Incentive Plan,  options, restricted  stock,
performance shares or stock appreciation rights covering no more than 80% of the
shares  reserved for issuance under the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan may be granted
to any  participant in  any one  year. A  total of  2,856,000 shares  have  been
reserved for issuance under the 1995 Stock
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
Incentive  Plan.  The  Company  has  previously  granted  to  certain  officers,
employees, advisors  and  consultants,  options  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of
approximately  630,000 shares  of Common  Stock under  the 1995  Stock Incentive
Plan, substantially all with  an exercise price of  $23.00 per share (the  price
per share in the Company's initial public offering).
 
    In addition, under the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan, each non-employee director
may  irrevocably elect annually to waive the receipt of any or all of his or her
annual retainer and/or meeting fees (if any) for the year commencing immediately
following each annual shareholder  meeting and in lieu  thereof receive a  fixed
number  of non-qualified stock  options for such  year, with the  number of such
options fixed by the Board of Directors,  based on the amount of fees so  waived
and  an  independent appraisal  of  the intrinsic  value  of such  options. Such
options are exercisable in full on the date of grant. The option price per share
of Common Stock purchasable under such options  will be 100% of the fair  market
value of such stock on the date of grant.
 
    The 1995 Stock Incentive Plan may be amended, suspended or terminated at any
time. However, the maximum number of shares that may be sold or issued under the
1995  Stock Incentive Plan  may not be  increased, nor may  the class of persons
eligible to participate in the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan be altered, without the
approval of the Company's shareholders;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that adjustments  to
the  number of shares subject to the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan and to individual
awards thereunder and/or to the exercise price of awards previously granted  are
permitted  without shareholder  approval upon  the occurrence  of certain events
affecting the  capital structure  of  the Company.  With  respect to  any  other
amendments  to the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan, the Board of Directors may, in its
discretion, determine  that  such  amendment will  become  effective  only  upon
approval by the shareholders of the Company if the Board of Directors determines
that  such shareholder  approval may  be advisable, such  as for  the purpose of
obtaining or retaining  any statutory  or regulatory benefits  under federal  or
state  securities law, federal  or state tax laws  or any other  laws or for the
purpose of satisfying applicable stock exchange listing requirements.
 
    PERFORMANCE BONUS PLAN.  In August 1995, the Board of Directors adopted  the
Oakley,  Inc. Executive Officer  Performance Bonus Plan  (the "Performance Bonus
Plan")  covering  its  executive  officers.   The  Performance  Bonus  Plan   is
administered by the Compensation Committee, which is comprised of Ms. Miller and
Mr.  Smith.  The  Compensation Committee  will  select each  year  the executive
officers of  the  Company who  will  be eligible  to  receive awards  under  the
Performance  Bonus Plan.  Upon achievement  by the  Company of  certain targeted
operating results or other performance goals, such as operating income,  pre-tax
income  or net income,  the Company will pay  performance bonuses, the aggregate
amounts of which will  be determined annually based  upon an objective  formula.
The  actual amount of such  bonuses may be proportionately  greater or less than
the target bonus established for each  participant, to the same extent to  which
the Company's actual performance exceeds or falls short of the targeted goals.
 
    The  Board of Directors has established target bonuses and performance goals
with respect  to  1996  for  certain  of  the  executive  officers  eligible  to
participate  in the Performance Bonus  Plan, including Messrs. Jannard, Parnell,
Newcomb,  Lane  and  Krueger  and  Ms.  Gordon.  Such  bonus  targets  aggregate
approximately  $2.0 million for 1996. The  actual amount of bonuses payable will
be dependent upon the Company's achievement of specified performance criteria.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Prior to the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock, the Board of
Directors, which was then comprised solely  of Messrs. Jannard and Parnell,  did
not  maintain  a  formal  Compensation  Committee.  During  1995,  all  material
compensation decisions with respect to the Named Executive Officers were made by
Messrs. Jannard and Parnell. See "Certain Transactions" immediately below.
 
    Effective  for  fiscal  1996,  Ms.   Miller  and  Mr.  Smith  comprise   the
Compensation Committee.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Company currently leases its headquarters facility from a partnership of
which  Mr.  Jannard  and Mr.  Parnell  are  the sole  partners.  Aggregate lease
payments under such lease  for 1995 and  the three months  ended March 31,  1996
were  $384,000 and $96,000, respectively. During  1995, the lease was amended to
provide for the Company's  ability to terminate the  lease without any  material
payment obligation on the part of the Company.
 
    As a part of the S Corporation Distribution, the Company distributed certain
aircraft to the Principal Shareholders in August 1995 and leased back certain of
such  aircraft from companies controlled by them (each, a "Lessor"). Such leases
have terms of five years, with aggregate annual lease payments of $100,000,  and
are  renewable  at the  option of  the  Company and  the applicable  Lessor. The
Company bears all costs and expenses  of operating and maintaining the  aircraft
while  under lease. During 1995  and the three months  ended March 31, 1996, the
Company made  aggregate  payments under  such  leases of  $37,500  and  $25,000,
respectively.
 
    Prior  to  the  consummation of  its  initial public  offering,  the Company
effected the Reorganization pursuant to which  (i) the Company terminated its  S
corporation  status for Federal and state  income tax purposes, (ii) the Company
distributed to  the Principal  Shareholders  all of  its and  its  predecessor's
previously  earned and undistributed taxable  S corporation earnings through the
date of the  consummation of the  Company's initial public  offering, (iii)  the
Company effected the merger of Buffalo (a company that was engaged in purchasing
and  reselling to Oakley certain materials for  use in the manufacture of Oakley
products) with and into the Company, (iv) the Principal Shareholders contributed
all  of  the  capital  stock  of  Oakley  Europe  to  the  Company  without  any
consideration,  (v) the Company effected a 3,240 for 1 stock split of the Common
Stock (which was effected  on August 1, 1995)  and (vi) the Company  distributed
certain  aircraft to  the Principal  Shareholders as  part of  the S Corporation
Distribution. Buffalo and Oakley Europe were each wholly owned by the  Principal
Shareholders  prior to  the Reorganization.  In addition,  concurrently with the
consummation of its initial public offering,  Mr. Jannard and the Parnell  Trust
contributed  to the Company without any consideration certain additional assets,
which were not material to the Company, for use in connection with the Company's
non-Oakley brand business. See "Corporate History and Reorganization."
 
    In July 1995,  the Company entered  into a ten-year  agreement with  Michael
Jordan  for the endorsement  of Oakley eyewear. Pursuant  to such agreement, Mr.
Jordan will  be paid  an annual  retainer of  $500,000 and  received options  to
purchase 108,696 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $23.00 (the fair
market  value on the date of grant). The Company paid Mr. Jordan $500,000 during
1995 pursuant to this agreement.
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
    The following table and the notes  thereto set forth information, as of  the
date  of this Prospectus,  relating to beneficial ownership  (as defined in Rule
13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"))
of the Company's equity securities and each Selling Shareholder:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF   NUMBER OF SHARES    BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF
                                                COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO THE   OF COMMON STOCK    COMMON STOCK AFTER THE
                                                      OFFERINGS (1)           TO BE SOLD            OFFERINGS (1)
                                                -------------------------  -----------------  -------------------------
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS                          NUMBER       PERCENT         NUMBER           NUMBER       PERCENT
- ----------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>          <C>                <C>           <C>
Jim Jannard...................................    21,780,000       61.0%        4,500,000       17,280,000       48.4%
Mike Parnell (2)..............................     2,420,000        6.8           500,000        1,920,000        5.4
M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust.............     2,420,000        6.8           500,000        1,920,000        5.4
All directors and executive officers as a
 group (10 persons)...........................    24,284,641        68.0%        5,000,000      19,284,641        54.0 %
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  The mailing  address of each  of Mr.  Jannard, Mr. Parnell  and the Parnell
    Trust, is c/o Oakley, Inc., 10 Holland, Irvine, California 92718. Subject to
    applicable community  property laws  and similar  laws, each  person  listed
    above has sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares.
 
(2)  All of the  shares beneficially owned  by Mr. Parnell  are held through the
    Parnell Trust.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    As of March  31, 1996,  the Company had  35,700,000 shares  of Common  Stock
outstanding  (excluding approximately  630,000 shares  of Common  Stock issuable
upon exercise of stock options granted under the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan).  Of
these  shares,  the 11,500,000  shares  sold by  the  Company and  the Principal
Shareholders in the Company's initial  public offering and the 5,000,000  shares
sold  by  the Selling  Shareholders in  the Offerings  will be  freely tradeable
without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), unless held by an "affiliate" of the Company (as
that term is defined below).  Any such affiliate will  be subject to the  resale
limitations  of  Rule  144  adopted  under  the  Securities  Act.  The remaining
19,200,000 shares of  Common Stock outstanding  are "restricted securities"  for
purposes  of Rule  144 and are  held by  "affiliates" of the  Company within the
meaning of Rule 144 under the  Securities Act. Restricted securities may not  be
resold  in  a public  distribution except  in  compliance with  the registration
requirements of  the  Securities Act  or  pursuant to  an  exemption  therefrom,
including  the exemption provided  by Rule 144.  The Principal Shareholders have
contractual rights to demand or participate in future registrations of shares of
Common Stock under the Securities Act.
 
    In general under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose
shares are  aggregated),  including  a  person  who  may  be  deemed  to  be  an
"affiliate"  of the Company as that term is defined under the Securities Act, is
entitled to sell within any three-month  period a number of shares  beneficially
owned  for at least two years that does not  exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the
then outstanding  shares of  Common Stock  or (ii)  the average  weekly  trading
volume  of the outstanding shares of Common Stock during the four calendar weeks
preceding  such  sale.  Sales  under  Rule  144  are  also  subject  to  certain
requirements  as to the manner  of sale, notice and  the availability of current
public information about the Company. However, a person (or persons whose shares
are aggregated) who  is not an  "affiliate" of  the Company during  the 90  days
preceding  a  proposed  sale  by  such person  and  who  has  beneficially owned
"restricted securities" for at least three years is entitled to sell such shares
under Rule  144  without  regard  to  the  volume,  manner  of  sale  or  notice
requirements.  As defined in Rule  144, an "affiliate" of  an issuer is a person
that directly or indirectly  controls, or is controlled  by, or is under  common
control with such issuer.
 
    The  Selling Shareholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to
sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any  shares  of  Common  Stock  or  securities
convertible  into or  exchangeable or  exercisable for  shares of  Common Stock,
except the shares sold to the  Underwriters pursuant to the Purchase  Agreements
(as defined herein), for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus,
without the prior written consent of the Representatives.
 
    On  October 27, 1995, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-8
under the  Securities  Act to  register  shares  of Common  Stock  reserved  for
issuance  to its employees,  officers, directors and  consultants under its 1995
Stock Incentive Plan.  Shares of Common  Stock issued upon  exercise of  options
granted under the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan generally will be available for sale
in  the open market.  As of December  31, 1995, the  Company had granted options
under the 1995 Stock  Incentive Plan to  certain employees, officers,  directors
and consultants to purchase up to 625,211 shares of Common Stock.
 
    No  predictions can  be made  of the  effect, if  any, that  future sales of
shares of Common Stock, and grants of options to acquire shares of Common Stock,
or the availability of  shares for future  sale, will have  on the market  price
prevailing  from time to time.  Sales of substantial amounts  of Common Stock in
the public  market,  or  the  perception that  such  sales  could  occur,  could
adversely affect prevailing market prices of the Common Stock. See "Risk Factors
- -- Future Sales by Principal Shareholders; Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                 CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
                          TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
    The  following is a general discussion  of certain United States Federal tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of Common Stock by a
holder that, for  United States Federal  income tax purposes,  is not a  "United
States person" (a "Non-United States Holder"). This discussion is based upon the
United  States  Federal tax  law  now in  effect,  which is  subject  to change,
possibly retroactively.  For  purposes  of this  discussion,  a  "United  States
person"  means  a  citizen or  resident  of  the United  States;  a corporation,
partnership, or other entity created or organized in the United States or  under
the  laws of the  United States or  of any political  subdivision thereof; or an
estate or trust  whose income is  includible in gross  income for United  States
Federal  income tax purposes regardless of  its source. This discussion does not
consider any specific  facts or  circumstances that  may apply  to a  particular
Non-United  States Holder. Prospective investors are  urged to consult their tax
advisors regarding  the United  States Federal  tax consequences  of  acquiring,
holding, and disposing of Common Stock, as well as any tax consequences that may
arise under the laws of any foreign, state, local, or other taxing jurisdiction.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
    Dividends  paid to a  Non-United States Holder will  generally be subject to
withholding of United States Federal  income tax at the  rate of 30% unless  the
dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within
the  United States by the  Non-United States Holder, in  which case the dividend
will be subject to  the United States  Federal income tax on  net income on  the
same  basis that applies  to United States  persons generally. In  the case of a
Non-United States  Holder which  is a  corporation, such  effectively  connected
income also may be subject to the branch profits tax (which is generally imposed
on  a  foreign  corporation  on  the  repatriation  from  the  United  States of
effectively connected earnings  and profits). Non-United  States Holders  should
consult  any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for a lower rate of
withholding or other rules  different from those  described above. A  Non-United
States  Holder may be required to  satisfy certain certification requirements in
order to claim treaty  benefits or otherwise claim  a reduction of or  exemption
from withholding under the foregoing rules.
 
GAIN ON DISPOSITION
 
    A  Non-United States Holder  will generally not be  subject to United States
Federal income tax on gain recognized on  a sale or other disposition of  Common
Stock  unless (i) the gain is effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade
or business within the  United States by the  Non-United States Holder, (ii)  in
the case of a Non-United States Holder who is a nonresident alien individual and
holds  the Common Stock as a capital asset, such holder is present in the United
States for 183 or more days in  the taxable year of disposition and either  such
individual  has a "tax home" in the United States or the gain is attributable to
an office or other fixed place of business maintained by such individual in  the
United  States or (iii) the Company is or has been a "U.S. real property holding
corporation" for United States  Federal income tax  purposes (which the  Company
does  not believe that it  is or is likely to  become) and the Non-United States
Holder holds  or  has held,  directly  or indirectly,  at  any time  during  the
five-year  period ending on the date of  disposition, more than 5 percent of the
Common Stock. Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade  or
business  within  the United  States  by the  Non-United  States Holder  will be
subject to the United States Federal income tax on net income on the same  basis
that  applies to United States persons generally (and, with respect to corporate
holders, under certain circumstances,  the branch profits tax)  but will not  be
subject  to withholding. Non-United States Holders should consult any applicable
treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES
 
    Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen
or resident of the United States at the  date of death will be included in  such
individual's  estate for  United States Federal  estate tax  purposes, unless an
applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
    The Company must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each
Non-United States Holder the amount of  dividends paid to, and the tax  withheld
with  respect  to,  such holder,  regardless  of  whether any  tax  was actually
withheld. This information may also be made available to the tax authorities  of
a country in which the Non-United States Holder resides.
 
    Under   temporary   United  States   Treasury  regulations,   United  States
information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax will generally not
apply to  dividends paid  on the  Common Stock  to a  Non-United States  Holder.
Payments  by a United States office of a broker of the proceeds of a sale of the
Common Stock  is  subject to  both  backup withholding  at  a rate  of  31%  and
information  reporting unless the holder  certifies its Non-United States Holder
status under  penalties  of  perjury  or  otherwise  establishes  an  exemption.
Information  reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) will also apply
to payments of the proceeds of sales  of the Common Stock by foreign offices  of
United States brokers, or foreign brokers with certain types of relationships to
the  United States,  unless the broker  has documentary evidence  in its records
that the holder is a Non-United  States Holder and certain other conditions  are
met, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
    Backup  withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the
backup withholding rules  will be  refunded or credited  against the  Non-United
States  Holder's United States  Federal income tax  liability, provided that the
required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
    These information reporting and backup withholding rules are under review by
the United States Treasury  and their application to  the Common Stock could  be
changed  by future regulations. On April  15, 1996, the Internal Revenue Service
issued proposed  Treasury  Regulations concerning  the  withholding of  tax  and
reporting  for  certain amounts  paid  to non-resident  individuals  and foreign
corporations. The proposed  Treasury Regulations,  if adopted  in their  present
form,  would be effective for payments made after December 31, 1997. Prospective
investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the potential adoption of
such proposed Treasury Regulations and  the potential effect on their  ownership
of the Common Stock.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The  following description of  the capital stock of  the Company and certain
provisions of the Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation  (the
"Articles  of Incorporation") and  Bylaws is a  summary and is  qualified in its
entirety by the provisions of the  Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws,  copies
of  which have been filed as exhibits to the Company's Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The authorized capital stock of  the Company includes 100,000,000 shares  of
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), of which 35,700,000
shares  were  outstanding as  of March  31,  1996. Holders  of Common  Stock are
entitled to one vote for each share held  on all matters submitted to a vote  of
the shareholders, including the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a
majority  of the  shares of  Common Stock  entitled to  vote in  any election of
directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. The Articles  of
Incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Holders  of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any,
as may be  declared from time  to time by  the Board of  Directors out of  funds
legally available therefor, and are entitled to receive, pro rata, all assets of
the Company available for distribution to such holders upon liquidation. Holders
of  Common  Stock have  no preemptive,  subscription  or redemption  rights. The
transfer agent with  respect to the  Common Stock is  American Stock Transfer  &
Trust Company.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Pursuant  to its  Articles of  Incorporation, the  Company is  authorized to
issue 10,000,000  shares of  Preferred  Stock, par  value  $.01 per  share  (the
"Preferred Stock"), which may be issued from time to time in one or more classes
or  series or both upon  authorization by the Company's  Board of Directors. The
Board of Directors, without further approval of the shareholders, is  authorized
to  fix  the  dividend  rights  and  terms,  conversion  rights,  voting rights,
redemption rights  and terms,  liquidation preferences,  and any  other  rights,
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
preferences,  privileges and restrictions applicable to  each class or series of
the  Preferred  Stock.  The  issuance   of  Preferred  Stock,  while   providing
flexibility  in  connection  with  possible  acquisitions  and  other  corporate
purposes, could, among other  things, adversely affect the  voting power of  the
holders of Common Stock and, under certain circumstances, make it more difficult
for  a  third party  to gain  control of  the Company,  discourage bids  for the
Company's Common Stock at  a premium, or otherwise  adversely affect the  market
price of the Common Stock.
 
    The  Company has no current plans to  issue any Preferred Stock. The Company
is not aware of any plans by a third party to seek control of the Company.
 
CERTAIN ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS AND STATUTORY PROVISIONS AFFECTING
SHAREHOLDERS
 
    SPECIAL  MEETINGS   OF   SHAREHOLDERS;   SHAREHOLDER   ACTION   BY   WRITTEN
CONSENT.    The  Company's Articles  of  Incorporation require  that  any action
required or permitted to be taken by the Company's shareholders may be  effected
at  a duly  called annual or  special meeting  of shareholders or  by consent in
writing. Additionally, the  Articles of  Incorporation and  Bylaws require  that
special  meetings of  the shareholders of  the Company  may be called  only by a
majority of the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof.
 
    ADVANCE  NOTICE  REQUIREMENTS   FOR  SHAREHOLDER   PROPOSALS  AND   DIRECTOR
NOMINATIONS.   The Company's  Bylaws provide that  shareholders seeking to bring
business before or to  nominate directors at any  meeting of shareholders,  must
provide  timely notice thereof in writing.  To be timely, a shareholder's notice
must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices
of the Company not less than (i) with respect to an annual meeting, 120 calendar
days in advance of the date that  the Company's proxy statement was released  to
shareholders  in connection with the previous year's annual meeting, except that
if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the  annual
meeting  has  been  changed  by  more  than  30  calendar  days  from  the  date
contemplated at the  time of the  previous year's proxy  statement, such  notice
must  be received by  the Company a  reasonable time before  the Company's proxy
statement is  to be  released and  (ii) with  respect to  a special  meeting  of
shareholders,  a reasonable time  before the Company's proxy  statement is to be
released. The  Bylaws  also specify  certain  requirements for  a  shareholder's
notice  to  be  in  proper  written form.  These  provisions  may  preclude some
shareholders from  bringing  matters  before the  shareholders  or  from  making
nominations for directors.
 
    DIRECTOR  AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION.  The Washington Business Act provides
that a  Washington  corporation  may  include  provisions  in  its  articles  of
incorporation  relieving each of its directors of monetary liability arising out
of his or  her conduct as  a director for  breach of his  or her fiduciary  duty
except  liability  for  (i)  acts  or  omissions  of  a  director  that  involve
intentional misconduct or  a knowing  violation of law,  (ii) conduct  violating
Section  23B.08.310 of  the Washington  Business Act  (which section  relates to
unlawful distributions)  or (iii)  any transaction  from which  a director  will
personally  receive  a  benefit in  money,  property  or services  to  which the
director was  not  legally entitled.  The  Company's Articles  of  Incorporation
include such provisions.
 
    The  Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Company
shall, to  the fullest  extent  permitted by  the  Washington Business  Act,  as
amended  from  time to  time,  indemnify and  advance  expenses to  each  of its
currently acting and  former directors and  officers, and may  so indemnify  and
advance  expenses to each  of its current  and former employees  and agents. The
Company believes the foregoing  provisions are necessary  to attract and  retain
qualified  persons as directors  and officers. Prior to  the consummation of the
Offerings, the Company intends to enter into separate indemnification agreements
with each of its  directors and executive officers  in order to effectuate  such
provisions.
 
   
    RESTRICTIONS  ON  CHANGE  OF  CONTROL.    Washington  law  contains  certain
provisions that  may have  the effect  of delaying,  deterring or  preventing  a
change  in control of the Company.  The Washington Business Corporation Act (the
"WBCA"), was amended in 1996. Effective June 6, 1996, Section 23B.17.020 of  the
Revised   Code  of   Washington  ("RCW"),  which   prohibited  certain  business
combinations, was  deleted.  Chapter 23B.19  of  the RCW,  prohibits  a  "target
corporation,"  with certain  exceptions, from  engaging in  certain "significant
business transactions," with an "acquiring person" who acquires more than 10% of
the voting securities of the target corporation for a period of five years after
such acquisition, unless the transaction is
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
approved by  a majority  of the  members of  the target  corporation's board  of
directors prior to the date of the transaction or unless the aggregate amount of
the  cash and market value of non-cash  consideration received by the holders of
outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of the target corporation  is
equal  to certain  minimum amounts. Such  transactions include,  among others, a
merger with, disposition of assets to, or issuance or redemption of stock to  or
from,  the  acquiring  person, or  otherwise  allowing the  acquiring  person to
receive any disproportionate benefit as a shareholder. Such prohibitions do  not
apply  to any  shareholders who  beneficially owned ten  percent or  more of the
Company's outstanding voting securities prior to  the time the Common Stock  was
registered  with the Commission pursuant  to Section 12 or  15 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. For purposes of Chapter 23B.19, the Company is
a "target  corporation." The  Company may  not exempt  itself from  coverage  of
Chapter 23B.19.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject  to the terms and conditions set  forth in a purchase agreement (the
"U.S. Purchase Agreement") among the  Company, each of the Selling  Shareholders
and  each  of  the  underwriters  named  below  (the  "U.S.  Underwriters"), and
concurrently  with  the  sale  of  1,000,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  the
International  Managers (as defined below), the Selling Shareholders have agreed
to sell to  each of the  U.S. Underwriters,  and each of  the U.S.  Underwriters
severally  has agreed to  purchase from the Selling  Shareholders, the number of
shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NUMBER
                                     U.S. UNDERWRITER                                        OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
          Incorporated.....................................................................
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated............................................................
 
                                                                                             ----------
          Total............................................................................   4,000,000
                                                                                             ----------
                                                                                             ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner  & Smith Incorporated and  Alex. Brown &  Sons
Incorporated  are acting as representatives  (the "U.S. Representatives") of the
U.S. Underwriters.
 
    The Company and the Selling Shareholders  have also entered into a  purchase
agreement  (the "International Purchase  Agreement" and, together  with the U.S.
Purchase Agreement, the "Purchase Agreements") with certain underwriters outside
the United States  and Canada (collectively,  the "International Managers,"  and
together with the U.S. Underwriters, the "Underwriters"), for whom Merrill Lynch
International  and Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated are acting as representatives
(the   "International   Representatives"   and,    together   with   the    U.S.
Representatives, the "Representatives"). Subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in the International Purchase Agreement, and concurrently with the sale of
4,000,000  shares of Common Stock to the  U.S. Underwriters pursuant to the U.S.
Purchase Agreement,  the  Selling  Shareholders  have  agreed  to  sell  to  the
International  Managers and the International  Managers have severally agreed to
purchase from  the Selling  Shareholders, an  aggregate of  1,000,000 shares  of
Common  Stock.  The public  offering price  per  share of  Common Stock  and the
underwriting discount per  share of Common  Stock are identical  under the  U.S.
Purchase  Agreement  and the  International  Purchase Agreement.  The respective
percentages of the Common Stock to be  sold by each of the Selling  Shareholders
will be identical in the U.S. Offering and the International Offering.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    In the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement, the
several  U.S. Underwriters and the several International Managers, respectively,
have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to  purchase
all  of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to each such Agreement if
any of the  shares of Common  Stock being  sold pursuant to  such Agreement  are
purchased.  Under certain circumstances, the  commitments of non-defaulting U.S.
Underwriters or International Managers  (as the case may  be) may be  increased.
The  sale of shares of Common Stock to the U.S. Underwriters is conditioned upon
the sale of shares of Common Stock to the International Managers and vice versa.
 
    The U.S. Underwriters and  the International Managers  have entered into  an
intersyndicate  agreement  (the  "Intersyndicate Agreement")  providing  for the
coordination of their activities. The Underwriters are permitted to sell  shares
of  Common Stock  to each  other for  purposes of  resale at  the initial public
offering price, less an  amount not greater than  the selling concession.  Under
the  terms of the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer
to whom they sell shares of Common Stock  will not offer to sell or sell  shares
of  Common  Stock to  persons who  are  non-U.S. or  non-Canadian persons  or to
persons  they  believe  intend  to  resell  to  persons  who  are  non-U.S.   or
non-Canadian persons, and the International Managers and any dealer to whom they
sell  shares of  Common Stock will  not offer to  sell or sell  shares of Common
Stock to U.S. persons or to Canadian  persons or to persons they believe  intend
to  resell  to  U.S.  persons  or  Canadian  persons,  except  in  the  case  of
transactions pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement.
 
    The U.S. Representatives have advised the Company that the U.S. Underwriters
propose initially to  offer the  shares of  Common Stock  to the  public at  the
public  offering price set  forth on the  cover page of  this Prospectus, and to
certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $    per  share
of  Common Stock on  sales to certain  other dealers. The  U.S. Underwriters may
allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $     per share
of Common Stock  on sales  to certain other  dealers. After  the initial  public
offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
 
    At  the request of  the Company, the  U.S. Underwriters have  reserved up to
250,000 shares of Common Stock for sale at the initial public offering price  to
directors,  officers, employees, business associates  and related persons of the
Company. The number of shares of Common Stock available for sale to the  general
public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares.
Any  reserved  shares  which  are  not  so  purchased  will  be  offered  by the
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered
hereby.
 
    The Company and  the Selling  Shareholders have agreed,  subject to  certain
exceptions,  not to sell or  otherwise dispose of any  shares of Common Stock or
securities convertible into  or exchangeable  or exercisable  for Common  Stock,
without  the prior written consent  of the Representatives, for  a period of 180
days after the date of this Prospectus.
 
    The Selling Shareholders have  granted an option  to the U.S.  Underwriters,
exercisable  within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
an aggregate of 600,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering
price set forth  on the  cover page of  this Prospectus,  less the  underwriting
discount.  The  U.S.  Underwriters  may  exercise  this  option  only  to  cover
over-allotments, if any, made on the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby. To
the  extent  that  the  U.S.  Underwriters  exercise  this  option,  each   U.S.
Underwriter  will be  obligated, subject  to certain  conditions, to  purchase a
number  of  additional  shares  of  Common  Stock  proportionate  to  such  U.S.
Underwriter's  initial  amount reflected  in  the foregoing  table.  The Selling
Shareholders  also  have  granted  an  option  to  the  International  Managers,
exercisable  within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
an  aggregate  of   150,000  additional   shares  of  Common   Stock  to   cover
over-allotments,  if  any,  on  terms  similar  to  those  granted  to  the U.S.
Underwriters.
 
    The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the Common Stock  offered
hereby to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
    The  Company  and  the Selling  Shareholders  have agreed  to  indemnify the
several Underwriters against  certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under
the  Securities  Act,  or to  contribute  to  payments the  Underwriters  may be
required to make  in respect thereof.  The Company has  agreed to indemnify  the
Selling  Shareholders, under certain circumstances,  in respect of payments made
by them pursuant to these agreements.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Certain legal matters with respect to the Common Stock have been passed upon
for the Company by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, Los Angeles, California
and, with  respect to  certain matters  of Washington  law, by  Preston Gates  &
Ellis, Seattle, Washington. The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will
be  passed  upon  for the  Underwriters  by  Shearman &  Sterling,  Los Angeles,
California. Skadden,  Arps,  Slate,  Meagher  &  Flom  has  from  time  to  time
represented  certain  of the  Underwriters  in connection  with  unrelated legal
matters.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial  statements of  Oakley, Inc. as  of December  31,
1995  and 1994, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1995 which  appear  in  this  Prospectus and  the  related  financial  statement
schedule  which  appears  in the  Registration  Statement have  been  audited by
Deloitte &  Touche LLP,  independent auditors,  as set  forth in  their  reports
thereon  also appearing elsewhere  herein and in  the Registration Statement and
are included  in  reliance  upon the  reports  of  such firm  given  upon  their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company  has  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission a
Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to  the
Common  Stock  offered  hereby. This  Prospectus  does  not contain  all  of the
information set  forth  in  the  Registration Statement  and  the  exhibits  and
schedules  thereto. For further information with  respect to the Company or such
Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the  schedules
and  exhibits filed as  a part thereof. Statements  contained in this Prospectus
regarding the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily
complete and, in each  instance, reference is  hereby made to  the copy of  such
contract  or other document filed as  an exhibit to such Registration Statement.
The Registration Statement, including exhibits thereto, may be inspected without
charge at the Commission's principal office  in Washington, D.C., and copies  of
all  or any  part thereof  may be  obtained from  the Public  Reference Section,
Securities and Exchange  Commission, 450  Fifth Street,  N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549 upon payment of the prescribed fees.
 
    The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  shareholders  with  annual  reports
containing  financial  statements  audited   by  independent  certified   public
accountants   and   with  quarterly   reports  containing   unaudited  financial
information for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Independent Auditors' Report..........................................................        F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 (audited)...............        F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Income, for the years ended December 31, 1993,
  1994 and 1995 (audited).............................................................        F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity, for the years ended December 31,
  1993,
  1994 and 1995 (audited).............................................................        F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
  and 1995 (audited)..................................................................        F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................        F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Oakley, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oakley, Inc.
and  subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the related
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for  each
of  the three years  in the period  ended December 31,  1995. These consolidated
financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility  of
the  Company's management. Our responsibility is  to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on  our
audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, such financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the consolidated financial  position of Oakley,  Inc.
and  subsidiaries as  of December  31, 1995  and 1994  and the  results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended
December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
February 13, 1996
Costa Mesa, California
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                         OAKLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                     ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER    DECEMBER    MARCH 31,
                                                        31, 1994    31, 1995      1996
                                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................  $1,692,000  $9,760,000  $16,879,000
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $271,000 (1994), $591,000 (1995) and
   $618,000 (1996)...................................  14,403,000  19,288,000   24,775,000
  Inventories (Note 2)...............................   8,453,000  20,488,000   22,548,000
  Other receivables..................................     969,000     348,000    1,514,000
  Deferred income taxes (Note 4).....................      --       3,562,000    3,534,000
  Prepaid expenses...................................     976,000   1,731,000    2,019,000
                                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
    Total current assets.............................  26,493,000  55,177,000   71,269,000
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net (Note 3).................  19,358,000  38,888,000   43,613,000
OTHER ASSETS.........................................      --         316,000      319,000
DEFERRED TAX ASSET (Note 4)..........................      --         190,000      190,000
DEPOSITS.............................................   3,843,000   3,154,000    1,479,000
                                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
TOTAL ASSETS.........................................  $49,694,000 $97,725,000 $116,870,000
                                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                           LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Loan payable -- bank (Note 5)......................  $3,300,000  $   --      $   --
  S Distribution Notes (Note 7)......................      --         263,000      --
  Accounts payable...................................   9,685,000   7,123,000    8,571,000
  Due to shareholders................................      25,000      --          --
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.....   3,551,000   6,601,000    6,844,000
  Income taxes payable (Note 4)......................      --       2,029,000    8,713,000
                                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
    Total current liabilities........................  16,561,000  16,016,000   24,128,000
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 6)
 
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 7):
  Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share;
   10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued....      --          --          --
  Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 100,000,000
   shares authorized; 32,501,000 (1994) and
   35,700,000 (1995 and 1996) issued and
   outstanding.......................................      18,000     357,000      357,000
  Additional paid-in capital.........................      --      64,427,000   64,429,000
  Retained earnings..................................  33,204,000  16,998,000   27,971,000
  Foreign currency translation adjustment............     (89,000)    (73,000)     (15,000)
                                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
    Total shareholders' equity.......................  33,133,000  81,709,000   92,742,000
                                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY...........  $49,694,000 $97,725,000 $116,870,000
                                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                         OAKLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           ------------------------------------------
                                               1993          1994           1995
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------   THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                                                  31,
                                                                                       --------------------------
                                                                                           1995          1996
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
NET SALES................................  $ 92,714,000  $ 123,952,000  $ 172,752,000  $ 36,615,000  $ 48,706,000
COST OF GOODS SOLD.......................    27,667,000     35,714,000     50,295,000    11,356,000    14,642,000
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
GROSS PROFIT.............................    65,047,000     88,238,000    122,457,000    25,259,000    34,064,000
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Research and development...............    15,455,000     25,529,000     16,774,000     6,660,000       949,000
  Selling................................    21,750,000     30,815,000     36,776,000     7,470,000    10,091,000
  Shipping and warehousing...............     2,334,000      3,187,000      4,678,000     1,001,000     1,423,000
  General and administrative (Note 6)....    11,801,000     14,681,000     15,753,000     3,692,000     3,948,000
  Gain on disposition of property and
   equipment.............................       --            --           (4,794,000)      --            --
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
    Total operating expenses.............    51,340,000     74,212,000     69,187,000    18,823,000    16,411,000
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
OPERATING INCOME.........................    13,707,000     14,026,000     53,270,000     6,436,000    17,653,000
INTEREST EXPENSE (INCOME), net...........        69,000        232,000        273,000        30,000      (189,000)
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
 TAXES...................................    13,638,000     13,794,000     52,997,000     6,406,000    17,842,000
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 4)......       308,000        259,000      7,830,000       270,000     6,869,000
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
NET INCOME...............................  $ 13,330,000  $  13,535,000  $  45,167,000  $  6,136,000  $ 10,973,000
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
NET INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON
 EQUIVALENT SHARE........................                                                            $        .31
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     ------------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON AND COMMON
 EQUIVALENT SHARES.......................                                                              35,916,000
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     ------------
 
Supplemental data (unaudited)(Note 1):
  Historical income before provision for
   income taxes..........................  $ 13,638,000  $  13,794,000  $  52,997,000  $  6,406,000
  Supplemental provision for income
   taxes.................................     5,476,000      5,539,000     20,854,000     2,575,000
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
  Supplemental net income................  $  8,162,000  $   8,255,000  $  32,143,000  $  3,831,000
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                           ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
  Supplemental net income per share......                               $         .95
                                                                        -------------
                                                                        -------------
Weighted average common shares used in
 the calculation of supplemental net
 income per share........................                                  33,770,000
                                                                        -------------
                                                                        -------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                         OAKLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               CUMULATIVE
                                                                                                 FOREIGN
                                                COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                  CURRENCY
                                            --------------------     PAID-IN       RETAINED    TRANSLATION
                                             SHARES     AMOUNT       CAPITAL       EARNINGS    GAIN (LOSS)     TOTAL
                                            ---------  ---------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance as of January 1, 1993.............  32,501,000 $  18,000   $    --        $28,550,000   $  82,000   $28,650,000
  Net income..............................     --         --            --         13,330,000      --        13,330,000
  Dividends...............................     --         --           --          (9,047,000)     --        (9,047,000)
  Foreign currency translation............     --         --           --             --         (158,000 )    (158,000)
                                            ---------  ---------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Balance as of December 31, 1993...........  32,501,000    18,000       --          32,833,000     (76,000 )  32,775,000
  Net income..............................     --         --           --          13,535,000      --        13,535,000
  Dividends...............................     --         --           --         (13,164,000)     --       (13,164,000)
  Foreign currency translation............     --         --           --             --          (13,000 )     (13,000)
                                            ---------  ---------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Balance as of December 31, 1994...........  32,501,000    18,000       --          33,204,000     (89,000 )  33,133,000
  Issuance of common shares...............  3,300,000    347,000     68,713,000       --           --        69,060,000
  Reclassification of undistributed
   taxable S corporation earnings (Note
   7).....................................     --         --         (5,080,000 )   5,080,000      --           --
  Contributed capital.....................   (101,000)    (8,000)       794,000       --           --           786,000
  Net income..............................     --         --           --          45,167,000      --        45,167,000
  Dividends...............................     --         --           --         (66,453,000)     --       (66,453,000)
  Foreign currency translation............     --         --           --             --           16,000        16,000
                                            ---------  ---------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Balance as of December 31, 1995...........  35,700,000   357,000     64,427,000    16,998,000     (73,000 )  81,709,000
  Deferred compensation...................     --         --              2,000       --           --             2,000
  Net income..............................     --         --           --          10,973,000      --        10,973,000
  Foreign currency translation............     --         --           --             --           58,000        58,000
                                            ---------  ---------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Balance as of March 31, 1996
 (unaudited)..............................  35,700,000 $ 357,000  $  64,429,000   $27,971,000  $  (15,000 ) $92,742,000
                                            ---------  ---------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                            ---------  ---------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                         OAKLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                            1993          1994          1995
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                                                             31,
                                                                                                  -------------------------
                                                                                                     1995          1996
                                                                                                  -----------   -----------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income..........................................  $ 13,330,000  $ 13,535,000  $ 45,167,000  $6,136,000    $10,973,000
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.....................     6,553,000     7,606,000     7,393,000   1,772,000     1,876,000
    Gain on disposition of equipment..................       (15,000)      (31,000)   (5,286,000)    (12,000 )     (98,000 )
    Deferred Compensation.............................       --            --            --           --             2,000
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable.............................    (2,518,000)   (5,772,000)   (4,885,000) (3,124,000 )  (5,487,000 )
      Inventories.....................................       741,000       364,000   (12,035,000) (3,270,000 )  (2,060,000 )
      Deferred income taxes...........................       --            --         (3,752,000)     --            28,000
      Other receivables...............................      (436,000)      239,000       621,000     590,000    (1,166,000 )
      Prepaid expenses................................      (224,000)     (150,000)     (755,000)    242,000      (288,000 )
      Other assets....................................       --            --           (316,000)   (285,000 )      (3,000 )
      Accounts payable................................       681,000     7,008,000    (2,562,000) (1,811,000 )   1,448,000
      Due to shareholders.............................       --            (40,000)      --        6,493,000        --
      Accrued expenses and other current
       liabilities....................................    (2,401,000)    2,052,000     3,025,000     170,000       243,000
      Income taxes payable............................       --            --          2,029,000      --         6,684,000
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
      Net cash provided by operating activities.......    15,711,000    24,811,000    28,644,000   6,901,000    12,152,000
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Deposits............................................      (172,000)   (3,093,000)      689,000  (1,495,000 )   1,675,000
  Acquisitions of property and equipment..............    (9,084,000)   (6,972,000)  (33,239,000) (3,026,000 )  (6,696,000 )
  Proceeds from sale of equipment.....................        68,000        69,000       412,000      12,000       193,000
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
    Net cash used in investing activities.............    (9,188,000)   (9,996,000)  (32,138,000) (4,509,000 )  (4,828,000 )
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from bank borrowings.......................       --          3,300,000    57,049,000      --            --
  Repayments of bank borrowings.......................    (1,261,000)   (6,339,000)  (60,349,000) (1,265,000 )      --
  Repayments to shareholders..........................    (6,803,000)      --            --           --            --
  Net proceeds from issuance of common stock..........       --            --         69,060,000      --            --
  Contribution of capital.............................       --            --            786,000      --            --
  Dividends paid......................................    (8,810,000)  (13,401,000)  (55,000,000) (1,000,000 )    (263,000 )
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
    Net cash (used in) provided by financing
     activities.......................................   (16,874,000)  (16,440,000)   11,546,000  (2,265,000 )    (263,000 )
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH...............      (158,000)      (13,000)       16,000      28,000        58,000
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS..........................................   (10,509,000)   (1,638,000)    8,068,000     155,000     7,119,000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period........    13,839,000     3,330,000     1,692,000   1,692,000     9,760,000
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period..............  $  3,330,000  $  1,692,000  $  9,760,000  $1,847,000    $16,879,000
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest (net of amounts capitalized).............  $    406,000  $    358,000  $    585,000  $   36,000    $    3,000
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
    Income taxes......................................  $    431,000  $    275,000  $  9,257,000  $   --        $  157,000
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
    During the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company distributed aircraft to
shareholders  with a fair value  of $11.2 million in the  form of a dividend. At
December 31, 1995, the Company had unpaid S distribution notes with an estimated
balance of $0.3 million. At December 31, 1994, the Company had accrued dividends
of $2.0 million.
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
     AND THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
    DESCRIPTION  OF BUSINESS  -- The  Company is  an innovation-driven designer,
manufacturer and  distributor of  high-performance sunglasses  and goggles.  The
Company's   principal  strength  is   its  ability  to   develop  eyewear  which
demonstrates superior optical performance and comfort through the combination of
patented technology and unique styling.  The Company has focused on  innovations
for  sports applications, and  its products are  worn by a  variety of athletes,
such as skiers, cyclists, runners, surfers, golfers, tennis and baseball players
and motocross riders. In addition,  the Company's products, which are  currently
sold  in over  65 countries worldwide,  have become increasingly  popular in the
larger nonsports, or recreational, segment of the sunglass market.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL  DATA --  The interim  consolidated financial  data as  of
March  31, 1996 and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 is
unaudited. The information reflects all  adjustments, consisting only of  normal
recurring  adjustments, that,  in the  opinion of  management, are  necessary to
present fairly the financial position and  results of operations of the  Company
for the periods indicated. Results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full fiscal year.
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION -- The consolidated financial statements include
the  accounts of Oakley, Inc. (a  Washington corporation, which succeeded to all
the assets and  liabilities of Oakley,  Inc. a California  corporation) and  its
subsidiaries   (collectively,  the  "Company").   All  significant  intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
    CASH AND  CASH EQUIVALENTS  -- For  purposes of  the consolidated  financial
statements,  investments purchased with  original maturities of  three months or
less are considered cash equivalents.
 
    INVENTORIES --  Inventories  are stated  at  the lower  of  cost  (first-in,
first-out method) or market.
 
    PROPERTY  AND EQUIPMENT -- Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of
accumulated depreciation  and amortization.  Depreciation and  amortization  are
provided  for using  the straight-line  method over  the estimated  useful lives
(generally 3  to  7  years)  of  the  respective  assets  or,  as  to  leasehold
improvements,  the term of the related lease  if less than the estimated service
life.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION -- Revenue is recognized when merchandise is shipped  to
a  customer. Generally the Company extends credit  to its customers and does not
require collateral.  The  Company performs  ongoing  credit evaluations  of  its
customers and historic credit losses have been within management's expectations.
 
    INCOME  TAXES -- The Company accounts  for income taxes under the provisions
of Statement of Financial Accounting  Standards No. 109 (SFAS 109),  "Accounting
for  Income Taxes." Deferred  taxes on income  result from temporary differences
between the  reporting of  income  for financial  statements and  tax  reporting
purposes.  Prior to August 14, 1995, Oakley, Inc.  elected to be treated as an S
corporation under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly,  the
provision  for income taxes for the periods through August 14, 1995 are computed
by applying the  California franchise  tax rate for  S corporations  of 1.5%  to
Oakley, Inc.'s pretax earnings, plus the foreign taxes related to Oakley Europe.
Effective  August 14, 1995, the Company converted  to a C corporation and became
subject to regular  federal and state  income taxes  on an ongoing  basis. As  a
result,  the  Company recorded  $1.6 million  of deferred  income tax  assets on
August 14, 1995 through a benefit recorded on the statement of income.
 
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION -- The Company's primary functional currency is
the U.S.  dollar. Assets  and liabilities  expressed in  foreign currencies  are
translated    at   exchange   rates    in   effect   at    the   balance   sheet
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
     AND THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS (CONTINUED)
date. Revenue and expense items are translated using the average exchange  rate.
Gains  and  losses  resulting  from translation  of  foreign  currency financial
statements are reported as a  separate component of shareholders' equity.  Gains
and losses from foreign currency exchanges are recognized as incurred.
 
    NET  INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT  SHARE -- Net income per common
and common equivalent  share was  computed based on  net income  divided by  the
weighted  average  number of  common  and common  equivalent  shares outstanding
during the three months ended March 31, 1996.
 
    SUPPLEMENTAL NET INCOME -- Supplemental net income represents the results of
operations adjusted to reflect a provision  for income tax on historical  income
before  provision for income taxes  which gives effect to  the change in Oakley,
Inc.'s income tax status to a C corporation subsequent to the public sale of its
common stock. The difference between the pro forma income tax rates utilized and
the Federal  statutory rate  of  35% relates  primarily  to state  income  taxes
(approximately 5%, net of federal tax benefit).
 
    SUPPLEMENTAL  NET INCOME PER  SHARE -- Historical net  income per common and
common equivalent share is not presented  for periods prior to the three  months
ended March 31, 1996 because it is not indicative of the ongoing entity.
 
    Supplemental net income per share has been computed by dividing supplemental
net  income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding
during the period.
 
    In accordance with a regulation of the SEC, supplemental earnings per  share
data  for the period ended  December 31, 1995 has  been presented to reflect the
effect of  the assumed  issuance of  11,435 shares  of common  stock that  would
generate  sufficient cash to pay the S corporation notes outstanding at December
31, 1995.
 
    STOCK-SPLIT -- On  August 1,  1995, Oakley effected  a 3,240  for one  stock
split  of its  common stock.  All share  and per  share amounts  included in the
accompanying financial statements  and footnotes have  been restated to  reflect
the stock split.
 
    NEW  ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT --  In October 1995,  the Financial Accounting
Standards Board  issued Statement  of Financial  Accounting Standards  No.  123,
"Accounting  for Stock-Based Compensation."  The Company has  determined that it
will not change to  the fair value  method and will  continue to use  Accounting
Principles  Board Opinion  No. 25  for measurement  and recognition  of employee
stock-based transactions.
 
CERTAIN SIGNIFICANT RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    GENERAL BUSINESS --  The Company's  historical success  is attributable,  in
part,  to  its introduction  of  products which  are  perceived to  represent an
improvement in performance over products available in the market. The  Company's
future  success will depend, in part, upon  its continued ability to develop and
introduce such  innovative  products, and  there  can  be no  assurance  of  the
Company's  ability  to do  so. The  sunglass industry  is fragmented  and highly
competitive. In order to retain its  market share, the Company must continue  to
be  competitive in  the areas  of quality,  technology, method  of distribution,
style, brand image, intellectual property  protection and customer service.  The
eyewear industry is subject to changing consumer preferences; shifts in consumer
preferences may adversely affect companies that misjudge such preferences.
 
    In  addition,  the  Company  has experienced  significant  growth  which has
placed, and could continue to place,  a significant strain on its employees  and
operations.  If management is unable to anticipate or manage growth effectively,
the Company's operating results could be materially adversely affected.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
     AND THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS (CONTINUED)
    USE OF ESTIMATES -- The preparation of the Company's consolidated  financial
statements   in  conformity   with  generally   accepted  accounting  principles
necessarily requires management  to make estimates  and assumptions that  affect
the  reported amounts  of assets  and liabilities  and disclosure  of contingent
liabilities at the balance sheet dates  and the reported amounts of revenue  and
expense  during the  reporting periods.  Actual results  could differ  from such
estimates.
 
    VULNERABILITY DUE  TO SUPPLIER  CONCENTRATIONS --  The Company  relies on  a
single  source for the supply of several components, including the uncoated lens
blanks from which substantially all of  its sunglass lenses are cut. The  effect
of  the loss of any of  these sources or of a  disruption in their business will
depend  primarily  upon  the  length  of  time  necessary  to  find  a  suitable
alternative  source. The loss of  the source for lens  blanks or a disruption in
such source's business or failure by it to meet the Company's product needs on a
timely basis could cause, at a minimum, temporary shortages in needed  materials
and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.
 
    VULNERABILITY  DUE TO CUSTOMER CONCENTRATIONS -- Sales before discounts to a
sunglass specialty  retail  chain (including  sales  to another  large  sunglass
retailer  which  was  acquired  by  such  chain  in  July  1995)  accounted  for
approximately 26.9%, 30.0% and 32.1% of such sales for the years ended  December
31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
2.  INVENTORIES
    Inventories consist of the following at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March
31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            MARCH 31,
                                                                 1994          1995           1996
                                                             ------------  -------------  -------------
 
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>            <C>
Raw materials..............................................  $  6,468,000  $  13,650,000  $  16,179,000
Finished goods.............................................     1,985,000      6,838,000      6,369,000
                                                             ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                             $  8,453,000  $  20,488,000  $  22,548,000
                                                             ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                             ------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property  and equipment  consist of the  following at December  31, 1994 and
1995 and March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            MARCH 31,
                                                                1994           1995           1996
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
 
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>
Land......................................................  $    --        $   8,245,000  $   8,245,000
Airplanes.................................................     13,765,000       --             --
Automobiles and vans......................................        496,000        573,000        597,000
Furniture and equipment...................................     21,128,000     37,774,000     42,003,000
Tooling...................................................      2,580,000      3,941,000      4,035,000
Leasehold improvements....................................      2,676,000      3,259,000      3,380,000
Construction in progress..................................       --            5,096,000      6,974,000
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                               40,645,000     58,888,000     65,234,000
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization............     21,287,000     20,000,000     21,621,000
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                            $  19,358,000  $  38,888,000  $  43,613,000
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Included in construction in progress is capitalized interest of $234,000.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
     AND THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
4.  INCOME TAXES
    The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended
December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1993        1994         1995
                                                        ----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
Current:
  Federal.............................................  $   --      $   --      $   6,756,000
  State...............................................     349,000     191,000      2,063,000
  Foreign.............................................     (41,000)     68,000      1,443,000
                                                        ----------  ----------  -------------
                                                           308,000     259,000     10,262,000
 
Deferred:
  Federal.............................................      --          --         (2,081,000)
  State...............................................      --          --           (351,000)
  Foreign.............................................      --          --           --
                                                        ----------  ----------  -------------
                                                            --          --         (2,432,000)
                                                        ----------  ----------  -------------
                                                        $  308,000  $  259,000  $   7,830,000
                                                        ----------  ----------  -------------
                                                        ----------  ----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    The reconciliation of income tax expense computed at U.S. Federal  statutory
rates to income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1995 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>
Tax at U.S. Federal statutory rates............................  $18,549,000
State income taxes, net........................................    1,316,000
Recording of deferred income tax assets in
 connection with the conversion to C corporation...............   (1,600,000)
S corporation earnings not subject to Federal tax..............  (10,301,000)
Other, net.....................................................     (134,000)
                                                                 -----------
                                                                 $ 7,830,000
                                                                 -----------
                                                                 -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Deferred  income taxes reflect  the net tax  effect of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of  assets and liabilities for financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
the Company's deferred tax assets as of December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                               <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Warranty reserve..............................................  $1,303,000
  Uniform capitalization........................................    531,000
  Sales returns reserve.........................................    500,000
  Bonus accrual.................................................    485,000
  Other.........................................................    743,000
                                                                  ---------
  Net current deferred income taxes.............................  3,562,000
 
  Depreciation..................................................    190,000
                                                                  ---------
  Net noncurrent deferred income taxes..........................    190,000
                                                                  ---------
Total deferred tax assets.......................................  $3,752,000
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Prior  to  August 14,  1995,  Oakley, Inc.  elected to  be  treated as  an S
corporation under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly,  the
provisions    for   income   taxes    for   the   period    ended   August   13,
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
     AND THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
4.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
1995 and the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 are computed by applying the
California franchise tax rate  for S corporations  of 2.5% in  1993 and 1.5%  in
1994,  plus the  foreign taxes  related to  Oakley Europe.  Effective August 14,
1995, the Company  converted to a  C corporation and  became subject to  regular
Federal  and state income  taxes on an  ongoing basis. As  a result, the Company
recorded $1.6 million  of deferred  income tax assets  at August  14, 1995.  The
Company's  provision for income  taxes at March  31, 1995 and  1996 is currently
payable and  was  determined  using  estimated  effective  tax  rates  for  each
respective period.
 
5.  LINE OF CREDIT
    The  Company  has an  $18.0 million  unsecured  line of  credit with  a bank
syndicate which bears interest at;  (i) the higher of  the bank's prime rate  or
the  rate which is  1/2 of 1% in  excess of the federal  funds effective rate or
(ii) the LIBOR rate, as defined in the credit agreement for such line, plus 1.0%
and  matures  June  1999.  At  December  31,  1995,  there  were  no  borrowings
outstanding  under  the  line  of  credit.  The  credit  agreement  has  various
covenants,  including   the   maintenance   of  minimum   tangible   net   worth
(approximately  $51.0 million at December 31,  1995) and certain other financial
ratios. At December  31, 1995,  Oakley was  in compliance  with the  restrictive
covenants.
 
6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    LEASES  --  The Company  is committed  under noncancelable  operating leases
expiring  at  various  dates  through   2000  for  certain  offices,   warehouse
facilities,  production facilities  and aircraft.  The aircraft  are leased from
entities controlled by officers and shareholders of the Company. Minimum  future
annual rentals under these leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       RELATED
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                PARTY         OTHER         TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>
1996...............................................   $  100,000   $    969,000  $  1,069,000
1997...............................................      100,000        282,000       382,000
1998...............................................      100,000        47,0000       147,000
1999...............................................      100,000          4,000       104,000
2000...............................................       67,000        --             67,000
                                                     ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total..........................................   $  467,000   $  1,302,000  $  1,769,000
                                                     ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                     ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Certain  offices  and warehouse  facilities are  leased on  a month-to-month
basis from a  partnership whose partners  are officers and  shareholders of  the
Company.
 
    Rent expense is summarized as follows for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             MARCH 31,
                                                                       ----------------------
                                    1993        1994         1995         1995        1996
                                 ----------  ----------  ------------  ----------  ----------
<S>                              <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Related parties................  $  384,000  $  384,000  $    421,500  $   96,000  $  121,000
Other..........................     475,000     525,000       819,500     156,000     273,000
                                 ----------  ----------  ------------  ----------  ----------
  Total........................  $  859,000  $  909,000  $  1,241,000  $  252,000  $  394,000
                                 ----------  ----------  ------------  ----------  ----------
                                 ----------  ----------  ------------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    PURCHASE  COMMITMENTS -- The Company had purchase commitments of $291,000 to
purchase fixed assets at December 31, 1995.
 
    EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS --  During 1995  the Company  entered into  employment
agreements  with certain officers of the Company; these agreements have terms of
two to three years. The agreements require
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
     AND THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
minimum aggregate  compensation to  the respective  officers. Additionally,  the
officers  participate in a Performance Bonus Plan, and the employment agreements
establish minimum bonus targets for such officers.
 
    ENDORSEMENT CONTRACTS -- The Company enters into endorsement contracts  from
time to time with certain athletes and others to promote the Company's products.
Minimum annual payments under these agreements are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
1996............................................................................  $  2,245,000
1997............................................................................     1,134,000
1998............................................................................       786,000
1999............................................................................       500,000
2000............................................................................       500,000
Thereafter......................................................................     2,000,000
                                                                                  ------------
    Total.......................................................................  $  7,165,000
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Included  in such amounts is an annual retainer of $0.5 million through 2005
for a director of the Company.
 
    LITIGATION -- The Company is currently involved in litigation incidental  to
the Company's business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of
such  litigation, in the  aggregate, will not  have a significant  effect on the
accompanying financial statements.
 
7.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING -- In August 1995, the Company completed an  initial
public offering of 3,300,000 shares of the Company's common stock for $23.00 per
share, netting proceeds to the Company after underwriting discounts and expenses
of approximately $69.1 million.
 
    S  CORPORATION  DISTRIBUTION  -- Prior  to  the consummation  of  the public
offering, the Company distributed to Oakley's shareholders certain fixed  assets
and a portion of previously earned undistributed taxable S corporation earnings.
In  conjunction with the distribution of assets,  the Company recorded a gain of
$4.9 million for the  year ended December 31,  1995, representing the excess  of
the  fair value of the assets distributed over their respective net book values.
Additionally, concurrently with the consummation of the initial public offering,
Oakley shareholders  contributed certain  assets totaling  $0.8 million  to  the
Company.
 
    At  December 31, 1995, amounts payable to shareholders for previously earned
and undistributed taxable S corporation  earnings (which represents the  balance
of S corporation notes) totaled $0.3 million.
 
    At  August 14, 1995, in  accordance with a regulation  of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, the Company reclassified $5.1 million of retained  earnings
to  additional paid-in capital. This  amount represents, for financial reporting
purposes, previously earned and undistributed taxable S corporation earnings.
 
    STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN -- In August 1995, the Company adopted the Oakley, Inc.
Stock Incentive Plan (the "1995 Stock Incentive Plan"). The 1995 Stock Incentive
Plan provides  for  stock-based  incentive  awards,  including  incentive  stock
options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, performance shares, stock
appreciation  rights  and deferred  stock  to the  Company  officers, employees,
advisors and consultants. A total
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
     AND THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
7.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
of 2,856,000  shares  have been  reserved  for  issuance under  the  1995  Stock
Incentive  Plan.  At  March  31,  1996,  stock  options  for  2,174  shares were
exercisable. At March 31, 1996, shares available for issuance pursuant to  stock
option grants were 2,222,337.
 
    Information with respect to the above plan follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  OPTION       OPTION PRICE
                                                                  SHARES        PER SHARE
                                                                 ---------  ------------------
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>
Outstanding at December 31, 1994...............................     --              --
Granted during 1995............................................    627,077  $  23.00 to $37.75
Canceled during 1995...........................................     (1,866) $            23.00
Exercised during 1995..........................................     --              --
                                                                 ---------
Outstanding at December 31, 1995...............................    625,211  $  23.00 to $37.75
Granted during 1996............................................      9,023  $           33.375
Canceled during 1996...........................................       (571) $            23.00
Exercised during 1996..........................................     --              --
                                                                 ---------
Outstanding at March 31, 1996..................................    633,663  $  23.00 to $37.75
                                                                 ---------
                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
8.  NET SALES
    Net  sales are summarized as follows for  the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                         ----------------------------
                              1993            1994            1995           1995           1996
                          -------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                       <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
Domestic................  $  72,783,000  $   90,565,000  $  115,202,000  $  26,044,000  $  30,470,000
International...........     19,931,000      33,387,000      57,550,000     10,571,000  $  18,236,000
                          -------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
                          $  92,714,000  $  123,952,000  $  172,752,000  $  36,615,000  $  48,706,000
                          -------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
                          -------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
     AND THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
9.  FOREIGN OPERATIONS
    The Company operated principally in two geographic areas, the United  States
and Europe, during the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995. There were
no significant transfers between geographic areas during the period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1993
                                                           -----------------------------------
                                                              U.S.      FOREIGN   CONSOLIDATED
                                                           ----------  ---------  ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales to unaffiliated customers......................  $   87,212  $   5,502   $   92,714
Operating income.........................................      13,913       (206)      13,707
Net income...............................................      13,481       (151)      13,330
Identifiable assets......................................      41,264      2,328       43,592
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                          1994
                                                           -----------------------------------
                                                              U.S.      FOREIGN   CONSOLIDATED
                                                           ----------  ---------  ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales to unaffiliated customers......................  $  114,873  $   9,079   $  123,952
Operating income.........................................      13,618        408       14,026
Net income...............................................      13,182        353       13,535
Identifiable assets......................................      46,385      3,309       49,694
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                          1995
                                                           -----------------------------------
                                                              U.S.      FOREIGN   CONSOLIDATED
                                                           ----------  ---------  ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales to unaffiliated customers......................  $  152,116  $  20,636   $  172,752
Operating income.........................................      49,534      3,736       53,270
Net income...............................................      42,831      2,336       45,167
Identifiable assets......................................      89,188      8,537       97,725
</TABLE>
 
10. ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    The  Company's balance  sheet includes the  following financial instruments:
cash and cash equivalents, trade  accounts receivable and accounts payable.  The
Company   considers  the  carrying  amounts   in  the  financial  statements  to
approximate fair value for these financial instruments because of the relatively
short period of time between origination  of the instruments and their  expected
realization.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
     AND THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
11. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH
                                                                         QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Year ended December 31, 1994:
  Net sales...........................................................  $  26,175  $  33,973  $  32,591  $  31,213
  Gross profit........................................................     19,039     25,429     22,461     21,309
  Income before provision for income taxes............................      3,319      5,544      2,581      2,350
  Net income..........................................................      3,262      5,440      2,531      2,302
 
  Supplemental income data:
    Income before provision for income taxes..........................  $   3,319  $   5,544  $   2,581  $   2,350
    Supplemental net income...........................................      1,986      3,318      1,545      1,406
 
Year ended December 31, 1995:
  Net sales...........................................................  $  36,615  $  45,686  $  47,499  $  42,952
  Gross profit........................................................     25,259     34,091     33,359     29,748
  Income before provision for income taxes............................      6,406     10,113     21,537     14,941
  Net income..........................................................      6,136      9,592     20,228      9,211
 
  Supplemental income data:
    Income before provision for income taxes..........................  $   6,406  $  10,113  $  21,537  $  14,941
    Supplemental net income...........................................      3,831      6,048     13,161      9,103
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL  HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR  MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS NOT  CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS  IN
CONNECTION  WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING  SHAREHOLDERS, OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS  PROSPECTUS
DOES  NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE
COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS  NOR
ANY  SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER  ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS  OR
IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................           6
Corporate History and Reorganization...........          10
Use of Proceeds................................          11
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend
 Policy........................................          11
Capitalization.................................          12
Selected Financial Data........................          13
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          16
Business.......................................          25
Management.....................................          39
Certain Transactions...........................          45
Principal and Selling Shareholders.............          45
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          46
Certain United States Federal Tax Consequences
 to Non-United States Holders..................          47
Description of Capital Stock...................          48
Underwriting...................................          51
Legal Matters..................................          53
Experts........................................          53
Additional Information.........................          53
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                5,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                              -------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                              -------------------
 
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                               ALEX. BROWN & SONS
 
                                  INCORPORATED
 
                                                                      , 1996
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission. These securities  may not be  sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior  to the time the Registration Statement  becomes
effective.  This  Prospectus  shall  not  constitute an  offer  to  sell  or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in  any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
<PAGE>
   
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                   PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JUNE 5, 1996
    
 
PROSPECTUS
                                5,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                            ------------------------
 
    Of the  5,000,000 shares  of  Common Stock  of  Oakley, Inc.,  a  Washington
corporation, (the "Company" or "Oakley"), being offered hereby, 1,000,000 shares
are  being offered  outside the  United States  and Canada  by the International
Managers (the "International Offering") and  4,000,000 shares are being  offered
in  a  concurrent offering  inside  the United  States  and Canada  by  the U.S.
Underwriters (the "U.S. Offering," and together with the International Offering,
the "Offerings"). The public offering price, the aggregate underwriting discount
per share and  the respective percentages  of the  Common Stock to  be sold  are
identical for each of the Offerings. See "Underwriting."
 
    All  of the shares of Common Stock  offered hereby are being sold by certain
shareholders of the Company (the  "Selling Shareholders"). The Company will  not
receive  any  of  the  proceeds from  the  sale  of the  shares  by  the Selling
Shareholders. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
 
   
    The Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the
symbol "OO." On June 4, 1996, the  last reported sale price of the Common  Stock
on the NYSE was $49 1/4 per share.
    
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" (BEGINNING ON PAGE 6) FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
WHICH SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
                             ---------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION,  NOR HAS  THE
   SECURITIES    AND   EXCHANGE   COMMISSION    OR   ANY   STATE   SECURITIES
     COMMISSION PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.
             ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PROCEEDS TO
                                     PRICE TO            UNDERWRITING            SELLING
                                      PUBLIC             DISCOUNT(1)         SHAREHOLDERS(2)
<S>                            <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Per Share....................           $                     $                     $
Total (3)....................           $                     $                     $
</TABLE>
 
(1)  The  Company and  the  Selling Shareholders  have  agreed to  indemnify the
    several  Underwriters   against  certain   liabilities,  including   certain
    liabilities   under   the  Securities   Act   of  1933,   as   amended.  See
    "Underwriting."
 
   
(2)  Before  deducting  expenses  of  the  Offerings  payable  by  the   Selling
    Shareholders estimated to be $600,000.
    
 
(3)  The Selling Shareholders have granted to the International Managers and the
    U.S. Underwriters options exercisable within 30 days after the date of  this
    Prospectus,  to purchase up  to an additional 150,000  and 600,000 shares of
    Common Stock, respectively, on the same  terms as set forth above, to  cover
    over-allotments,  if any. If  all such additional  shares are purchased, the
    total Price  to  Public,  Underwriting Discount,  and  Proceeds  to  Selling
    Shareholders will be $         , $         and $         , respectively. See
    "Underwriting."
                            ------------------------
 
   
    The  shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters, subject
to prior sale, when, as  and if issued to and  accepted by them, and subject  to
the  approval  of certain  legal  matters by  counsel  for the  Underwriters and
certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel
or modify such offer and  to reject orders in whole  or in part. It is  expected
that  delivery of the shares of Common Stock  will be made in New York, New York
on or about June   , 1996.
    
 
                            ------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL                                 ALEX.  BROWN &  SONS
                                                                INTERNATIONAL
                             ---------------------
 
                The date of this Prospectus is          , 1996.
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject  to the terms and conditions  set forth in an international purchase
agreement (the "International  Purchase Agreement") among  the Company, each  of
the  Selling  Shareholders  and  each  of  the  underwriters  named  below  (the
"International Managers"), and concurrently with the sale of 4,000,000 shares of
Common  Stock  to  the  U.S.  Underwriters  (as  defined  below),  the   Selling
Shareholders have agreed to sell to each of the International Managers, and each
of  the International Managers severally has agreed to purchase from the Selling
Shareholders, the number of shares of  Common Stock set forth opposite its  name
below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NUMBER
             INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS                                                          OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Merrill Lynch International................................................................
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated............................................................
 
                                                                                             ----------
            Total..........................................................................   1,000,000
                                                                                             ----------
                                                                                             ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Merrill  Lynch International and Alex. Brown  & Sons Incorporated are acting
as representatives (the  "International Representatives")  of the  International
Managers.
 
    The  Company and the Selling Shareholders  have also entered into a purchase
agreement (the "U.S.  Purchase Agreement" and,  together with the  International
Purchase  Agreement, the "Purchase Agreements") with certain underwriters in the
United States and  Canada (collectively, the  "U.S. Underwriters," and  together
with  the International Managers,  the "Underwriters"), for  whom Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner &  Smith Incorporated  and Alex.  Brown &  Sons Incorporated  are
acting  as representatives  (the "U.S.  Representatives" and,  together with the
International Representatives, the "Representatives"). Subject to the terms  and
conditions  set forth in the U.S.  Purchase Agreement, and concurrently with the
sale of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock to the International Managers  pursuant
to the International Purchase Agreement, the Selling Shareholders have agreed to
sell  to the U.S. Underwriters, and  the U.S. Underwriters have severally agreed
to purchase from the Selling Shareholders,  an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares  of
Common  Stock.  The public  offering price  per  share of  Common Stock  and the
underwriting discount  per  share  of  Common  Stock  are  identical  under  the
International Purchase Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement. The respective
percentages  of the Common Stock to be  sold by each of the Selling Shareholders
will be identical in the U.S. Offering and the International Offering.
 
    In the International Purchase Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the
several International Managers and the several U.S. Underwriters,  respectively,
have  agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase
all of the shares  of Common Stock  being sold pursuant  to each such  Agreement
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
if  any of the shares of Common Stock  being sold pursuant to such Agreement are
purchased.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the  commitments  of  non-defaulting
International  Managers  or  U.S.  Underwriters  (as the  case  may  be)  may be
increased. The sale of shares of  Common Stock to the International Managers  is
conditioned upon the sale of shares of Common Stock to the U.S. Underwriters and
vice versa.
 
    The  International Managers and  the U.S. Underwriters  have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement  (the  "Intersyndicate Agreement")  providing  for  the
coordination  of their activities. The Underwriters are permitted to sell shares
of Common Stock  to each  other for  purposes of  resale at  the initial  public
offering  price, less an  amount not greater than  the selling concession. Under
the terms of the  Intersyndicate Agreement, the  International Managers and  any
dealer  to whom they sell shares of Common  Stock will not offer to sell or sell
shares of Common Stock to persons who are U.S. or Canadian persons or to persons
they believe intend to resell to persons  who are U.S. or Canadian persons,  and
the  U.S. Underwriters and any  dealer to whom they  sell shares of Common Stock
will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to non-U.S. persons or  to
non-Canadian  persons or  to persons they  believe intend to  resell to non-U.S.
persons or non-Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions pursuant  to
the Intersyndicate Agreement.
 
    The   International  Representatives  have  advised  the  Company  that  the
International Managers propose initially to offer the shares of Common Stock  to
the  public at  the public offering  price set forth  on the cover  page of this
Prospectus, and to certain selected dealers at such price less a concession  not
in excess of $
per  share  of Common  Stock.  The International  Managers  may allow,  and such
dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $    per share of Common  Stock
on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public
offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
 
   
    At  the request of  the Company, the  U.S. Underwriters have  reserved up to
250,000 shares of Common Stock for sale at the initial public offering price  to
directors,  officers, employees, business associates  and related persons of the
Company. The number of shares of Common Stock available for sale to the  general
public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares.
Any  reserved  shares  which  are  not  so  purchased  will  be  offered  by the
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered
hereby.
    
 
    Each International Manager has agreed that  (i) it has not offered or  sold,
and  will not for a period of six months following consummation of the Offerings
offer or sell, in  the United Kingdom  by means of any  document, any shares  of
Common  Stock offered  hereby, other than  to persons  whose ordinary activities
involve them in  acquiring, holding,  managing or disposing  of investments  (as
principal  or  agent)  for the  purposes  of  their businesses  or  otherwise in
circumstances that do not constitute an  offer to the public within the  meaning
of  the Public Offers of Securities Regulations  1995; (ii) it has complied with
and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act  of
1986  with respect to  anything done by it  in relation to  the shares of Common
Stock in, from or otherwise involving the  United Kingdom and (iii) it has  only
issued  or passed on and will only issue or  pass on to any person in the United
Kingdom any document received by it in  connection with the issue of the  shares
of  Common Stock if that person  is of a kind described  in Article 11(3) of the
Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995,
as amended, or is a person to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued
or passed on.
 
    Purchasers of the shares offered hereby  may be required to pay stamp  taxes
and  other charges in accordance  with the laws and  practices of the country of
purchase, in addition to the offering price set forth on the cover page hereby.
 
    The Selling  Shareholders  have  granted  an  option  to  the  International
Managers,  exercisable  within 30  days after  the date  of this  Prospectus, to
purchase up to an aggregate of 150,000 additional shares of Common Stock at  the
public  offering price set forth on the  cover page of this Prospectus, less the
underwriting discount. The International Managers may exercise this option  only
to  cover over-allotments, if any, made on  the sale of the Common Stock offered
hereby. To the extent that the International Managers exercise this option, each
International Manager  will  be obligated,  subject  to certain  conditions,  to
purchase  a number  of additional shares  of Common Stock  proportionate to such
International Manager's initial  amount reflected  in the  foregoing table.  The
Selling    Shareholders   also   have   granted    an   option   to   the   U.S.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
Underwriters, exercisable within 30 days after  the date of this Prospectus,  to
purchase  up to  an aggregate  of 600,000 additional  shares of  Common Stock to
cover over-allotments,  if  any,  on  terms similar  to  those  granted  to  the
International Managers.
 
    The  Company and  the Selling Shareholders  have agreed,  subject to certain
exceptions, not to sell or  otherwise dispose of any  shares of Common Stock  or
securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  into or  exercisable  for Common
Stock, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, for a period of
180 days after the date of this Prospectus.
 
    The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the Common Stock  offered
hereby to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
    The  Company  and  the Selling  Shareholders  have agreed  to  indemnify the
several Underwriters against  certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under
the  Securities  Act,  or to  contribute  to  payments the  Underwriters  may be
required to make  in respect thereof.  The Company has  agreed to indemnify  the
Selling  Shareholders, under certain circumstances,  in respect of payments made
by them pursuant to these agreements.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
    Certain legal matters with respect to the Common Stock have been passed upon
for the Company by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, Los Angeles, California
and, with  respect to  certain matters  of Washington  law, by  Preston Gates  &
Ellis, Seattle, Washington. The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will
be  passed  upon  for the  Underwriters  by  Shearman &  Sterling,  Los Angeles,
California. Skadden,  Arps,  Slate,  Meagher  &  Flom  has  from  time  to  time
represented  certain  of the  Underwriters  in connection  with  unrelated legal
matters.
    
 
   
                                    EXPERTS
    
 
   
    The consolidated financial  statements of  Oakley, Inc. as  of December  31,
1995  and 1994, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1995 which  appear  in  this  Prospectus and  the  related  financial  statement
schedule  which  appears  in the  Registration  Statement have  been  audited by
Deloitte &  Touche LLP,  independent auditors,  as set  forth in  their  reports
thereon  also appearing elsewhere  herein and in  the Registration Statement and
are included  in  reliance  upon the  reports  of  such firm  given  upon  their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
    
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company  has  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission a
Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to  the
Common  Stock  offered  hereby. This  Prospectus  does  not contain  all  of the
information set  forth  in  the  Registration Statement  and  the  exhibits  and
schedules  thereto. For further information with  respect to the Company or such
Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the  schedules
and  exhibits filed as  a part thereof. Statements  contained in this Prospectus
regarding the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily
complete and, in each  instance, reference is  hereby made to  the copy of  such
contract  or other document filed as  an exhibit to such Registration Statement.
The Registration Statement, including exhibits thereto, may be inspected without
charge at the Commission's principal office  in Washington, D.C., and copies  of
all  or any  part thereof  may be  obtained from  the Public  Reference Section,
Securities and Exchange  Commission, 450  Fifth Street,  N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549 upon payment of the prescribed fees.
 
    The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  shareholders  with  annual  reports
containing  financial  statements  audited   by  independent  certified   public
accountants   and   with  quarterly   reports  containing   unaudited  financial
information for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL  HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS  NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS  IN
CONNECTION  WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING  SHAREHOLDERS, OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS  PROSPECTUS
DOES  NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE
COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS  NOR
ANY  SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER  ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS  OR
IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................           6
Corporate History and Reorganization...........          10
Use of Proceeds................................          11
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend
 Policy........................................          11
Capitalization.................................          12
Selected Financial Data........................          13
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          16
Business.......................................          25
Management.....................................          39
Certain Transactions...........................          45
Principal and Selling Shareholders.............          45
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          46
Certain United States Federal Tax Consequences
 to Non-United States Holders..................          47
Description of Capital Stock...................          48
Underwriting...................................          51
Legal Matters..................................          53
Additional Information.........................          53
Experts........................................          53
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....         F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                5,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                              -------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                              -------------------
 
                          MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
                               ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                 INTERNATIONAL
 
   
                                                                      , 1996
    
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
SEC registration fee......................................................  $  86,127
NASD fee..................................................................     25,477
Blue sky fees.............................................................     20,000
Printing and engraving expenses...........................................    150,000
Accountants' fees and expenses............................................     50,000
Attorneys' fees and expenses..............................................    120,000
Miscellaneous.............................................................    148,396
                                                                            ---------
    Total.................................................................  $ 600,000
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    The  Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Company
shall, to the fullest  extent permitted by  the Washington Business  Corporation
Act (the "Washington Business Act"), as amended from time to time, indemnify all
directors  and officers of the Company, and may so indemnify employees or agents
of the Company. Section  23B.08.560 of the Washington  Business Act provides  in
part  that if  authorized by  the corporation's  articles of  incorporation or a
shareholder approved or ratified bylaw or board resolution, a corporation  shall
have the power to indemnify, or agree to indemnify, any individual who was or is
threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or  investigative and whether formal or  informal (a "proceeding"), by reason of
the fact that the individual is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the corporation or  is or was  serving at the  request of the  corporation as  a
director,  officer, partner,  trustee, employee or  agent of  another foreign or
domestic corporation, partnership, joint  venture, trust, employee benefit  plan
or  other  enterprise, against  the  payment of  reasonable  expenses (including
attorneys' fees),  judgments, settlements,  penalties, fines  (including  excise
taxes  assessed with respect to an  employee benefit plan) incurred with respect
to such proceeding without regard to the restrictions imposed on indemnification
under the  Washington Business  Act;  provided that  no indemnification  can  be
provided  for liability  for (i) acts  or omissions of  such individuals finally
adjudged to  be intentional  misconduct  or a  knowing  violation of  law,  (ii)
conduct  of  such individuals  finally adjudged  to be  in violation  of Section
23B.08.310 of the  Washington Business  Act (which section  relates to  unlawful
distributions),  or (iii) any  transaction with respect to  which it was finally
adjudged that such individuals personally received a benefit in money,  property
or  services to which such individuals  were not legally entitled. The Company's
Articles of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws also  require  advances  for  reasonable
expenses  for such individuals who are parties  to such a proceeding as provided
by applicable law or by written agreement, which written agreement may allow any
required determination as to the availability  of indemnification to be made  by
any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board of
Directors,  any other person or body appointed  by the Board of Directors who is
not a party to the particular claim, or independent legal counsel.
 
    The Company  has  entered  into  separate  indemnification  agreements  (the
"Indemnification  Agreements") with each of its directors and executive officers
(the "Indemnified Parties"), pursuant to which the Company has agreed to  defend
and indemnify each such Indemnified Party for claims arising from any actions or
omissions  of  such Indemnified  Party in  his  or her  capacity as  a director,
officer, employee, agent, fiduciary, or consultant  of the Company or any  claim
brought  against  such Indemnified  Party by  reason  of such  Indemnified Party
serving in such capacity, or by any reason of such Indemnified Party serving  at
the   request  of  the  Company  in  such  capacity  with  another  entity.  The
Indemnification  Agreements  do  not  permit   the  Company  to  indemnify   the
Indemnified  Parties for acts  and omissions as to  which indemnification is not
permitted  under  the  Washington  Business  Act.  In  addition,  the  Indemnity
Agreements  provide  that,  subject  to certain  limitations,  the  Company must
maintain directors and officers insurance covering the
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
Indemnified Parties  and  must  advance expenses  incurred  by  the  Indemnified
Parties  in defense of  claims for which indemnification  is available under the
Indemnification Agreements. Each Indemnified Party is obligated to reimburse the
Company for  all losses  and expenses  paid by  the Company  under the  relevant
Indemnity  Agreement  in  the  event  and  only  to  the  extent  that  a  final
determination  is  made  that   the  Indemnified  Party   is  not  entitled   to
indemnification  under  such  Indemnity  Agreement,  the  Company's  Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws, the Washington Business Act or other applicable law.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    Not Applicable.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) Exhibits:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT
    NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION
- ---------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>              <S>
       *1.1      Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement
       *1.2      Form of International Purchase Agreement
      **3.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Company
      **3.2      Bylaws of the Company
       *5.1      Opinion and Consent of Preston Gates & Ellis
     **10.1.1    Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement"), dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley, Inc., Wells
                 Fargo Bank, National Association, and the Lenders named therein
     **10.1.2    Collateral Account Agreement, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Wells Fargo
                 Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement
     **10.1.3    Security Agreement, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank,
                 National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement
     **10.1.4    Security Agreement and Chattel Mortgage, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and
                 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the Credit
                 Agreement
     **10.1.5    Trademark Collateral Security Agreement, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and
                 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the Credit
                 Agreement
     **10.1.6    Patent Collateral Security Agreement, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Wells
                 Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement
     **10.1.7    Subordination Agreement, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley, Inc., Buffalo Works, Inc.,
                 James H. Jannard and Mike D. Parnell
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
   
   * Filed herewith.
    
 
  **Incorporated by reference  from the  Registration Statement on  Form S-1  of
    Oakley, Inc. (Registration No. 33-93080)
 
 *** Incorporated  by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
     for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.
 
**** Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
     the year ended December 31, 1995
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT
    NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION
- ---------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>              <S>
    ***10.1.8    Credit Agreement (the "Amended and Restated Credit Agreement"), dated August 15, 1995,
                 between Oakley, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent and the Lenders
                 named therein
    ***10.1.9    Collateral Account Agreement, dated August 15, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Wells Fargo
                 Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the Amended and Restated
                 Credit Agreement
    ***10.1.10   Guaranty, dated August 15, 1995, by the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank,
                 National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the Amended and Restated Credit
                 Agreement
    ***10.1.11   Shareholder Pledge Agreement (original and English translation), dated August 15, 1995
                 between Oakley, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders
                 party to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
    ***10.1.12   Subordination Agreement, dated August 15, 1995 between the Initial Subordinated Creditors
                 named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to
                 the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
    ***10.1.13   Promissory Note, dated August 8, 1995 between Oakley, Inc. and James H. Jannard
    ***10.1.14   Promissory Note, dated August 8, 1995 between Oakley, Inc. and M. and M. Parnell Revocable
                 Trust
    ***10.1.15   Termination and Release Agreement, dated as of August 15, 1995 between Oakley, Inc. and
                 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agents for the Lenders party to the Credit
                 Agreement
   ****10.1.16   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated November 22, 1995 by and
                 among Oakley, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent and the Lenders named
                 therein
     **10.2      Loan Agreement, dated June 14, 1993, between Oakley, Inc. and Union Bank, as amended
     **10.3.1    Lease, dated September 15, 1988, between OO Partnership and Oakley, Inc.
     **10.3.2    Agreement, dated July 31, 1995, between OO Partnership and Oakley, Inc.
   ****10.3.3    First Amendment to Lease dated December 31, 1995, by and between Oakley, Inc., and OO
                 Partnership
     **10.4      Lease, dated March 5, 1990, between Weyerhauser Mortgage Company and Oakley, Inc., as
                 amended
     **10.5      Sublease, dated August 17, 1992, between Western Digital Corporation and Oakley, Inc., as
                 amended
     **10.6      Purchase Agreement and Escrow Instructions, dated December 9, 1994, between Oakley, Inc.
                 and Foothill Ranch Development Corporation
   ****10.7      Oakley, Inc. Executive Officer Performance Bonus Plan
   ****10.8      Oakley, Inc. Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Incentive Plan
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
   
   * Filed herewith.
    
 
  ** Incorporated by reference from  the Registration Statement  on Form S-1  of
     Oakley, Inc. (Registration No. 33-93080)
 
 *** Incorporated  by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
     for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.
 
**** Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
     the year ended December 31, 1995
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     EXHIBIT
     NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION
- -----------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                <S>
       **10.9      Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Jim Jannard
       **10.10     Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Mike Parnell
       **10.11     Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Link Newcomb
     ****10.12.1   Indemnification Agreement, dated August 1, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Jim Jannard
       **10.12.2   Schedule of indemnification agreements between Oakley, Inc. and each of its other
                   directors and executive officers
       **10.13     Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Project Manager, dated December 30, 1994,
                   between Oakley, Inc. and Snyder Langston
       **10.14     Lease Agreement, dated January 26, 1995, between Oakley Europe, Sarl and Investipierre 7
                   (In French with English translation)
     ****10.15     Aircraft Lease Agreement, dated August 10, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and X, Inc.
     ****10.16     Aircraft Lease Agreement, dated August 10, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Time Tool
                   Incorporated
       **10.17     Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 1, 1995, between Oakley, Inc., Jim Jannard and
                   the M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust
     ****10.18     Indemnification Agreement, dated August 9, 1995, between Oakley, Inc., Jim Jannard and the
                   M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust
      ***10.19     Agreement, dated July 17, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Michael Jordan
        *10.20     Form of Indemnification Agreement between Oakley, Inc., Jim Jannard and
                   the M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust
     ****11.1      Computation of Net Income Per Share
     ****21.1      List of material subsidiaries
    *****23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors
        *23.2      Consent of Preston Gates & Ellis (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
    *****24.1      Power of Attorney
</TABLE>
    
 
    (b)  Financial Statement Schedules
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DESCRIPTION
                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                 <C>
           * Schedule II                              Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
    * Filed herewith.
    
 
   ** Incorporated by reference from the  Registration Statement on Form S-1  of
      Oakley, Inc. (Registration No. 33-93080)
 
  *** Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
      for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.
 
 **** Incorporated  by reference from  the Company's Annual  Report on Form 10-K
      for the year ended December 31, 1995
 
   
***** Previously filed.
    
 
ITEM 7.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the  Securities
Act  of 1933 may be permitted to  directors, officers and controlling persons of
the  Registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,   the
Registrant  has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
such indemnification is against  public policy as expressed  in the Act and  is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses  incurred
or  paid by a director,  officer or controlling person  of the Registrant in the
successful defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by  such
director,  officer or  controlling person  in connection  with the  Common Stock
being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel  the
matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court of
appropriate jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification by  it  is
against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
    (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities  Act
    of  1933, the information omitted from the  form of prospectus filed as part
    of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or 497(h)  under the  Securities Act  shall be  deemed to  be part  of  this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2)  For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the Securities
    Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
    prospectus  shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at  that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in  Orange  County,
California on June 4, 1996.
    
 
                                          OAKLEY, INC.
 
                                          By:                  *
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Name: Jim Jannard
                                             Title: President
 
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
to the Registration Statement  has been signed by  the following persons in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
               NAME                            TITLE                  DATE
- -----------------------------------  -------------------------  ----------------
 
                                     Chairman of the Board,
                         *           President and Director
- -----------------------------------  (Principal Executive         June 4, 1996
            Jim Jannard              Officer)
 
                         *
- -----------------------------------  Chief Executive Officer      June 4, 1996
           Mike Parnell              and Director
 
                                     Executive Vice President
                         *           and Chief Financial
- -----------------------------------  Officer (Principal           June 4, 1996
           Link Newcomb              Financial Officer)
 
                                     Vice President of Finance
             /s/ DONNA GORDON        (Principal Accounting
- -----------------------------------  Officer) Controller and      June 4, 1996
           Donna Gordon              Secretary
 
                         *
- -----------------------------------          Director             June 4, 1996
           Irene Miller
 
                         *
- -----------------------------------          Director             June 4, 1996
            Orin Smith
 
- -----------------------------------          Director
          Michael Jordan
 
    * By:      /s/ DONNA GORDON
     ------------------------------
    Donna Gordon, attorney-in-fact
 
                                      II-6
    
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
We have audited the financial statements of Oakley, Inc. as of December 31, 1995
and 1994, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995,
and have issued our report thereon dated February 13, 1996 included elsewhere in
this  Registration  Statement.  Our  audits  included  the  financial  statement
schedule listed in Item 14 (a)(2) of this Registration Statement. This financial
statement schedule  is  the  responsibility of  the  Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to  express an opinion  of this  financial statement schedule
based on our audits.  In our opinion, such  financial statements schedule,  when
considered  in  relation to  the basic  financial statements  taken as  a whole,
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Costa Mesa, California
February 13, 1996
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994, 1995 AND
                     THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                ADDITIONS
                                                    BALANCE AT  CHARGED TO                             BALANCE
                                                    BEGINNING   COSTS AND                             AT END OF
                                                    OF PERIOD    EXPENSE    DEDUCTIONS   ADJUSTMENTS    PERIOD
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
For the year ended December 31, 1993
 Allowance for doubtful accounts                    $  262,000  $  104,000  $  (104,000)  $  --       $  262,000
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
 
For the year ended December 31, 1994
 Allowance for doubtful accounts                    $  262,000  $    9,000  $   --        $  --       $  271,000
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
For the year ended December 31, 1995
 Allowance for doubtful accounts                    $  271,000  $  406,000  $   (86,000)  $  --       $  591,000
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
  Inventory reserve                                 $   --      $  400,000  $   --        $  --       $  400,000
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
 
For the three months ended March 31, 1996
 Allowance for doubtful accounts                    $  591,000  $   27,000  $   --        $  --       $  618,000
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
  Inventory reserve                                 $  400,000  $  250,000  $   --        $  --       $  650,000
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                    ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT                                                                                        SEQUENTIAL
    NUMBER                                                                                         PAGE NUMBER
- ---------------                                                                                 -----------------
<C>              <S>                                                                            <C>
       *1.1      Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement
       *1.2      Form of International Purchase Agreement
      **3.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Company
      **3.2      Bylaws of the Company
       *5.1      Opinion and Consent of Preston Gates & Ellis
     **10.1.1    Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement"), dated June 20, 1995, between
                 Oakley, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and the Lenders named
                 therein
     **10.1.2    Collateral Account Agreement, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and
                 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the
                 Credit Agreement
     **10.1.3    Security Agreement, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Wells Fargo
                 Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the Credit
                 Agreement
     **10.1.4    Security Agreement and Chattel Mortgage, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley,
                 Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders
                 party to the Credit Agreement
     **10.1.5    Trademark Collateral Security Agreement, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley,
                 Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders
                 party to the Credit Agreement
     **10.1.6    Patent Collateral Security Agreement, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley,
                 Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders
                 party to the Credit Agreement
     **10.1.7    Subordination Agreement, dated June 20, 1995, between Oakley, Inc., Buffalo
                 Works, Inc., James H. Jannard and Mike D. Parnell
    ***10.1.8    Credit Agreement (the "Amended and Restated Credit Agreement"), dated August
                 15, 1995, between Oakley, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
                 agent and the Lenders named therein
    ***10.1.9    Collateral Account Agreement, dated August 15, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and
                 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the
                 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
    ***10.1.10   Guaranty, dated August 15, 1995, by the Guarantors named therein and Wells
                 Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the
                 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
    ***10.1.11   Shareholder Pledge Agreement (original and English translation), dated August
                 15, 1995 between Oakley, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
                 agent for the Lenders party to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
   
   * Filed herewith.
    
 
  **Incorporated  by reference  from the Registration  Statement on  Form S-1 of
    Oakley, Inc. (Registration No. 33-93080)
 
 *** Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
     for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.
 
**** Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
     the year ended December 31, 1995
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    EXHIBIT                                                                                        SEQUENTIAL
    NUMBER                                                                                         PAGE NUMBER
- ---------------                                                                                 -----------------
<C>              <S>                                                                            <C>
    ***10.1.12   Subordination Agreement, dated August 15, 1995 between the Initial
                 Subordinated Creditors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National
                 Association, as agent for the Lenders party to the Amended and Restated
                 Credit Agreement
    ***10.1.13   Promissory Note, dated August 8, 1995 between Oakley, Inc. and James H.
                 Jannard
    ***10.1.14   Promissory Note, dated August 8, 1995 between Oakley, Inc. and M. and M.
                 Parnell Revocable Trust
    ***10.1.15   Termination and Release Agreement, dated as of August 15, 1995 between
                 Oakley, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agents for the
                 Lenders party to the Credit Agreement
   ****10.1.16   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated November 22,
                 1995 by and among Oakley, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
                 agent and the Lenders named therein
     **10.2      Loan Agreement, dated June 14, 1993, between Oakley, Inc. and Union Bank, as
                 amended
     **10.3.1    Lease, dated September 15, 1988, between OO Partnership and Oakley, Inc.
     **10.3.2    Agreement, dated July 31, 1995, between OO Partnership and Oakley, Inc.
   ****10.3.3    First Amendment to Lease dated December 31, 1995, by and between Oakley,
                 Inc., and OO Partnership
     **10.4      Lease, dated March 5, 1990, between Weyerhauser Mortgage Company and Oakley,
                 Inc., as amended
     **10.5      Sublease, dated August 17, 1992, between Western Digital Corporation and
                 Oakley, Inc., as amended
     **10.6      Purchase Agreement and Escrow Instructions, dated December 9, 1994, between
                 Oakley, Inc. and Foothill Ranch Development Corporation
   ****10.7      Oakley, Inc. Executive Officer Performance Bonus Plan
   ****10.8      Oakley, Inc. Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Incentive Plan
     **10.9      Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and
                 Jim Jannard
     **10.10     Employment Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and
                 Mike Parnell
     **10.11     Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Link
                 Newcomb
   ****10.12.1   Indemnification Agreement, dated August 1, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Jim
                 Jannard
     **10.12.2   Schedule of indemnification agreements between Oakley, Inc. and each of its
                 other directors and executive officers
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
   
   * Filed herewith.
    
 
  ** Incorporated  by reference from  the Registration Statement  on Form S-1 of
     Oakley, Inc. (Registration No. 33-93080)
 
 *** Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q
     for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.
 
**** Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
     the year ended December 31, 1995
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     EXHIBIT                                                                                       SEQUENTIAL
     NUMBER                                                                                        PAGE NUMBER
- -----------------                                                                               -----------------
<C>                <S>                                                                          <C>
       **10.13     Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Project Manager, dated
                   December 30, 1994, between Oakley, Inc. and Snyder Langston
       **10.14     Lease Agreement, dated January 26, 1995, between Oakley Europe, Sarl and
                   Investipierre 7 (In French with English translation)
     ****10.15     Aircraft Lease Agreement, dated August 10, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and
                   X, Inc.
     ****10.16     Aircraft Lease Agreement, dated August 10, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and
                   Time Tool Incorporated
       **10.17     Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 1, 1995, between Oakley, Inc.,
                   Jim Jannard and the M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust
     ****10.18     Indemnification Agreement, dated August 9, 1995, between Oakley, Inc., Jim
                   Jannard and the M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust
      ***10.19     Agreement, dated July 17, 1995, between Oakley, Inc. and Michael Jordan
        *10.20     Form of Indemnification Agreement between Oakley, Inc., Jim Jannard and the
                   M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust
     ****11.1      Computation of Net Income Per Share
     ****21.1      List of material subsidiaries
    *****23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors
        *23.2      Consent of Preston Gates & Ellis (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
    *****24.1      Power of Attorney
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
     * Filed herewith.
    
 
    ** Incorporated  by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
       Oakley, Inc. (Registration No. 33-93080)
 
   *** Incorporated by reference  from the  Company's Quarterly  Report on  Form
       10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.
 
  **** Incorporated  by reference from the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K
       for the year ended December 31, 1995
 
   
 ***** Previously filed.
    

<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1
 
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                           (A WASHINGTON CORPORATION)
 
                        4,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
 
                            U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
Dated: June   , 1996
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                           (A WASHINGTON CORPORATION)
 
                        4,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                           (PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)
 
                            U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
                                                                   June   , 1996
 
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
  Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
ALEX. BROWN & SONS INCORPORATED
  As Representatives of the several U.S. Underwriters
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
  Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Merrill Lynch World Headquarters
North Tower
World Financial Center
New York, New York 10281-1201
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
    The shareholders named in Schedule B (the "Selling Shareholders") propose to
sell   severally  to   the  underwriters   named  in   Schedule  A   (the  "U.S.
Underwriters"),  for  whom  you  are   acting  as  representatives  (the   "U.S.
Representatives"),  an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares  of Common Stock, par value
$.01 per share (the  "Common Stock") of Oakley,  Inc., a Washington  corporation
(the  "Company"), as  set forth  in the appropriate  column on  Schedule B. Such
shares of Common Stock are to be sold to each U.S. Underwriter, acting severally
and not jointly, in  such amounts as  are set forth in  Schedule A opposite  the
name of such U.S. Underwriter. The Selling Shareholders have also granted to the
U.S.  Underwriters, severally and not jointly, the option described in Section 2
to purchase all  or any part  of 600,000  additional shares of  Common Stock  to
cover  over-allotments.  The aforesaid  4,000,000  shares of  Common  Stock (the
"Initial U.S. Shares"), together with all or any part of the 600,000  additional
shares  of Common Stock subject to the  option described in Section 2 (the "U.S.
Option Shares"),  are collectively  herein called  the "U.S.  Shares." The  U.S.
Shares are more fully described in the U.S. Prospectus referred to below.
 
    It  is  understood  that  the  Company  and  the  Selling  Shareholders  are
concurrently  entering  into   an  agreement,   dated  the   date  hereof   (the
"International  Purchase  Agreement"), providing  for  the sale  by  the Selling
Shareholders of an aggregate of 1,000,000  shares of Common Stock (the  "Initial
International  Shares") through  arrangements with  certain underwriters outside
the United States (the  "International Managers" which,  together with the  U.S.
Underwriters,  shall be  referred to  as the  "Underwriters"), for  whom Merrill
Lynch  International  and  Alex.  Brown  &  Sons  Incorporated  are  acting   as
representatives  (the "International Representatives"). The Selling Shareholders
have also granted to the International Managers an option to purchase all or any
part of 150,000 shares of Common Stock (the "International Option Shares" which,
together with the  Initial International  Shares, shall  be referred  to as  the
"International  Shares")  to  cover  over-allotments. The  U.S.  Shares  and the
International Shares are  hereinafter collectively referred  to as the  "Offered
Shares."
 
    The   Company  and  the  Selling   Shareholders  understand  that  the  U.S.
Underwriters will simultaneously enter into an agreement with the  International
Managers  dated the date  hereof (the "Intersyndicate  Agreement") providing for
the coordination of  certain transactions  among the U.S.  Underwriters and  the
International  Managers, under the direction of  Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith Incorporated.
<PAGE>
    You have  advised  us that  you  and  the other  U.S.  Underwriters,  acting
severally  and not jointly, desire  to purchase the Initial  U.S. Shares and, if
the U.S. Underwriters so elect, the U.S.  Option Shares, and that you have  been
authorized by the other U.S. Underwriters to execute this Agreement and the U.S.
Price Determination Agreement referred to below on their behalf.
 
    The  initial public  offering price  per share for  the U.S.  Shares and the
purchase price per share for the U.S. Shares shall be agreed upon by the Selling
Shareholders and the U.S. Representatives, acting on behalf of the several  U.S.
Underwriters,  and  such agreement  shall  be set  forth  in a  separate written
instrument substantially  in the  form  of Exhibit  A  hereto (the  "U.S.  Price
Determination  Agreement"). The U.S. Price  Determination Agreement may take the
form of an exchange  of any standard form  of written telecommunication  between
the  Company, the  Selling Shareholders and  the U.S.  Representatives and shall
specify such applicable  information as is  indicated in Exhibit  A hereto.  The
offering  of the U.S. Shares will be governed by this Agreement, as supplemented
by the  U.S. Price  Determination Agreement.  From  and after  the date  of  the
execution and delivery of the U.S. Price Determination Agreement, this Agreement
shall  be deemed to  incorporate, and all references  herein to "this Agreement"
shall be deemed to include, the U.S. Price Determination Agreement.
 
    The initial public offering price per share and the purchase price per share
for the International Shares to be  paid by the International Managers  pursuant
to  the  International  Purchase Agreement  shall  be  set forth  in  a separate
agreement (the "International Price Determination Agreement"), the form of which
is attached  to the  International Purchase  Agreement. The  purchase price  per
share  for  the International  Shares to  be paid  by the  several International
Managers shall be identical to the purchase price per share for the U.S.  Shares
to be paid by the several U.S. Underwriters hereunder.
 
    The  Company  has  prepared  and  filed  with  the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration
No. 333-4608)  covering  the  registration  of  the  Offered  Shares  under  the
Securities  Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the "1933  Act"), including  the related
preliminary prospectuses,  and either  (A) has  prepared and  proposes to  file,
prior to the effective date of such registration statement, an amendment to such
registration  statement, including final prospectuses, or (B) if the Company has
elected to rely upon Rule 430A ("Rule 430A") of the rules and regulations of the
Commission under the  1933 Act (the  "1933 Act Regulations"),  will prepare  and
file prospectuses in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A and Rule 424(b)
("Rule  424(b)")  of  the 1933  Act  Regulations, promptly  after  execution and
delivery of the U.S. Price Determination Agreement. Additionally, if the Company
has elected to rely upon Rule 434 ("Rule 434") of the 1933 Act Regulations,  the
Company  will prepare and file a term  sheet (a "Term Sheet") in accordance with
the provisions  of  Rule 434  and  Rule  424(b), promptly  after  execution  and
delivery  of the U.S. Price Determination Agreement. Two forms of prospectus are
to be used in connection with the  offering and sale of the Offered Shares:  one
relating  to the U.S. Shares (the "Form of U.S. Prospectus") and one relating to
the International Shares (the "Form  of International Prospectus"). The Form  of
International Prospectus is identical to the Form of U.S. Prospectus, except for
the  front cover  and back  cover pages  and the  information under  the caption
"Underwriting." The information, if  any, included in  any such prospectus  that
was  omitted from any prospectus included  in such registration statement at the
time it becomes effective but that is  deemed, (a) pursuant to paragraph (b)  of
Rule  430A to  be part  of such  registration statement  at the  time it becomes
effective is referred to herein as the "Rule 430A Information," and (b) pursuant
to paragraph (d) of Rule  434 to be part of  such registration statement at  the
time  it becomes effective is referred to  herein as the "Rule 434 Information."
Each Form of U.S.  Prospectus and Form of  International Prospectus used  before
the  time such  registration statement becomes  effective, and any  Form of U.S.
Prospectus or  Form  of  International  Prospectus  that  omits  the  Rule  430A
Information  or the Rule 434 Information, as applicable, that is used after such
effectiveness and  prior  to  the  execution and  delivery  of  the  U.S.  Price
Determination  Agreement,  is  herein called  a  "preliminary  prospectus." Such
registration statement, including the exhibits  thereto, as amended at the  time
it becomes effective and including, if applicable, the Rule 430A Information and
the   Rule  434  Information,  is   herein  called  the  "Original  Registration
Statement." Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933
Act  Regulations  is  herein  referred  to  as  the  "Rule  462(b)  Registration
Statement,"  and  the  Original  Registration  Statement  and  any  Rule  462(b)
Registration Statement are herein
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
referred to  collectively as  the  "Registration Statement."  The Form  of  U.S.
Prospectus  and  Form  of  International  Prospectus  included  in  the Original
Registration Statement at the  time it becomes effective  are herein called  the
"U.S.    Prospectus"   and   "International   Prospectus,"   respectively,   and
collectively, the "Prospectuses," except that, (y) if the final U.S.  Prospectus
or  International Prospectus  first furnished  to the  U.S. Underwriters  or the
International Managers  after  the execution  of  the U.S.  Price  Determination
Agreement  or the International  Price Determination Agreement,  as the case may
be, for use in connection with the  offering of the Offered Shares differs  from
the  prospectuses included in the Original Registration Statement at the time it
becomes effective  (whether or  not  such prospectus  is  required to  be  filed
pursuant   to  Rule   424(b)),  the  terms   "U.S.  Prospectus,"  "International
Prospectus" and "Prospectuses" shall refer  to the final U.S. Prospectus  and/or
International  Prospectus  first  furnished  to  the  U.S.  Underwriters  and/or
International Managers, as the case may be, for such use and (z) if Rule 434  is
relied   on,  the  terms  "U.S.   Prospectus,"  "International  Prospectus"  and
"Prospectuses"  shall   refer  to   the  preliminary   U.S.  Prospectus   and/or
International   Prospectus  last  furnished  to  the  U.S.  Underwriters  and/or
International Managers, as the case may  be, in connection with the offering  of
the Offered Shares together with the Term Sheet.
 
    The   Company  and  the  Selling   Shareholders  understand  that  the  U.S.
Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the U.S. Shares as soon as you
deem advisable after the Registration  Statement becomes effective and the  U.S.
Price Determination Agreement has been executed and delivered.
 
    Section  1.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  (a) The Company represents and
warrants to and agrees with each of the U.S. Underwriters that:
 
        (i) When the Registration  Statement shall become  effective and at  the
    Closing  Time (and, if any U.S. Option  Shares are purchased, at the Date of
    Delivery), and, unless the Company has  notified you as provided in  Section
    3(f)  below,  at all  times between  the  effectiveness of  the Registration
    Statement and the Closing  Time referred to below  (and, if any U.S.  Option
    Shares  are  purchased, the  Date of  Delivery referred  to below),  (A) the
    Registration Statement  and  any  amendments and  supplements  thereto  will
    comply  in all material respects  with the requirements of  the 1933 Act and
    the 1933 Act  Regulations; (B)  neither the Registration  Statement nor  any
    amendment  or  supplement  thereto will  contain  an untrue  statement  of a
    material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein
    or necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading; (C) neither  of
    the  Prospectuses nor  any amendment or  supplement thereto  will include an
    untrue statement  of  a material  fact  or omit  to  state a  material  fact
    necessary  in order  to make  the statements  therein, in  the light  of the
    circumstances under which they  were made, not misleading;  and (D) if  Rule
    434  is used, the Prospectuses shall  not be "materially different," as such
    term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectuses included in the Registration
    Statement at the time it becomes effective; except that this  representation
    and warranty does not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon
    and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or
    on  behalf  of  any  Underwriter  through  you  expressly  for  use  in  the
    Registration Statement or the Prospectuses.
 
        (ii) Each of Deloitte & Touche LLP and Bernstein, Fox, Whitman & Company
    LLP, who are each  reporting upon certain  audited financial statements  and
    schedules  included in  the Registration  Statement, are  independent public
    accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.
 
       (iii) Each of this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement has
    been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
 
        (iv) The consolidated financial statements included in the  Registration
    Statement present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company,
    Oakley  Europe, Sarl  ("Oakley Europe")  and the  other subsidiaries  of the
    Company (the "Other Subsidiaries" and, together with the Company and  Oakley
    Europe,  the "Oakley Companies") as of  the dates indicated and the combined
    results of operations and  the combined cash flows  of the Oakley  Companies
    for  the periods specified. Such financial  statements have been prepared in
    conformity with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  applied  on  a
    consistent  basis throughout  the periods involved.  The financial statement
    schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement present fairly the
    information required to be stated  therein. The selected financial data  and
    summary  financial information  included in the  Prospectuses present fairly
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    the information shown therein and have  been compiled on a basis  consistent
    with  that of the audited consolidated  financial statements included in the
    Registration Statement. The  pro forma  financial statements  and other  pro
    forma  financial information included in the Prospectuses present fairly the
    information shown  therein,  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the
    Commission's  rules  and  guidelines  with respect  to  pro  forma financial
    statements, have been  properly compiled  on the pro  forma bases  described
    therein,  and, in the  opinion of the  Company, the assumptions  used in the
    preparation thereof  are reasonable  and the  adjustments used  therein  are
    appropriate  to give effect to the transactions or circumstances referred to
    therein.
 
        (v) The Company  is a  corporation duly organized  and validly  existing
    under the laws of the State of Washington with corporate power and corporate
    authority  under  such laws  to own,  lease and  operate its  properties and
    conduct its business as  described in the Prospectuses;  and the Company  is
    duly  qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good
    standing in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property of a
    nature, or transacts business of a type, that would make such  qualification
    necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify or be in good
    standing  would not have a material  adverse effect on the Oakley Companies,
    considered as one enterprise.
 
        (vi) Oakley Europe is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and
    in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization with
    corporate power and corporate  authority under such laws  to own, lease  and
    operate  its properties and conduct its  business; and Oakley Europe is duly
    qualified to  transact business  as a  foreign corporation  and is  in  good
    standing in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property of a
    nature,  or transacts business of a type, that would make such qualification
    necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify or be in good
    standing would not have a material  adverse effect on the Oakley  Companies,
    considered as one enterprise. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock
    of  Oakley Europe  have been duly  authorized and validly  issued, are fully
    paid and non-assessable and, as of the date hereof, are owned by the Company
    free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity
    or encumbrance of any kind,  except that 65% of  such shares are pledged  by
    the  Company to  Wells Fargo Bank,  National Association, for  itself and as
    agent for certain other banks pursuant to the Credit Agreement described  in
    the Prospectuses.
 
       (vii)  Each of  the Other Subsidiaries  is a  corporation duly organized,
    validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction  of
    its  organization with  corporate power  and corporate  authority under such
    laws to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business;  and
    each  Other Subsidiary is  duly qualified to transact  business as a foreign
    corporation and is in good standing  in each other jurisdiction in which  it
    owns  or leases property of a nature,  or transacts business of a type, that
    would make  such qualification  necessary,  except to  the extent  that  the
    failure  to so  qualify or  be in  good standing  would not  have a material
    adverse effect on the Oakley Companies, considered as one enterprise. All of
    the outstanding shares of capital stock  of each Other Subsidiary have  been
    duly  authorized and validly  issued and are  fully paid and non-assessable,
    and, as of the date hereof, all of such shares are owned by the Company,  in
    each  case free  and clear of  any pledge, lien,  security interest, charge,
    claim, equity or  encumbrance of any  kind. The Other  Subsidiaries did  not
    have,  in the aggregate, at December 31, 1995, assets in excess of 5% of the
    combined assets of the Oakley Companies as at that date and did not have, in
    the aggregate, for the fiscal year then ended sales or net income in  excess
    of  5% of combined sales or combined  net income of the Oakley Companies for
    such period.
 
      (viii) The  Oakley Companies  had at  March 31,  1996 a  duly  authorized,
    issued  and  outstanding consolidated  capitalization  as set  forth  in the
    Prospectuses under  the caption  "Capitalization;"  and the  Offered  Shares
    conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the
    Prospectuses.
 
        (ix) The Offered Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholders have been
    duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
        (x)  All of the other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
    have been  duly  authorized  and  validly issued  and  are  fully  paid  and
    non-assessable;  and none of the outstanding  shares of capital stock of the
    Company was issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any  shareholder
    of the Company.
 
        (xi)  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
    Registration Statement  and the  Prospectuses,  except as  otherwise  stated
    therein or contemplated thereby, there has not been (A) any material adverse
    change  in the financial  condition, earnings, business  affairs or business
    prospects of the Oakley Companies, considered as one enterprise, whether  or
    not  arising in the ordinary course of business, (B) any transaction entered
    into by any of the  Oakley Companies, other than  in the ordinary course  of
    business,  that  is  material to  the  Oakley Companies,  considered  as one
    enterprise, or (C) any dividend or  distribution of any kind declared,  paid
    or made by any Oakley Company on its capital stock.
 
       (xii)  None of the Oakley  Companies is in default  in the performance or
    observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained  in
    any  contract,  indenture, mortgage,  loan agreement,  note, lease  or other
    agreement or instrument to which it is a  party or by which it may be  bound
    or  to which any of its properties  may be subject, except for such defaults
    that would not reasonably be expected  to have a material adverse effect  on
    the financial condition, earnings, business affairs or business prospects of
    the  Oakley  Companies, considered  as one  enterprise (a  "Material Adverse
    Effect"). The  execution and  delivery of  each of  this Agreement  and  the
    International   Purchase   Agreement  by   the   Company  and   the  Selling
    Shareholders, the sale and delivery of the Offered Shares to be sold by  the
    Selling  Shareholders,  the  consummation  by the  Company  and  the Selling
    Shareholders  of  the  transactions  contemplated  in  this  Agreement,  the
    International  Purchase  Agreement  and in  the  Registration  Statement and
    compliance by  the  Company  with  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  the
    International  Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized by all requisite
    corporate action on the part of the  Company and do not and will not  result
    in  any violation of the articles of  incorporation or by-laws of any of the
    Oakley Companies, and  do not and  will not  conflict with, or  result in  a
    breach  of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under,
    or result in the creation or  imposition of any lien, charge or  encumbrance
    upon  any property or assets  of any of the  Oakley Companies under, (A) any
    contract,  indenture,  mortgage,  loan  agreement,  note,  lease  or   other
    agreement  or instrument to which any of  the Oakley Companies is a party or
    by which it may be  bound or to which any  of its properties may be  subject
    (except  for  such  conflicts, breaches  or  defaults or  liens,  charges or
    encumbrances that  would  not reasonably  be  expected to  have  a  Material
    Adverse   Effect  and  would   not  materially  and   adversely  affect  the
    consummation of  the transactions  contemplated by  this Agreement  and  the
    International  Purchase Agreement) or (B) any existing applicable law, rule,
    regulation, judgment,  order  or  decree  of  any  government,  governmental
    instrumentality  or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over any
    of the Oakley Companies or any of their respective properties.
 
      (xiii) No authorization, approval, consent  or license of any  government,
    governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign (other than under
    the  1933 Act and the securities or blue  sky laws of the various states and
    any applicable  foreign  jurisdictions  as to  which  no  representation  or
    warranty  is made), is required for  the valid authorization, issuance, sale
    and delivery of the Offered Shares,  except such as will have been  obtained
    on or prior to the Closing Time.
 
       (xiv)  Except as disclosed in the  Prospectuses, there is no action, suit
    or proceeding before or by  any government, governmental instrumentality  or
    court, domestic or foreign, now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,
    threatened against or affecting any of the Oakley Companies that is required
    to  be disclosed in the Prospectuses or that could reasonably be expected to
    result in a Material Adverse Effect, or that could materially and  adversely
    affect  the consummation of the  transactions contemplated in this Agreement
    or the International Purchase  Agreement; and the  aggregate of all  pending
    legal or governmental proceedings that are not described in the Prospectuses
    to which any of the Oakley Companies is a party or which affect any of their
    respective  properties, including ordinary  routine litigation incidental to
    the business  of  any of  the  Oakley  Companies, could  not  reasonably  be
    expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
       (xv)  There are no contracts  or documents of a  character required to be
    filed as  exhibits to  the  Registration Statement  that  are not  filed  or
    incorporated by reference as required.
 
       (xvi)  Each of the Oakley Companies, at  the Closing Time, will have good
    and  marketable  title  to  all  properties  and  assets  described  in  the
    Prospectuses  as  owned  by  it,  free  and  clear  of  all  liens, charges,
    encumbrances or  restrictions,  except such  as  (A) are  described  in  the
    Prospectuses   or  (B)  are  neither   material  in  amount  nor  materially
    significant in relation to the business of the Oakley Companies,  considered
    as  one enterprise; all of the leases and subleases material to the business
    of the Oakley Companies, considered as  one enterprise, and under which  any
    of  the Oakley Companies holds properties described in the Prospectuses, are
    in full force and effect, and none of the Oakley Companies has any notice of
    any material claim of any sort that  has been asserted by anyone adverse  to
    the  rights  of any  Oakley Company  under  any of  the leases  or subleases
    mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of such  corporation
    to  the continued possession  of the leased or  subleased premises under any
    such lease or sublease.
 
      (xvii) (A) Each of  the Oakley Companies owns,  possesses or has  obtained
    all material governmental licenses, permits, certificates, consents, orders,
    approvals  and other authorizations  necessary to own or  lease, as the case
    may be,  and to  operate its  properties and  to carry  on its  business  as
    presently  conducted, and (B) none of  the Oakley Companies has received any
    notice of proceedings  relating to  revocation or modification  of any  such
    licenses,    permits,   certificates,   consents,   orders,   approvals   or
    authorizations, except, in  the case of  clauses (A) and  (B), as could  not
    reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
      (xviii)  Except  as  disclosed in  the  Prospectuses, each  of  the Oakley
    Companies owns or possesses,  or can acquire  on reasonable terms,  adequate
    patents,   patent  licenses,  trademarks,  service  marks  and  trade  names
    necessary to carry on its business  as presently conducted, and none of  the
    Oakley Companies has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with
    asserted  rights of  others with  respect to  any patents,  patent licenses,
    trademarks, service  marks or  trade names  that in  the aggregate,  if  the
    subject  of an unfavorable decision, ruling  or finding, would reasonably be
    expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
       (xix) No labor  dispute with  employees of  any of  the Oakley  Companies
    exists  or,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Company,  is  imminent  that could
    reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and the Company  is
    not  aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of
    any of the Oakley  Companies' principal suppliers  that would reasonably  be
    expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
       (xx) The Company is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and
    local laws relating to the payment of wages to employees (including, without
    limitation, the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended), except insofar as the
    failure  to comply with such laws would not reasonably be expected to have a
    Material Adverse Effect.
 
       (xxi)  The  Company  has  not  taken  and  will  not  take,  directly  or
    indirectly, any action designed to, or that might be reasonably expected to,
    cause  or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common
    Stock in violation of law.
 
      (xxii) Each of the Oakley Companies has filed all material federal,  state
    and foreign income and franchise tax returns and has paid all taxes shown as
    due  thereon, other than taxes  which are being contested  in good faith and
    for which adequate reserves have  been established in accordance with  GAAP;
    and  the Company has  no knowledge of  any tax deficiency  which has been or
    might be asserted or  threatened against any of  the Oakley Companies  which
    would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
      (xxiii)  Except as disclosed  in the Registration  Statement and except as
    would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have  a
    Material  Adverse Effect, (A) each of  the Oakley Companies is in compliance
    with applicable Environmental Laws, (B) each of the Oakley Companies has all
    permits,   authorizations   and   approvals   required   under    applicable
    Environmental Laws and is in
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    compliance  with  the  requirements  of  such  permits,  authorizations  and
    approvals, (C) there  are no  pending or,  to the  knowledge of  any of  the
    Oakley  Companies, threatened Environmental Claims against any of the Oakley
    Companies, and (D) to  the knowledge of any  of the Oakley Companies,  there
    are  no  past  or  present  events,  conditions,  circumstances, activities,
    practices, incidents or actions required to be disclosed in the Registration
    Statement that would reasonably be expected to materially interfere with  or
    prevent   compliance  by  any  of   the  Oakley  Companies  with  applicable
    Environmental Laws, or  that would reasonably  be expected to  give rise  to
    liability  under applicable Environmental Laws or  subject any of the Oakley
    Companies to any Environmental Claim  based on the manufacture,  processing,
    distribution,  use,  generation,  treatment,  storage,  disposal, transport,
    shipping or handling, or  the arrangement for treatment  or disposal or  the
    emission,  discharge, release or threatened release into the environment, of
    any Hazardous Substance.
 
        For purposes  of this  Agreement,  the following  terms shall  have  the
    following  meanings: "Environmental Law" means  any applicable United States
    federal, state or local  statute, law, rule,  regulation, ordinance or  code
    and  any final  judicial or administrative  interpretation thereof including
    any final  judicial or  administrative order,  consent decree  or  judgment,
    regulating   (x)  disposal,   emissions,  discharges  or   releases  to  the
    environment or (y) any Hazardous Substance. "Environmental Claims" means any
    administrative, regulatory  or  judicial  actions,  suits,  demands,  demand
    letters,   claims,   liens,   notices   of   noncompliance   or   violation,
    investigations or  proceedings based  on any  Environmental Law.  "Hazardous
    Substance"  means any substance  presently regulated as  hazardous, toxic or
    radioactive under any  Environmental Law,  whether by type  or by  quantity,
    including,  without  limitation,  any toxic  waste,  pollutant, contaminant,
    hazardous  substance,  toxic  substance,  hazardous  waste,  special  waste,
    industrial  substance or petroleum or  any derivative or by-product thereof,
    radon, radioactive  material, asbestos,  asbestos-containing material,  urea
    formaldehyde foam insulation, lead or polychlorinated biphenyl to the extent
    any such substance is presently regulated under any Environmental Law.
 
    (b)  Each of the Selling Shareholders  severally represents and warrants to,
and agrees with, each U.S. Underwriter as follows:
 
        (i) Such  Selling Shareholder  has  reviewed and  is familiar  with  the
    Original  Registration Statement and the Prospectuses contained therein and,
    to the best knowledge of such Selling Shareholder, the Prospectuses (and any
    amendment or supplement thereto) do not  (and, as of the Closing Time,  will
    not)  include an  untrue statement  of a  material fact  or omit  to state a
    material fact necessary  in order  to make  the statements  therein, in  the
    light  of the circumstances under which  they were made, not misleading; and
    such Selling Shareholder is  not prompted to sell  the Offered Shares to  be
    sold  by such Selling  Shareholder by any information  concerning any of the
    Oakley Companies that is not set forth in the Prospectuses.
 
        (ii) When the Registration Statement  shall become effective and at  the
    Closing  Time (and, if any U.S. Option  Shares are purchased, at the Date of
    Delivery), and, unless the Company has  notified you as provided in  Section
    3(f)  below,  at all  times between  the  effectiveness of  the Registration
    Statement and  the  Closing  Time  (and,  if  any  U.S.  Option  Shares  are
    purchased,  the  Date  of  Delivery), (A)  such  parts  of  the Registration
    Statement and any amendments and  supplements thereto as specifically  refer
    to  such  Selling Shareholder  will  not contain  an  untrue statement  of a
    material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein
    or necessary to  make the  statements therein  not misleading  and (B)  such
    parts  of the Prospectuses as specifically refer to such Selling Shareholder
    will not include an untrue statement of  a material fact or omit to state  a
    material  fact necessary  in order  to make  the statements  therein, in the
    light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
       (iii) Each of this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement has
    been duly authorized,  executed and delivered  by such Selling  Shareholder.
    The  execution and delivery of this Agreement and the International Purchase
    Agreement by  such Selling  Shareholder and  the sale  and delivery  of  the
    Offered  Shares to be sold by  such Selling Shareholder, the consummation by
    such Selling Shareholder of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement,
    the International Purchase Agreement and in the
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    Registration Statement and the compliance  by such Selling Shareholder  with
    the  terms of this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement do not
    and will not conflict  with, or result in  a breach of any  of the terms  or
    provisions  of, or constitute a default under,  or result in the creation or
    imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of
    such Selling Shareholder under (A)  any contract, indenture, mortgage,  loan
    agreement,  note,  lease  or other  agreement  or instrument  to  which such
    Selling Shareholder is a party or by which  it may be bound or to which  any
    of  its properties  may be subject  (except for such  conflicts, breaches or
    defaults or liens, charges  or encumbrances that would  not have a  Material
    Adverse   Effect  and  would   not  materially  and   adversely  affect  the
    consummation of  the transactions  contemplated by  this Agreement  and  the
    International  Purchase Agreement) or (B) any existing applicable law, rule,
    regulation, judgment,  order  or  decree  of  any  government,  governmental
    instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over such
    Selling Shareholder or any of its respective properties.
 
        (iv) The Company has good and marketable title to all of the outstanding
    shares  of capital  stock of  Oakley Europe, free  and clear  of any pledge,
    lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity, or encumbrance of any  kind,
    except  that 65% of  such shares have  been pledged by  the Company to Wells
    Fargo Bank, National Association, for itself and as agent for certain  other
    banks pursuant to the Credit Agreement described in the Prospectuses.
 
        (v)  Such Selling Shareholder has and will,  at the Closing Time and, if
    any U.S. Option Shares or International Option Shares are purchased, on  the
    Date of Delivery, have good and marketable title to the Offered Shares to be
    sold  by  such  Selling  Shareholder  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  and the
    International Purchase  Agreement,  free  and clear  of  any  pledge,  lien,
    security  interest, charge, claim, equity or  encumbrance of any kind, other
    than pursuant to  this Agreement and  the International Purchase  Agreement;
    such  Selling  Shareholder  has full  right,  power and  authority  to sell,
    transfer and deliver such Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement and  the
    International  Purchase Agreement; and, upon delivery of such Offered Shares
    and payment of the purchase price therefor as contemplated in this Agreement
    and the International Purchase Agreement, assuming each such Underwriter has
    no notice of any adverse claim,  each of the Underwriters will receive  good
    and marketable title to the Offered Shares purchased by it from such Selling
    Shareholder,  free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, charge,
    claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind, other than any such pledge,  lien,
    security  interest,  charge, claim,  equity or  encumbrance created  by such
    Underwriter or resulting from any actions taken by such Underwriter.
 
        (vi) Certificates  for all  of the  Offered Shares  to be  sold by  such
    Selling  Shareholder  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  and  the  International
    Purchase Agreement, in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied
    by duly  executed  instruments  of  transfer or  assignment  in  blank  with
    signatures  guaranteed, are available for  the purpose of effecting delivery
    pursuant to this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement.
 
       (vii) For  a  period of  180  days from  the  date hereof,  such  Selling
    Shareholder  will  not,  without  your prior  written  consent,  directly or
    indirectly, sell,  offer to  sell, grant  any  option for  the sale  of,  or
    otherwise  dispose of, any shares of  Common Stock or securities convertible
    into Common Stock, other than to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement
    or the International  Purchase Agreement; provided  that during such  period
    such  Selling  Shareholder  may make  gifts  of  shares of  Common  Stock or
    securities convertible into Common Stock upon the condition that the  donees
    agree  to be  bound by the  foregoing restriction  in the same  manner as it
    applies to such Selling Shareholder.
 
      (viii) Such Selling Shareholder has not taken and will not take,  directly
    or  indirectly, any action designed to, or that might be reasonably expected
    to, cause or  result in stabilization  or manipulation of  the price of  the
    Common Stock in violation of law.
 
    (c) Any certificate signed by any officer of any of the Oakley Companies and
delivered  to  you  or  to  counsel  for  the  Underwriters  shall  be  deemed a
representation   and    warranty   by    the   Company    to   each    of    the
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby; and any certificate signed by or
on behalf of the Selling Shareholders as such and delivered to you or to counsel
for  the  Underwriters shall  be  deemed a  representation  and warranty  by the
Selling Shareholders  to each  of the  Underwriters as  to the  matters  covered
thereby.
 
    (d)   The  liability  of   the  Selling  Shareholders   for  breach  of  the
representation and warranty set forth in  clause (b)(i) above is limited as  set
forth in Section 7(b).
 
    Section 2.  SALE AND DELIVERY TO THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS; CLOSING.  (a) On the
basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, and subject to the
terms  and  conditions  herein  set  forth,  each  Selling  Shareholder  agrees,
severally and  not jointly,  to sell  to each  U.S. Underwriter,  and each  U.S.
Underwriter  agrees, severally  and not jointly,  to purchase  from each Selling
Shareholder, at the purchase price per share  for the Initial U.S. Shares to  be
agreed  upon  by  the  U.S.  Representatives  and  the  Selling  Shareholders in
accordance  with  Section  2(b)  or  2(c)  and  set  forth  in  the  U.S.  Price
Determination  Agreement, in the case of each Selling Shareholder, the number of
Initial U.S. Shares as are proposed to  be sold by such Selling Shareholder  and
set  forth opposite such Selling Shareholder's name in the appropriate column on
Schedule B multiplied  by a fraction  the numerator  of which is  the number  of
Initial  U.S. Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule
A and the  denominator of  which is  the total  number of  Initial U.S.  Shares,
subject,  in each case,  to such adjustments  as you, in  your discretion, shall
make to eliminate any  sales or purchases of  fractional shares. If the  Company
elects to rely on Rule 430A, Schedules A and B may be attached to the U.S. Price
Determination Agreement.
 
    (b)  If the  Company has  elected not  to rely  upon Rule  430A, the initial
public offering price  per share for  the Initial U.S.  Shares and the  purchase
price  per share  for the  Initial U.S. Shares  to be  paid by  the several U.S.
Underwriters shall be agreed upon and set forth in the U.S. Price  Determination
Agreement,  dated the date hereof, and an amendment to the Original Registration
Statement containing such per share price  information will be filed before  the
Original Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
    (c)  If the Company has  elected to rely upon  Rule 430A, the initial public
offering price per share for the Initial U.S. Shares and the purchase price  per
share  for the Initial U.S.  Shares to be paid  by the several U.S. Underwriters
shall be agreed upon and set forth in the U.S. Price Determination Agreement. In
the event that the U.S. Price  Determination Agreement has not been executed  by
the  close of business on the fourteenth business day following the later of the
date  on  which  the  Original  Registration  Statement  and  any  Rule   462(b)
Registration   Statement  becomes  effective,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate
forthwith, without  liability  of any  party  to  any other  party  except  that
Sections  7, 8  and 18  and the  first paragraph  of Section  9 shall  remain in
effect.
 
    (d) In addition, on the basis  of the representations and warranties  herein
contained,  and  subject to  the  terms and  conditions  herein set  forth, each
Selling Shareholder grants an option to the U.S. Underwriters, severally and not
jointly, to purchase up to the additional number of U.S. Option Shares set forth
opposite such Selling Shareholder's name in the appropriate column of Schedule B
at the same purchase price per share as shall be applicable to the Initial  U.S.
Shares.  The option hereby  granted will expire  30 days after  the later of the
date upon  which  the  Original  Registration  Statement  and  any  Rule  462(b)
Registration  Statement becomes effective or, if the Company has elected to rely
upon Rule 430A, the date of the  U.S. Price Determination Agreement, and may  be
exercised, in whole or in part (but not more than once), only for the purpose of
covering  over-allotments that may  be made in connection  with the offering and
distribution of  the Initial  U.S. Shares  upon  notice by  you to  the  Company
setting  forth the  number of U.S.  Option Shares  as to which  the several U.S.
Underwriters are exercising  the option, and  the time and  date of payment  and
delivery  thereof. Such time and date of delivery (the "Date of Delivery") shall
be determined by you but shall not be later than seven full business days  after
the  exercise of such option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the
option is exercised as to only a portion of the U.S. Option Shares, each Selling
Shareholder will sell  its pro  rata portion  of the  U.S. Option  Shares to  be
purchased  by the U.S. Underwriters. If the option is exercised as to all or any
portion of the U.S. Option Shares, the U.S. Option Shares as to which the option
is exercised shall  be purchased  by the  U.S. Underwriters,  severally and  not
jointly, in their respective underwriting obligation proportions.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
    (e) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the
Initial  U.S. Shares shall  be made at  the offices of  Shearman & Sterling, 777
South Figueroa Street,  Suite 3400, Los  Angeles, California 90017,  or at  such
other place as shall be agreed upon by the Company, the Selling Shareholders and
you,  at 10:00 a.m. (New York City time)  either (i) on the fourth full business
day after the later of the effective date of the Original Registration Statement
and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement  (in either case, as permitted  under
Rule  15c6-1 under the  Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as  amended (the "1934
Act")), or (ii) if the  Company has elected to rely  upon Rule 430A, the  fourth
full  business day after execution of the U.S. Price Determination Agreement (as
permitted under  Rule  15c6-1 under  the  1934  Act) (unless,  in  either  case,
postponed pursuant to Section 11 or 12), or at such other time not more than ten
full  business days thereafter as you,  the Company and the Selling Shareholders
shall determine (such date and time of payment and delivery being herein  called
the  "Closing Time").  In addition,  in the event  that any  or all  of the U.S.
Option Shares are purchased  by the U.S. Underwriters,  payment of the  purchase
price  for, and delivery of  certificates for, such U.S.  Option Shares shall be
made at the offices  of Shearman &  Sterling set forth above,  or at such  other
place  as the Company, the Selling Shareholders, and you shall determine, on the
Date of Delivery as  specified in the  notice from you  to the Company.  Payment
shall  be  made to  the  Selling Shareholders  by  wire transfer  of immediately
available funds to the  respective accounts of the  Selling Shareholders as  set
forth  opposite their respective  signatures below, against  delivery to you for
the respective accounts of the several U.S. Underwriters of certificates for the
U.S. Shares to be purchased by them.
 
    (f) Certificates for the  Initial U.S. Shares and  U.S. Option Shares to  be
purchased by the U.S. Underwriters shall be in such denominations and registered
in  such names  as you may  request in writing  at least two  full business days
before the  Closing Time  or the  Date  of Delivery,  as the  case may  be.  The
certificates  for the Initial  U.S. Shares and  U.S. Option Shares  will be made
available in New York for examination and packaging by you not later than  10:00
A.M.  on the business day prior to the  Closing Time or the Date of Delivery, as
the case may be.
 
    (g) The U.S.  Underwriters agree  to reserve  a maximum  of 250,000  Initial
Shares  for  offering  and  sale  to  directors,  officers,  employees, business
associates and related persons of the Company, at the public offering price. Any
such shares not purchased by such persons  by the end of the first business  day
after  either  (a) the  later of  the  date on  which the  Original Registration
Statement and any Rule  462(b) Registration Statement  has become effective  or,
(b)  if the Company  has elected to  rely upon Rule  430A, the date  of the U.S.
Price Determination  Agreement,  will be  offered  to  the public  by  the  U.S.
Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectuses.
 
    (h)  It is understood that each U.S. Underwriter has authorized you, for its
account, to accept delivery  of, receipt for, and  make payment of the  purchase
price for, the U.S. Shares that it has agreed to purchase. You, individually and
not as U.S. Representatives, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of
the  purchase price for  the Initial U.S.  Shares, or U.S.  Option Shares, to be
purchased by any  U.S. Underwriter  whose check or  checks shall  not have  been
received by the Closing Time or the Date of Delivery, as the case may be.
 
    Section  3.  CERTAIN COVENANTS  OF THE COMPANY.   The Company covenants with
each U.S. Underwriter as follows:
 
        (a) The Company will notify you  immediately, and confirm the notice  in
    writing,   (i)  when  the  Registration  Statement,  or  any  post-effective
    amendment to the Registration Statement, shall have become effective, or any
    supplement to the Prospectuses or  any amended Prospectuses shall have  been
    filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any
    request  by the Commission  to amend the Registration  Statement or amend or
    supplement the Prospectuses or  for additional information  and (iv) of  the
    issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of
    the  Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use
    of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification  of
    the  Offered Shares  for offering  or sale  in any  jurisdiction, or  of the
    institution or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes.  The
    Company will use every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any such
    stop  order or of  any order preventing  or suspending such  use and, if any
    such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible
    moment.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
        (b)  The Company will not at any time  file or make any amendment to the
    Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)), file a term
    sheet or file or make any amendment or supplement (i) if the Company has not
    elected to rely upon Rule 430A, to  the Prospectuses or (ii) if the  Company
    has  elected to rely upon Rule 430A,  to either of the prospectuses included
    in the Original Registration Statement at  the time it becomes effective  or
    the  Prospectuses, of which  you shall not have  previously been advised and
    furnished a copy or to which  counsel for the Underwriters shall  reasonably
    object.
 
        (c)  If the Company uses Rule 434,  it will comply with the requirements
    of Rule 434 and the Prospectuses will not be "materially different," as such
    term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectuses included in the Registration
    Statement at the time it becomes effective.
 
        (d) The Company has furnished or will furnish to you and counsel for the
    Underwriters  as  many  signed  copies  of  the  Registration  Statement  as
    originally  filed and  of all  amendments thereto,  whether filed  before or
    after the Registration Statement becomes  effective, copies of all  exhibits
    and  documents filed therewith and signed  copies (or copies thereof) of all
    consents and certificates of experts, as you may reasonably request and  has
    furnished  or  will furnish  to  you, for  each  other U.S.  Underwriter and
    counsel for  the  Underwriters,  one  conformed  copy  of  the  Registration
    Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits).
 
        (e)  The Company will deliver to  each U.S. Underwriter, without charge,
    from time to  time until the  later of  the effective date  of the  Original
    Registration  Statement and any  Rule 462(b) Registration  Statement (or, if
    the Company has  elected to rely  upon Rule  430A, until the  time the  U.S.
    Price  Determination Agreement is executed and delivered), as many copies of
    each preliminary prospectus as such U.S. Underwriter may reasonably request,
    and the  Company hereby  consents to  the use  of such  copies for  purposes
    permitted   by  the  1933  Act.  The  Company  will  deliver  to  each  U.S.
    Underwriter, without charge, as soon  as practicable after the  Registration
    Statement  shall have  become effective (or,  if the Company  has elected to
    rely upon Rule 430A, as soon as practicable on or after the date of the U.S.
    Price Determination Agreement) and thereafter from time to time as requested
    during the period when the Prospectuses  are required to be delivered  under
    the  1933 Act, such number of copies of the U.S. Prospectus (as supplemented
    or amended) as such U.S. Underwriter may reasonably request.
 
        (f) If at any time when a prospectus  is required by the 1933 Act to  be
    delivered  in connection with sales of the U.S. Shares any event shall occur
    or condition exist as a result of  which it is necessary, in the opinion  of
    counsel  for the U.S. Underwriters or counsel  for the Company, to amend the
    Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectuses in order that
    the Prospectuses will not include an untrue statement of a material fact  or
    omit  to state  a material  fact necessary in  order to  make the statements
    therein not misleading  in the light  of the circumstances  existing at  the
    time  it is delivered  to a purchaser, or  if it shall  be necessary, in the
    opinion of either such counsel, at  any such time to amend the  Registration
    Statement  or amend or  supplement the Prospectuses in  order to comply with
    the requirements of the  1933 Act or the  1933 Act Regulations, the  Company
    will  promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b)
    hereof, such amendment  or supplement as  may be necessary  to correct  such
    untrue  statement or omission  or to make the  Registration Statement or the
    Prospectuses comply with such requirements.
 
        (g)  The  Company   will  endeavor,   in  cooperation   with  the   U.S.
    Underwriters,  to qualify the Offered Shares for offering and sale under the
    applicable  securities  laws  of  such   states  and  other  United   States
    jurisdictions  as you may  designate and to  maintain such qualifications in
    effect for  a period  of  not less  than  one year  from  the later  of  the
    effective  date of the  Original Registration Statement  and any Rule 462(b)
    Registration Statement; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that  the Company  shall not  be
    obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as
    a  foreign corporation or as  a dealer in securities  in any jurisdiction in
    which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect  of
    doing  business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
    The Company will file such statements and reports as may be required by  the
    laws  of each  United States jurisdiction  in which the  Offered Shares have
    been qualified during the one-year period referred to above and as otherwise
    above provided.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
        (h) The Company will make generally available to its security holders as
    soon as practicable,  but not  later than  60 days  after the  close of  the
    period  covered  thereby,  an earnings  statement  of the  Company  (in form
    complying with the  provisions of  Rule 158  of the  1933 Act  Regulations),
    covering  a period of 12  months beginning after the  later of the effective
    date of the Original Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration
    Statement and covering a period of  12 months beginning after the  effective
    date  of any post-effective amendment to  the Registration Statement but not
    later than the first day of the Company's fiscal quarter next following such
    respective effective dates.
 
        (i) For a period of five years after the Closing Time, the Company  will
    furnish  to you and, upon  request, to each U.S.  Underwriter, copies of all
    annual reports,  quarterly  reports  and  current  reports  filed  with  the
    Commission  on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K,  or such other similar forms as may
    be designated  by the  Commission,  and such  other documents,  reports  and
    information  as shall  be furnished  by the  Company to  its shareholders or
    security holders generally.
 
        (j) For a period of 180 days from the date hereof, the Company will not,
    without your prior written consent,  directly or indirectly, sell, offer  to
    sell,  grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, any Common
    Stock or securities convertible  into Common Stock, other  than to the  U.S.
    Underwriters  pursuant to this  Agreement and to  the International Managers
    pursuant to the International Purchase Agreement and other than pursuant  to
    incentive   stock  and  other  employee   benefit  plans  described  in  the
    Prospectuses.
 
        (k) If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A, it will take such
    steps as  it deems  necessary  to ascertain  promptly  whether the  form  of
    prospectus  transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing
    by the Commission and, in the event  that it was not, it will promptly  file
    such prospectus.
 
        (l)  If the Company elects  to rely upon Rule  462(b), the Company shall
    both file  a  Rule 462(b)  Registration  Statement with  the  Commission  in
    compliance  with Rule 462(b) and pay  the applicable fees in accordance with
    Rule 111 of the 1933 Act Regulations  by the time confirmations are sent  or
    given, as specified by Rule 462(b)(2).
 
        (m)  The Company has complied and will comply with all the provisions of
    Florida H.B. 1771, codified as Section 517.075 of the Florida statutes,  and
    all regulations promulgated thereunder relating to issuers doing business in
    Cuba.
 
    Section  4.  PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.   The Selling Shareholders will, severally
and not jointly, pay all costs and  expenses incident to the performance of  its
and   the  Company's  obligations  under   this  Agreement,  including  (a)  the
preparation, printing  and  filing  of  the  Registration  Statement  (including
financial  statements and  exhibits), as  originally filed  and as  amended, the
preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectuses and any amendments or  supplements
thereto,  and the cost of furnishing copies thereof to the Underwriters, (b) the
copying  and  distribution   of  this  Agreement   (including  the  U.S.   Price
Determination   Agreement),   the   Agreement  among   U.S.   Underwriters,  the
International   Purchase   Agreement   (including   the   International    Price
Determination  Agreement), the  Agreement among  International Managers  and the
Intersyndicate Agreement  between the  U.S. Underwriters  and the  International
Managers, and the preparation, printing and distribution of the certificates for
the  Offered Shares  and the Blue  Sky Survey,  (c) the delivery  of the Offered
Shares to the Underwriters, including any stock transfer taxes payable upon  the
sale  of the Offered Shares to the  Underwriters and the transfer of the Offered
Shares between the  U.S. Underwriters  and the International  Managers, (d)  the
fees and disbursements of the Company's counsel and accountants and the fees and
disbursements of any Selling Shareholders' counsel, and (e) the qualification of
the  Offered  Shares under  the applicable  securities  laws in  accordance with
Section 3(g)  and  any filing  for  review of  the  offering with  the  National
Association  of Securities Dealers,  Inc., including filing  fees and reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel  for the Underwriters in connection  therewith
and  in connection with the Blue Sky Survey; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company
will bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and
expenses of its officers  and employees performing  legal or accounting  duties)
and the expenses of any annual audit.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    If  this Agreement is terminated by you in accordance with the provisions of
Section 5,  10(a)(i) or  12,  the Company  and  the Selling  Shareholders  shall
reimburse  the  Underwriters for  all  their reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses,
including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.
 
    The provisions  of this  Section shall  not affect  any agreement  that  the
Company  and the Selling Shareholders may make for the sharing of such costs and
expenses.
 
    Section 5.  CONDITIONS  OF U.S. UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.   In addition  to
the  execution  and  delivery of  the  U.S. Price  Determination  Agreement, the
obligations of the several  U.S. Underwriters to purchase  and pay for the  U.S.
Shares that they have respectively agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement
(including  any U.S. Option Shares  as to which the  option granted in Section 2
has been exercised and the Date of Delivery determined by you is the same as the
Closing Time) are subject to the accuracy in all material respects (except  that
such  phrase "in all material  respects" shall be disregarded  to the extent any
such representation and warranty is  qualified by "material", "material  adverse
change",  "Material Adverse Effect"  or any phrase  using any such  term) of the
representations and  warranties  of the  Company  and the  Selling  Shareholders
contained  herein  (including those  contained in  the U.S.  Price Determination
Agreement) or in certificates of any officer  of any of the Oakley Companies  or
certificates  by or on behalf of  the Selling Shareholders delivered pursuant to
the provisions  hereof,  to the  performance  by  the Company  and  the  Selling
Shareholders  of  their  obligations  hereunder, and  to  the  following further
conditions:
 
    (a) The  Original Registration  Statement shall  have become  effective  not
later  than 5:30 p.m. on the date of  this Agreement or, with your consent, at a
later time and date not later, however, than 5:30 p.m. on the first business day
following the date  hereof, and if  the Company  has elected to  rely upon  Rule
462(b),  the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement  shall have become effective not
later than  the time  confirmations are  sent  or given,  as specified  by  Rule
462(b)(2),  or, with  respect to  the Original  Registration Statement,  at such
later time  or on  such later  date as  you may  agree to  in writing  with  the
approval  of a majority in interest of the several U.S. Underwriters; and at the
Closing Time  no stop  order suspending  the effectiveness  of the  Registration
Statement  shall have been issued under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that
purpose shall have been initiated or shall  be pending or, to your knowledge  or
the  knowledge of  the Company,  shall be threatened  by the  Commission. If the
Company has elected  to rely upon  Rule 430A, Prospectuses  containing the  Rule
430A  Information shall have  been filed with the  Commission in accordance with
Rule 424(b) (or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have
been filed and declared  effective in accordance with  the requirements of  Rule
430A).  If the Company  has elected to rely  upon Rule 434,  a Term Sheet, which
together with the preliminary prospectuses last furnished to the Underwriters in
connection with the  offering of  the Offered  Shares shall  not be  "materially
different,"  as such term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectuses included in
the Original Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective, shall have
been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b).
 
    (b) At  the  Closing Time,  you  shall have  received  a signed  opinion  of
Skadden,  Arps, Slate, Meagher &  Flom, counsel for the  Company and the Selling
Shareholders, dated as of the Closing  Time, together with signed or  reproduced
copies  of such  opinion for each  of the  other U.S. Underwriters,  in form and
substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect that:
 
        (i) Oakley Europe is a  corporation duly incorporated, validly  existing
    and  in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization
    with corporate power and authority under such laws to own, lease and operate
    its properties and conduct its business.
 
        (ii) All of  the outstanding shares  of capital stock  of Oakley  Europe
    have  been  duly  authorized  and  validly issued  and  are  fully  paid and
    non-assessable.
 
       (iii) No authorization, approval, consent  or license of any  government,
    governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign (other than under
    the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations under such Acts and
    the securities or blue sky laws of the various states and applicable foreign
    jurisdictions), is required for the sale and delivery of the Offered Shares,
    except such as have been obtained on or prior to the Closing Time.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
        (iv)  Such counsel does not know of  any statutes or regulations, or any
    pending or  threatened legal  or governmental  proceedings, required  to  be
    described in the Prospectuses that are not described as required, nor of any
    contracts  or documents of a character  required to be described or referred
    to in  the Registration  Statement or  the Prospectuses  or to  be filed  as
    exhibits  to  the  Registration  Statement  (or  incorporated  by  reference
    therein) that are not described, referred to or filed as required.
 
        (v) The statements made in the Prospectuses under "Certain United States
    Federal Tax Consequences to Non-United States Holders" and "Shares  Eligible
    for Future Sale," to the extent that they constitute matters of law or legal
    conclusions,  have  been reviewed  by such  counsel  and fairly  present the
    information disclosed therein in all material respects.
 
        (vi) The  execution and  delivery  of each  of  this Agreement  and  the
    International   Purchase   Agreement  by   the   Company  and   the  Selling
    Shareholders, the sale  and delivery of  the Offered Shares  by the  Selling
    Shareholders,  the consummation by the  Company and the Selling Shareholders
    of the  transactions  contemplated  in  this  Agreement,  the  International
    Purchase  Agreement and in the Registration  Statement and compliance by the
    Company and the Selling  Shareholders with the terms  of this Agreement  and
    the  International Purchase Agreement do not  and will not conflict with, or
    result in a breach  of any of  the terms or provisions  of, or constitute  a
    default  under, or result in the creation  or imposition of any lien, charge
    or encumbrance upon  any property or  assets of the  Company or the  Selling
    Shareholders  under (A)  any contract, indenture,  mortgage, loan agreement,
    note, lease or any other agreement or instrument identified on an exhibit to
    such opinion  (except for  such conflicts,  breaches or  defaults or  liens,
    charges  or encumbrances  that would  not reasonably  be expected  to have a
    Material Adverse Effect and  would not materially  and adversely affect  the
    consummation  of  the transactions  contemplated by  this Agreement  and the
    International Purchase Agreement), (B) any  laws (other than the  securities
    or blue sky laws of the various states and applicable foreign jurisdictions,
    as to which such counsel need express no opinion) that in our experience are
    generally  applicable  to  transactions  of the  type  contemplated  by this
    Agreement and the  International Purchase  Agreement, or  (C) any  judgment,
    order  or decree known to us of any government, governmental instrumentality
    or court, domestic or foreign, having  jurisdiction over the Company or  the
    Selling Shareholders or any of their respective properties.
 
       (vii) The Original Registration Statement became effective under the 1933
    Act on the date of the Agreement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,
    if  any, became effective under  the 1933 Act no later  than the date of the
    U.S. Price Determination Agreement; any required filing of the  Prospectuses
    or  any supplement  thereto pursuant  to Rule  424(b) has  been made  in the
    manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); and, to the  best
    of  the  knowledge  of such  counsel,  the Registration  Statement  is still
    effective, no stop  order suspending the  effectiveness of the  Registration
    Statement  has been  issued and  no proceedings  for that  purpose have been
    instituted or are pending or are threatened under the 1933 Act.
 
      (viii) The Registration Statement (including the Rule 430A Information and
    the  Rule  434  Information,  if  applicable),  the  Prospectuses  and  each
    amendment  or supplement  thereto (except  for the  financial statements and
    other financial data included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which such
    counsel need express no opinion), as of their respective effective or  issue
    dates,  appear on  their face to  have been appropriately  responsive in all
    material respects  to the  requirements of  the 1933  Act and  the 1933  Act
    Regulations.
 
        (ix) [Form of opinion assuming physical delivery] Assuming that (i) each
    of  the Underwriters acquired its interest in  the Offered Shares to be sold
    by the Selling  Shareholders pursuant to  this Agreement in  good faith  and
    without notice of any adverse claim or restriction on transfer of any of the
    Offered Shares imposed by the Company and (ii) the certificates representing
    the  Offered Shares and registered  in the names of  the Underwriters do not
    contain a lien in favor of the Company or a restriction on transfer  imposed
    by the Company, upon delivery to Merrill Lynch as agent for the Underwriters
    in  the  State  of  New  York of  such  Offered  Shares  registered  in such
    Underwriters' names,  the  Underwriters  will acquire  all  of  the  Selling
    Shareholders'    rights   in   the   Offered    Shares   to   be   sold   by
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    the Selling Shareholders  free and clear  of any adverse  claim (within  the
    meaning  of Section  8-302 of the  New York UCC),  any lien in  favor of the
    Company and any restriction on transfer imposed by the Company. The owner of
    such Offered Shares, if  other than such  Selling Shareholder, is  precluded
    from   asserting  against  the  Underwriters   the  ineffectiveness  of  any
    unauthorized endorsement.
 
    [Form of  opinion assuming  settlement  through DTC]  Upon transfer  of  the
    Offered  Shares  to be  sold by  the Selling  Shareholders pursuant  to this
    Agreement to  [name of  the  Underwriter to  whose securities  account  such
    Offered  Shares will be credited by DTC],  and, assuming (i) such person has
    purchased the Offered Shares in good faith and without notice of any adverse
    claim or restriction on transfer of any of the Offered Shares imposed by the
    Company and (ii)  the certificates  representing the Offered  Shares do  not
    contain  a lien in favor of the Company or a restriction on transfer imposed
    by the Company, such person has acquired  all of the rights of such  Selling
    Shareholder  in  such Offered  Shares free  and clear  of any  adverse claim
    (within the meaning of Section 8-302 of the New York UCC), any lien in favor
    of the Company, and any restrictions on transfer imposed by the Company. The
    owner of such  Offered Shares, if  other than such  Selling Shareholder,  is
    precluded  from asserting against [name  of Underwriter] the ineffectiveness
    of any unauthorized endorsement. "Transfer" of such Offered Shares to  [name
    of Underwriter to whose securities account at DTC the Offered Shares will be
    credited  by DTC] will occur upon the making by The Depository Trust Company
    of appropriate entries  transferring such  Offered Shares on  its books  and
    records  to  the account  of [name  of the  Underwriter to  whose securities
    account at  DTC  such  Offered  Shares  will be  credited  by  DTC]  at  The
    Depository Trust Company.
 
        The opinion set forth in this paragraph (ix) is subject to the following
    qualifications:
 
           (a)  we  have  assumed  that  appropriate  entries  transferring such
       Offered Shares on the books and  records of The Depository Trust  Company
       to the account of [name of Underwriter to whose securities account at DTC
       the  Offered Shares will be credited by DTC] have been made and that such
       entries are complete and accurate in  all respects and that such  Offered
       Shares  will be identified on the records of The Depository Trust Company
       for  the  sole   and  exclusive   account  of   [identify  the   specific
       Underwriter];
 
           (b)  we have assumed that such  Offered Shares have been deposited by
       American Stock  Transfer  &  Trust  Company, as  transfer  agent  in  the
       "underwriting  account" at  The Depository Trust  Company, to  be held in
       that account for  the benefit of  the Selling Shareholders,  and will  be
       transferred  from that account  to the account  of [identify the specific
       Underwriter] at  The  Depository  Trust  Company  upon  payment  therefor
       pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;
 
           (c)  we have assumed  that (i) such Offered  Shares are maintained in
       the custody of  The Depository  Trust Company or  a custodian  bank or  a
       nominee  of either  subject to  The Depository  Trust Company's exclusive
       control, (ii)  such Offered  Shares  are in  registered form  either  (x)
       registered  in the  name of The  Depository Trust Company  or its nominee
       subject to The Depository Trust Company's exclusive control, (y) indorsed
       to The Depository Trust Company, or its nominee subject to The Depository
       Trust Company's exclusive control or (z) indorsed in blank and (iii) will
       contain only signatures thereon which are genuine;
 
           (d) we have assumed that The Depository Trust Company is a  "clearing
       corporation" within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the New York UCC; and
 
           (e) we express no opinion with respect to the priority of the lien of
       The Depository Trust Company.
 
    Such  counsel shall  also state  that, in  addition, it  has participated in
conferences with officers  and other  representatives of  the Oakley  Companies,
representatives  of the independent  accountants for the  Oakley Companies, your
representatives and  your counsel  at  which the  contents of  the  Registration
Statement  and the Prospectuses and related matters were discussed and, although
such counsel is not  passing upon, and does  not assume any responsibility  for,
the  accuracy,  completeness  or fairness  of  the statements  contained  in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectuses and has made no independent check  or
verification  thereof, on the basis of the  foregoing, no facts have come to the
attention of such counsel that have led it to believe
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
(A) that the Registration Statement (including the Rule 430A Information and the
Rule 434 Information, if applicable) or  any amendment thereto, at the time  the
Registration  Statement  or any  such amendment  became effective,  contained an
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not  misleading
or (B) that the Prospectuses or any amendment or supplement thereto, as of their
respective  dates or  at the  Closing Time, contained  an untrue  statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in  the light  of the  circumstances under  which they  were
made,  not misleading, or (C) if the Company  has elected to rely upon Rule 434,
the Prospectuses are "materially different", as  such term is used in Rule  434,
from  the prospectuses  included in the  Original Registration  Statement at the
time it became effective, except that  such counsel may state that it  expresses
no  opinion or belief with  respect to the financial  information included in or
excluded from  the  Registration  Statement  or any  amendment  thereto  or  the
Prospectuses.
 
In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the
laws  of jurisdictions other than the law of  the State of New York, the federal
law of the United States and the  law of the State of California, upon  opinions
of  other  counsel,  who  shall  be  counsel  satisfactory  to  counsel  for the
Underwriters, in which case  the opinion shall state  that they believe you  and
they  are entitled to so rely. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such
opinion involves factual  matters, they  have relied,  to the  extent they  deem
proper,  upon certificates of officers of  the Oakley Companies and certificates
of public  officials;  provided  that  copies of  such  certificates  have  been
delivered to the U.S. Underwriters.
 
    (c)  At  the Closing  Time,  you shall  have  received a  signed  opinion of
Preston, Gates & Ellis, special Washington counsel for the Company, dated as  of
the  Closing Time, together with signed or reproduced copies of such opinion for
each of  the other  U.S. Underwriters,  in form  and substance  satisfactory  to
counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect that:
 
        (i)  The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing
    under the laws of the State of Washington with corporate power and authority
    under such laws  to own, lease  and operate its  properties and conduct  its
    business as described in the Prospectus.
 
        (ii)  The Company  is duly qualified  to transact business  as a foreign
    corporation and is  in good  standing in each  jurisdiction set  forth on  a
    schedule attached to such opinion.
 
       (iii) The Offered Shares sold by the Selling Shareholders pursuant to the
    provisions  of this Agreement  have been duly  authorized and validly issued
    and are fully paid and non-assessable;  and none of such Offered Shares  was
    issued  in  violation of  any statutory  or,  to our  knowledge, contractual
    preemptive rights of any shareholder of the Company.
 
        (iv) All of the other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
    have been  duly  authorized  and  validly issued  and  are  fully  paid  and
    non-assessable;  and none of the outstanding  shares of capital stock of the
    Company was  issued in  violation of  any statutory  or, to  our  knowledge,
    contractual preemptive rights of any shareholder of the Company.
 
        (v)  The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company
    is as set forth in the Prospectuses under the heading "Capitalization."
 
        (vi) The Offered  Shares conform in  all material respects  as to  legal
    matters  to the  description thereof in  the Prospectuses  under the caption
    "Description of Capital Stock."
 
       (vii) Each  of this  Agreement (including  the U.S.  Price  Determination
    Agreement)   and  the   International  Purchase   Agreement  (including  the
    International Price  Determination  Agreement)  has  been  duly  authorized,
    executed and delivered by the Company and each Selling Shareholder.
 
      (viii)  No authorization, approval, consent  or license of any government,
    governmental instrumentality or court in the State of Washington (other than
    under the  securities  or blue  sky  laws of  the  State of  Washington)  is
    required for the sale and delivery of the Shares.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
        (ix)  The  statements made  in  the Prospectuses  under  "Description of
    Capital Stock," to the extent that they constitute matters of Washington law
    or legal conclusions based upon Washington  law, have been reviewed by  such
    counsel and fairly present the information disclosed therein in all material
    respects.
 
        (x)  The  execution  and delivery  of  each  of this  Agreement  and the
    International  Purchase   Agreement  by   the   Company  and   the   Selling
    Shareholders,  the sale  and delivery of  the Offered Shares  by the Selling
    Shareholders, the consummation by the  Company and the Selling  Shareholders
    of  the  transactions  contemplated  in  this  Agreement,  the International
    Purchase Agreement and in the  Registration Statement and compliance by  the
    Company  and the Selling  Shareholders with the terms  of this Agreement and
    the International  Purchase  Agreement  have been  duly  authorized  by  all
    necessary  corporate action on the  part of the Company  and do not and will
    not result in any violation of  the articles of incorporation or by-laws  of
    the Company, and do not and will not conflict with, or result in a breach of
    any  of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result
    in the creation or  imposition of any lien,  charge or encumbrance upon  any
    property  or assets  of the Company  under (A) any  existing applicable law,
    rule or regulation of the State of Washington (other than the securities  or
    blue  sky laws  of the State  of Washington,  as to which  such counsel need
    express no opinion) or (B) any judgment, order or decree or any  government,
    governmental  instrumentality  or court  of the  State of  Washington having
    jurisdiction over the Company or its properties.
 
In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the
laws of jurisdictions  other than the  law of  the State of  Washington and  the
federal  law of the United States, upon  opinions of other counsel, who shall be
counsel reasonably satisfactory to counsel  for the Underwriters, in which  case
the  opinion shall state that they believe you and they are entitled to so rely.
Such counsel  may also  state that,  insofar as  such opinion  involves  factual
matters,  they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of
officers of the Oakley Companies and certificates of public officials;  provided
that such certificates have been delivered to the U.S. Underwriters.
 
    (d)  At the Closing Time,  you shall have received  the favorable opinion of
Shearman & Sterling, counsel for the Underwriters, dated as of the Closing Time,
together with signed or reproduced copies of such opinion for each of the  other
U.S.  Underwriters,  to  the  effect that  the  opinions  delivered  pursuant to
Sections 5(b), 5(c) and 5(n) appear on their face to be appropriately responsive
to the requirements of this Agreement except, specifying the same, to the extent
waived by you, and with respect to the incorporation and legal existence of  the
Company,  this Agreement, the International Purchase Agreement, the Registration
Statement, the Prospectuses and such other  related matters as you may  require.
In  giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the
laws of  jurisdictions other  than the  law of  the State  of New  York and  the
federal  law of the United States, upon opinions of counsel satisfactory to you.
Such counsel  may also  state that,  insofar as  such opinion  involves  factual
matters,  they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of
officers of the Oakley Companies and certificates of public officials;  provided
that such certificates have been delivered to the Underwriters.
 
    (e)   At  the  Closing   Time,  (i)  the   Registration  Statement  and  the
Prospectuses, as they  may then be  amended or supplemented,  shall contain  all
statements  that are required  to be stated  therein under the  1933 Act and the
1933 Act  Regulations  and  in  all  material  respects  shall  conform  to  the
requirements  of the 1933  Act and the  1933 Act Regulations,  the Company shall
have complied in all material respects with Rule 430A and Rule 434 (if it  shall
have  elected to  rely thereon) and  neither the Registration  Statement nor the
Prospectuses, as they  may then  be amended  or supplemented,  shall contain  an
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
be  stated therein or  necessary to make the  statements therein not misleading,
(ii) there  shall  not  have  been,  since the  respective  dates  as  of  which
information  is given in the Registration Statement, any material adverse change
in the financial condition, earnings, business affairs or business prospects  of
the  Oakley Companies, considered  as one enterprise, whether  or not arising in
the ordinary course of  business, (iii) no action,  suit or proceeding shall  be
pending  or, to  the knowledge  of the  Company, threatened  against any  of the
Oakley Companies that  would be  required to be  set forth  in the  Prospectuses
other  than as set forth therein and no  proceedings shall be pending or, to the
knowledge of the Company, threatened against any of the Oakley Companies  before
or by
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
any government, governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, that
could  reasonably be expected  to result in  any material adverse  change in the
financial condition, earnings,  business affairs  or business  prospects of  the
Oakley  Companies, considered as one enterprise, other  than as set forth in the
Prospectuses, (iv)  the Company  shall  have complied  with all  agreements  and
satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to
the Closing Time and (v) the other representations and warranties of the Company
set  forth in Section  1(a) shall be  accurate in all  material respects (except
that such phrase "in all material  respects" shall be disregarded to the  extent
any  such  representation and  warranty  is qualified  by  "material", "material
adverse change", "Material Adverse Effect" or any phrase using any such term) as
though expressly made at and  as of the Closing Time.  At the Closing Time,  you
shall  have received a certificate of the President, the Chief Executive Officer
or any Vice President, and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated  as
of the Closing Time, to such effect.
 
    (f)  At the Closing Time, the representations and warranties of each Selling
Shareholder set forth in Section 1(b) shall be accurate as though expressly made
at and as of the  Closing Time. At the Closing  Time, you shall have received  a
certificate of or on behalf of each Selling Shareholder, dated as of the Closing
Time, to such effect with respect to such Selling Shareholder.
 
    (g)  At the time that  this Agreement is executed  by the Company, you shall
have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP a letter, dated such date, in form  and
substance satisfactory to you, together with signed or reproduced copies of such
letter  for  each  of the  other  U.S.  Underwriters, confirming  that  they are
independent public accountants with respect  to the Oakley Companies within  the
meaning  of the 1933 Act and the  applicable published 1933 Act Regulations, and
stating in effect that:
 
        (i) in  their opinion,  the  audited financial  statements dated  as  of
    December  31, 1995 and for the year ended December 31, 1995, and the related
    financial statement schedules included in the Registration Statement and the
    Prospectuses comply as to form in all material respects with the  applicable
    accounting  requirements  of  the  1933  Act  and  the  published  rules and
    regulations thereunder;
 
        (ii) on the basis  of procedures (but not  an examination in  accordance
    with  generally accepted auditing standards) consisting  of a reading of the
    latest available unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of  the
    Oakley   Companies   included  in   the   Registration  Statement   and  the
    Prospectuses, a reading of the minutes  of all meetings of the  shareholders
    and  directors of the  Oakley Companies since January  1, 1996, inquiries of
    certain officials  of the  Oakley Companies  responsible for  financial  and
    accounting   matters,  a   limited  review  in   accordance  with  standards
    established by the American Institute  of Certified Public Accountants  with
    respect  to the  three-month period  ended March  31, 1996  performed at the
    request of the Oakley Companies, and such other inquiries and procedures  as
    may be specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused
    them to believe that:
 
           (A)  The unaudited  financial statements for  the three-month periods
       ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 included in the Registration Statement  and
       the  Prospectuses do not comply as to  form in all material respects with
       the applicable accounting requirements of the  1933 Act and the 1933  Act
       Regulations applicable to unaudited interim financial statements included
       in  registration statements or any  material modifications should be made
       to the  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  the
       Registration  Statement and the Prospectuses for them to be in conformity
       with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
           (B) At a specified date not more than five days prior to the date  of
       this  Agreement, there was any change in  the capital stock of the Oakley
       Companies or  any decrease  in the  net current  assets or  shareholders'
       equity  of the Oakley Companies or any  increase in the long-term debt of
       the Oakley Companies, in each case as compared with amounts shown in  the
       latest  balance sheet included  in the Registration  Statement, except in
       each case  for  changes, decreases  or  increases that  the  Registration
       Statement discloses have occurred or may occur; or
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
           (C)  For the period from January 1, 1996 to a specified date not more
       than five  days  prior to  the  date of  this  Agreement, there  was  any
       decrease  in net sales,  operating income or  net income in  each case as
       compared with the comparable period in the preceding year, except in each
       case for any  decreases that  the Registration  Statement discloses  have
       occurred or may occur;
 
       (iii)  based upon  the procedures  set forth in  clause (ii)  above and a
    reading  of  the  Selected  Financial  Data  included  in  the  Registration
    Statement  and a reading of the  financial statements, from which certain of
    such data were derived, nothing has come to their attention that gives  them
    reason  to  believe  that  the  Selected  Financial  Data  included  in  the
    Registration Statement do  not comply as  to form in  all material  respects
    with the applicable accounting requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act
    Regulations,  that the information set forth therein is not fairly stated in
    relation to the financial statements from  which it was derived or that  the
    financial  statements not included in  the Registration Statement from which
    certain of  such data  were derived  are not  in conformity  with  generally
    accepted  accounting principles applied on  a basis substantially consistent
    with that of the audited  financial statements included in the  Registration
    Statement;
 
        (iv)  they are unable to and do not express any opinion on the pro forma
    adjustments applied  to  the  historical amounts  included  in  the  Summary
    Financial  Data  and Selected  Financial Data  included in  the Registration
    Statement; however, for purposes of such letter they have:
 
           (A) read  the  Summary Financial  Data  and Selected  Financial  Data
       included in the Registration Statement;
 
           (B)  performed (1) an audit  of the consolidated financial statements
       of the Oakley Companies for  the year ended December  31, 1995 and (2)  a
       review  in accordance with SAS 71 of the unaudited consolidated financial
       statements of  the Oakley  Companies for  the three-month  periods  ended
       March 31, 1996 and 1995 to which the pro forma adjustments were applied;
 
           (C)  made inquiries of certain officials  of the Oakley Companies who
       have responsibility for financial and accounting matters about the  basis
       for  their determination  of the  pro forma  adjustments and  whether the
       Summary Financial  Data  and  Selected Financial  Data  included  in  the
       Registration Statement above comply in form in all material respects with
       the  applicable accounting requirements of  Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X;
       and
 
           (D) proved  the arithmetic  accuracy of  the application  of the  pro
       forma adjustments to the historical amounts in the Summary Financial Data
       and Selected Financial Data included in the Registration Statement; and
 
    on  the basis of such procedures, and such other inquiries and procedures as
    may be specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused
    them to believe that the Summary Financial Data and Selected Financial  Data
    included  in the  Registration Statement  do not  comply as  to form  in all
    material  respects  with  the  applicable  requirements  of  Rule  11-02  of
    Regulation  S-X and  that the pro  forma adjustments have  not been properly
    applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of that statement; and
 
        (v) in addition to the procedures referred to in clause (ii) above, they
    have performed other specified procedures,  not constituting an audit,  with
    respect  to  certain  amounts,  percentages,  numerical  data  and financial
    information appearing in the  Registration Statement, which have  previously
    been  specified by you and which shall be specified in such letter, and have
    compared certain of  such items with,  and have  found such items  to be  in
    agreement   with,  the  accounting  and  financial  records  of  the  Oakley
    Companies.
 
    (h) At the signing of the U.S. Price Determination Agreement, you shall have
received from Deloitte & Touche LLP a letter, in form and substance satisfactory
to you and dated as  of the date of the  U.S. Price Determination Agreement,  to
the  effect  that they  reaffirm  the statements  made  in the  letter furnished
pursuant to Section 5(g),  except that the  specified date shall  be a date  not
more than five days prior to the date of the U.S. Price Determination Agreement.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
    (i)  At the time that  this Agreement is executed  by the Company, you shall
have received from Bernstein,  Fox, Whitman & Company  LLP a letter, dated  such
date,  in  form  and substance  satisfactory  to  you, together  with  signed or
reproduced copies  of such  letter  for each  of  the other  U.S.  Underwriters,
confirming  that they are or were,  for the relevant periods, independent public
accountants with respect to the Company within  the meaning of the 1933 Act  and
the applicable published 1933 Act Regulations, and stating in effect that:
 
        (i)  based upon a reading  of the Selected Financial  Data for the years
    ended December 31, 1991 and 1992, included in the Registration Statement and
    a reading of the financial statements  from which certain of such data  were
    derived,  nothing  has come  to their  attention that  gives them  reason to
    believe that the Selected  Financial Data for the  years ended December  31,
    1991  and 1992, included in  the Registration Statement do  not comply as to
    form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of
    the 1933 Act and  the 1933 Act Regulations,  that the information set  forth
    therein  is not fairly  stated in relation to  the financial statements from
    which it was derived  or that the financial  statements not included in  the
    Registration  Statement from which certain of such data were derived are not
    in conformity with  generally accepted  accounting principles  applied on  a
    basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements
    included in the Registration Statement; and
 
        (ii) they have performed other specified procedures, not constituting an
    audit,  with  respect to  certain amounts,  percentages, numerical  data and
    financial information appearing  in the Registration  Statement, which  have
    previously  been  specified by  you  and which  shall  be specified  in such
    letter, and have compared  certain of such items  with, and have found  such
    items  to be in agreement with, the  accounting and financial records of the
    Oakley Companies.
 
    (j) At the signing of the U.S. Price Determination Agreement, you shall have
received from  Bernstein, Fox,  Whitman &  Company  LLP a  letter, in  form  and
substance  satisfactory  to you  and  dated as  of the  date  of the  U.S. Price
Determination Agreement, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in
the letter furnished pursuant  to Section 5(i), except  that the specified  date
shall  be a date  not more than  five days prior  to the date  of the U.S. Price
Determination Agreement.
 
    (k) At the Closing Time, you shall have received from (i) Deloitte &  Touche
LLP  a letter,  in form and  substance satisfactory to  you and dated  as of the
Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter
furnished pursuant to Section 5(g), except  that the specified date referred  to
shall  be a  date not more  than five  days prior to  the Closing  Time and (ii)
Bernstein,  Fox,  Whitman  &  Company  LLP  a  letter,  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory  to you and dated  as of the Closing Time,  to the effect that they
reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 5(i).
 
    (l) At  the Closing  Time,  counsel for  the  Underwriters shall  have  been
furnished  with  all  such  documents, certificates  and  opinions  as  they may
reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the sale of the
Offered Shares as contemplated in this Agreement and the International  Purchase
Agreement  and the matters  referred to in  Section 5(d) hereof  and in order to
evidence the  accuracy  and  completeness  of any  of  the  representations  and
warranties of the Company or the Selling Shareholders, the performance of any of
the  covenants of the Company or the Selling Shareholders, or the fulfillment of
any of the conditions herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company
and the Selling Shareholders at or prior to the Closing Time in connection  with
the  sale  of the  Offered  Shares as  contemplated  in this  Agreement  and the
International Purchase Agreement  shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form  and
substance to you and to counsel for the Underwriters.
 
    (m)  All  of  the  Initial  International  Shares  to  be  purchased  by the
International Managers  on  such  Closing  Date shall  have  been  sold  to  the
International Managers pursuant to the International Purchase Agreement.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    (n)  At  the Closing  Time,  you shall  have  received a  signed  opinion of
Kennobe, Martens, Olson  & Bear, special  patent and trademark  counsel for  the
Company, dated as of the Closing Time, together with signed or reproduced copies
of  such opinion for each of the  other U.S. Underwriters, in form and substance
satisfactory to counsel of the Underwriters, to the effect that:
 
        (i) The  statements made  in  the Prospectus  under the  headings  "Risk
    Factors  -- Protection of Proprietary  Rights" and "Business -- Intellectual
    Property," to  the extent  that  they constitute  matters  of law  or  legal
    conclusions,  have  been reviewed  by such  counsel  and fairly  present the
    information disclosed therein.
 
        (ii) To  the  best  knowledge  of such  counsel,  the  Company  owns  or
    possesses  adequate licenses or other rights to use all patents, technology,
    know-how and other rights necessary to conduct the business presently and as
    proposed to be conducted  by it as described  in the Registration  Statement
    and the Prospectuses, and, except as described in the Registration Statement
    and   the  Prospectuses,  the  Company  has   not  received  any  notice  of
    infringement of or conflict with, and  does not otherwise know of any  basis
    for, notice of any such infringement of or conflict with, asserted rights of
    others with respect to any patents, technology or know-how.
 
       (iii)  The  Company's  discoveries,  inventions,  products  or  processes
    referred to in the  Registration Statement and the  Prospectuses do not,  to
    the knowledge of such counsel, infringe or conflict with any right or patent
    which  is the subject  of a patent  application known to  the Company, which
    infringement or conflict could  result in any  material adverse effect  upon
    the Company.
 
        (iv)  To  the  best  knowledge  of such  counsel,  the  Company  has the
    exclusive right  in the  United States  to use  or license  the use  of  the
    trademarks  described in the Prospectuses as registered in the United States
    in connection with the advertising, promotion and sale of its products.
 
        (v) To the best knowledge of such counsel, the Company is in a  position
    to  prevent  the  adoption  and  use  by  third  parties  of  any trademarks
    confusingly similar to the trademarks described in the Prospectuses.
 
    If any of the  conditions specified in  this Section 5  shall not have  been
fulfilled  when  and  as  required  by this  Agreement,  this  Agreement  may be
terminated by you on notice to the  Company and the Selling Shareholders at  any
time  at or  prior to the  Closing Time,  and such termination  shall be without
liability of  any party  to any  other party  except as  provided in  Section  4
herein.  Notwithstanding any such  termination, the provisions  of Sections 7, 8
and 18 and the first paragraph of Section 9 herein shall remain in effect.
 
    Section 6.  CONDITIONS TO PURCHASE OF U.S. OPTION SHARES.  In the event that
the U.S.  Underwriters exercise  their option  granted in  Section 2  hereof  to
purchase  all  or  any  of the  U.S.  Option  Shares and  the  Date  of Delivery
determined by you pursuant to Section 2  hereof is later than the Closing  Time,
the  obligations of the  several U.S. Underwriters  to purchase and  pay for the
U.S. Option Shares that they shall have respectively agreed to purchase pursuant
to this Agreement are subject to  the accuracy in all material respects  (except
that  such phrase "in all material respects"  shall be disregarded to the extent
any such  representation  and warranty  is  qualified by  "material",  "material
adverse change", "Material Adverse Effect" or any phrase using any such term) of
the  representations and warranties of the  Company and the Selling Shareholders
herein contained, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Shareholders
of their obligations hereunder and to the following further conditions:
 
        (a) The Registration  Statement shall  remain effective at  the Date  of
    Delivery,  and,  at  the Date  of  Delivery,  no stop  order  suspending the
    effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the
    1933 Act and no proceedings for  that purpose shall have been instituted  or
    shall  be pending  or, to  your knowledge or  the knowledge  of the Company,
    shall be contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of  the
    Commission  for additional information shall have  been complied with to the
    reasonable satisfaction of counsel for the Underwriters.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
        (b) At the Date of Delivery, the provisions of Sections 5(e)(i)  through
    5(e)(v) shall have been complied with at and as of the Date of Delivery and,
    at  the  Date of  Delivery, you  shall  have received  a certificate  of the
    President, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, and the  Chief
    Financial  Officer of the Company, dated as of the Date of Delivery, to such
    effect.
 
        (c) At  the Date  of Delivery,  you shall  have received  the  favorable
    opinion  of Skadden, Arps,  Slate, Meagher &  Flom, counsel for  each of the
    Company and the  Selling Shareholders,  together with  signed or  reproduced
    copies of such opinion for each of the other U.S. Underwriters, in each case
    in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated as
    of the Date of Delivery, relating to the U.S. Option Shares and otherwise to
    the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b).
 
        (d)  At  the Date  of Delivery,  you shall  have received  the favorable
    opinion of Preston, Gates  & Ellis, counsel for  the Company, together  with
    signed  or reproduced  copies of  such opinion  for each  of the  other U.S.
    Underwriters, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for
    the Underwriters, dated  as of the  Date of Delivery,  relating to the  U.S.
    Option  Shares and otherwise to  the same effect as  the opinion required by
    Section 5(c).
 
        (e) At  the Date  of Delivery,  you shall  have received  the  favorable
    opinion  of Shearman &  Sterling, counsel for the  Underwriters, dated as of
    the Date of Delivery,  relating to the U.S.  Option Shares and otherwise  to
    the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d).
 
        (f)  At  the Date  of Delivery,  you shall  have received  the favorable
    opinion of  Kennobe, Martens,  Olson &  Bear, special  patent and  trademark
    counsel  for the Company, dated as of  the Date of Delivery, relating to the
    U.S. Option Shares and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion  required
    by Section 5(n).
 
        (g) At the Date of Delivery, you shall have received from (i) Deloitte &
    Touche  LLP a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to you and dated as
    of the Date  of Delivery, to  the effect that  they reaffirm the  statements
    made  in  the letter  furnished pursuant  to Section  5(g), except  that the
    specified date referred to shall be a date not more than five days prior  to
    the  Date  of Delivery  and (ii)  Bernstein,  Fox, Whitman  & Company  LLP a
    letter, in form and substance satisfactory to  you and dated as of the  Date
    of  Delivery, to the  effect that they  reaffirm the statements  made in the
    letter furnished pursuant to Section 5(i).
 
        (h) At the  Date of Delivery,  counsel for the  Underwriters shall  have
    been  furnished with all  such documents, certificates  and opinions as they
    may reasonably request  for the purpose  of enabling them  to pass upon  the
    sale  of the U.S.  Option Shares as  contemplated in this  Agreement and the
    matters referred to in  Section 6(e) and in  order to evidence the  accuracy
    and completeness of any of the representations and warranties of the Company
    or  the Selling Shareholders, the performance of any of the covenants of the
    Company or  the Selling  Shareholders,  or the  fulfillment  of any  of  the
    conditions  herein contained; and  all proceedings taken  by the Company and
    the Selling Shareholders at or prior  to the Date of Delivery in  connection
    with  the sale of the  U.S. Option Shares as  contemplated in this Agreement
    shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to you and to counsel
    for the Underwriters.
 
        (i) At the Date of Delivery,  the representations and warranties of  the
    Selling  Shareholders set forth in Section  1(b) hereof shall be accurate in
    all material respects (except  that such phrase  "in all material  respects"
    shall  be disregarded to the extent  any such representation and warranty is
    qualified  by  "material",  "material  adverse  change",  "Material  Adverse
    Effect"  or any phrase using any such  term) as though expressly made at and
    as of the  Date of Delivery  and, at the  Date of Delivery,  you shall  have
    received  a certificate of each Selling Shareholder, dated as of the Date of
    Delivery, to such effect with respect to such Selling Shareholder.
 
    Section 7.  INDEMNIFICATION.  (a) The Company and each Selling  Shareholder,
jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each U.S. Underwriter
and each person, if any, who controls any U.S. Underwriter within the meaning of
Section 15 of the 1933 Act as follows:
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
        (i)  against  any and  all loss,  liability,  claim, damage  and expense
    whatsoever, as  incurred, arising  out  of an  untrue statement  or  alleged
    untrue  statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement
    (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule
    434  Information,  if  applicable,  or  the  omission  or  alleged  omission
    therefrom  of a material fact required to  be stated therein or necessary to
    make the  statements therein  not misleading  or arising  out of  an  untrue
    statement  or alleged  untrue statement of  a material fact  included in any
    preliminary U.S.  prospectus or  the U.S.  Prospectus (or  any amendment  or
    supplement  thereto)  or the  omission or  alleged  omission therefrom  of a
    material fact necessary  in order  to make  the statements  therein, in  the
    light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
 
        (ii)  against any  and all  loss, liability,  claim, damage  and expense
    whatsoever, as  incurred, to  the extent  of the  aggregate amount  paid  in
    settlement  of  any  litigation,  or  investigation  or  proceeding  by  any
    governmental agency  or  body, commenced  or  threatened, or  of  any  claim
    whatsoever  based upon  any such untrue  statement or omission,  or any such
    alleged untrue statement or omission; PROVIDED,that (subject to Section 7(e)
    below) any such settlement is effected  with the written consent of (A)  the
    Company,  to the extent indemnification pursuant to this Section 7(a)(ii) is
    sought from the  Company and  (B) each  Selling Shareholder,  to the  extent
    indemnification  pursuant  to  this  Section 7(a)(ii)  is  sought  from such
    Selling Shareholder;
 
       (iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including fees
    and  disbursements  of  counsel  chosen  by  you),  reasonably  incurred  in
    investigating,  preparing  or  defending  against  any  litigation,  or  any
    investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or
    threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement  or
    omission,  or any such  alleged untrue statement or  omission, to the extent
    that any such  expense is  not paid  as incurred  under clause  (i) or  (ii)
    above;
 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (x) this indemnity agreement does not apply to any loss,
liability,  claim, damage  or expense  to the  extent arising  out of  an untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue  statement or omission made in  reliance
upon  and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any
U.S. Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or
any amendment thereto),  including the Rule  430A Information and  the Rule  434
Information,  if  applicable, or  any preliminary  U.S.  prospectus or  the U.S.
Prospectus (or any  amendment or  supplement thereto),  (y) if  the Company  has
complied with its obligations under Section 3(e) hereof, the foregoing indemnity
agreement with respect to any preliminary U.S. prospectus shall not inure to the
benefit  of any U.S. Underwriter  from whom the person  asserting any such loss,
claim, damage or liability purchased Offered Shares (or any person who  controls
such  U.S. Underwriter within  the meaning of Section  15 of the  1933 Act) if a
copy of the  U.S. Prospectus  (as then amended  or supplemented  if the  Company
shall  have furnished  any amendments  or supplements  thereto) was  not sent or
given by  or on  behalf of  any  U.S. Underwriter  to such  person, if  such  is
required  by law, at  or prior to the  written confirmation of  the sale of such
Offered Shares to such  person and if  the U.S. Prospectus  (as then amended  or
supplemented)  would  have cured  the defect  giving rise  to such  loss, claim,
damage or  liability, and  (z) each  Selling Shareholder's  aggregate  liability
under  this Section 7 and  for any breach of  the representation and warranty of
such Selling Shareholder set forth in Section 1(b)(i) of this Agreement (to  the
extent such breach does not also constitute a breach of any other representation
and  warranty of such Selling Shareholder)  (together with any liability of such
Selling Shareholder under Section 7  of the International Purchase Agreement  or
for  any breach of the representation and  warranty set forth in Section 1(b)(i)
of the International Purchase Agreement (to the extent such breach does not also
constitute a breach  of any other  representation and warranty  of such  Selling
Shareholder))  shall be limited  to an amount  equal to the  net proceeds (after
deducting the aggregate Underwriters'  discount, but before deducting  expenses)
received  by such Selling Shareholder from the sale of his or its Offered Shares
pursuant to this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement.
 
    In making  a claim  for indemnification  under this  Section 7  (other  than
pursuant  to clause (a)(iii) of this Section  7) or contribution under Section 8
hereof by the Company or the  Selling Shareholders, the indemnified parties  may
proceed against either (1) both the Company and the Selling Shareholders jointly
or  (2)  the  Company only,  but  may  not proceed  solely  against  the Selling
Shareholders. In the event that the
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
indemnified parties are  entitled to  seek indemnity  or contribution  hereunder
against  any loss, liability, claim, damage  and expense to which this paragraph
applies  then,   as  a   precondition  to   any  indemnified   party   obtaining
indemnification  or contribution  from any Selling  Shareholder, the indemnified
parties shall  first  obtain a  final  judgment from  a  trial court  that  such
indemnified  parties  are  entitled  to  indemnity  or  contribution  under this
Agreement from the  Company and the  Selling Shareholders with  respect to  such
loss,  liability, claim, damage or expense (the "Final Judgment") and shall seek
to satisfy such  Final Judgment in  full from  the Company by  making a  written
demand  upon the  Company for  such satisfaction. Only  in the  event such Final
Judgment shall remain unsatisfied in whole or in part 45 days following the date
of receipt by the Company  of such demand shall  any indemnified party have  the
right to take action to satisfy such Final Judgment by making demand directly on
the  Selling Shareholders  (but only if  and to  the extent the  Company has not
already satisfied  such  Final  Judgment,  whether  by  settlement,  release  or
otherwise).  The indemnified  parties may exercise  this right to  first seek to
obtain payment from the Company and  thereafter obtain payment from the  Selling
Shareholders  without regard to  the pursuit by  any party of  its rights to the
appeal of  such  Final Judgment.  The  indemnified parties  shall,  however,  be
relieved of their obligation to first obtain a Final Judgment, to seek to obtain
payment  from the Company with respect to  such Final Judgment or, having sought
such payment, to wait such 45 days  after failure by the Company to  immediately
satisfy  any such Final Judgment if (A)  the Company files a petition for relief
under the United States  Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy  Code"), (B) an  order
for  relief is  entered against  the Company  in an  involuntary case  under the
Bankruptcy Code, (C)  the Company  makes an assignment  for the  benefit of  its
creditors,  or (D) any court orders or approves the appointment of a receiver or
custodian for the Company or a substantial portion of its assets. The  foregoing
provisions  of this paragraph are not  intended to require any indemnified party
to obtain  a Final  Judgment against  the Company  or the  Selling  Shareholders
before  obtaining reimbursement of expenses pursuant  to clause (a)(iii) of this
Section 7. However,  the indemnified  parties shall  first seek  to obtain  such
reimbursement  in full  from the  Company by  making a  written demand  upon the
Company for such  reimbursement. Only in  the event such  expenses shall  remain
unreimbursed  in whole or in  part 45 days following the  date of receipt by the
Company of such  demand shall any  indemnified party have  the right to  receive
reimbursement  of such expenses from the  Selling Shareholders by making written
demand directly on the Selling Shareholders (but  only if and to the extent  the
Company  has  not already  satisfied the  demand  for reimbursement,  whether by
settlement, release or  otherwise). The indemnified  parties shall, however,  be
relieved  of their obligation to first seek to obtain such reimbursement in full
from the Company or, having made written  demand therefor, to wait such 45  days
after  failure by the Company to immediately  reimburse such expenses if (I) the
Company files a petition for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, (II) an order for
relief is  entered  against  the  Company  in  an  involuntary  case  under  the
Bankruptcy  Code, (III) the Company  makes an assignment for  the benefit of its
creditors, or (IV) any court orders or approves the appointment of a receiver or
custodian for the Company or a substantial portion of its assets.
 
    (c) Each U.S. Underwriter  severally agrees to  indemnify and hold  harmless
the  Company, its  directors, each of  its officers who  signed the Registration
Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the  meaning
of  Section 15 of the 1933 Act and  each Selling Shareholder against any and all
loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity  agreement
in  Section 7(a),  as incurred,  but only with  respect to  untrue statements or
omissions, or alleged untrue statements  or omissions, made in the  Registration
Statement  (or any amendment  thereto), including the  Rule 430A Information and
the Rule 434 Information, if applicable,  or any preliminary U.S. prospectus  or
the  U.S. Prospectus (or  any amendment or supplement  thereto) in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such U.S.
Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or  any
amendment  thereto),  including  the  Rule 430A  Information  and  the  Rule 434
Information, if  applicable, or  such preliminary  U.S. prospectus  or the  U.S.
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).
 
    (d)  Each  indemnified  party  shall  give  prompt  written  notice  to each
indemnifying party  of any  action  commenced against  it  in respect  of  which
indemnity  may be  sought hereunder,  but failure  to so  notify an indemnifying
party shall not relieve it from any  liability which it may have otherwise  than
on  account  of  this  indemnity  agreement  except  to  the  extent  that  such
indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure to so  notify.
An  indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
action. If it so elects within a  reasonable time after receipt of such  notice,
an  indemnifying party,  jointly with  any other  indemnifying parties receiving
such notice, may assume the defense of such action with counsel chosen by it and
reasonably acceptable  to  the indemnified  parties  defendant in  such  action,
unless  such indemnified  parties reasonably  object to  such assumption  on the
ground that there may  be legal defenses available  to them which are  different
from  or  in addition  to  those available  to  such indemnifying  party.  If an
indemnifying party assumes the defense of such action, the indemnifying  parties
shall  not be liable  for any fees  and expenses of  counsel for the indemnified
parties incurred thereafter in  connection with such action.  In no event  shall
the  indemnifying party or parties  be liable for the  fees and expenses of more
than one counsel (in addition to  local counsel) for all indemnified parties  in
connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the
same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.
 
    (e) If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying
party  to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such
indemnifying party agrees  that it  shall be liable  for any  settlement of  the
nature  contemplated by Section 7(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if
(i) such settlement  is entered into  more than  45 days after  receipt by  such
indemnifying  party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall
have received notice of the terms of  such settlement at least 30 days prior  to
such  settlement being entered into and  (iii) such indemnifying party shall not
have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior  to
the  date of  such settlement.  No indemnifying  party shall,  without the prior
written consent of the indemnified parties,  settle or compromise or consent  to
the  entry of any judgment with respect  to any litigation, or any investigation
or proceeding by any  governmental agency or body,  commenced or threatened,  or
any  claim whatsoever in respect of  which indemnification or contribution could
be sought  under  this  Section 7  or  Section  8 hereof  (whether  or  not  the
indemnified  parties  are  actual  or potential  parties  thereto),  unless such
settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of  each
indemnified   party  from  all   liability  arising  out   of  such  litigation,
investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii)  does not include a statement as  to
or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any
indemnified party.
 
    (f)  The provisions of this Section 7  and Section 8 hereof shall not affect
any agreement among  the Company and  the Selling Shareholders  with respect  to
indemnification and contribution.
 
    (g)  In connection  with the  Reserve Share  Program, the  Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the U.S.  Underwriters from and against any and  all
losses,  expenses and liabilities incurred by them as a result of the failure of
the designated employees  or other  persons to pay  for and  accept delivery  of
shares  which,  immediately  following  the  effectiveness  of  the Registration
Statement, were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase.
 
    Section 8.   CONTRIBUTION.   In  order  to provide  for just  and  equitable
contribution  in circumstances under which the indemnity provided for in Section
7 is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified parties although
applicable in  accordance with  its  terms, subject  to  the last  paragraph  of
Section  7(a)  hereof,  the  Company,  the  Selling  Shareholders  and  the U.S.
Underwriters shall  contribute to  the  aggregate losses,  liabilities,  claims,
damages  and expenses of  the nature contemplated by  such indemnity incurred by
the  Company  and  the  Selling  Shareholders  and  one  or  more  of  the  U.S.
Underwriters,  as incurred, (i) in such  proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits received by the  Company and the Selling Shareholders,  on
the one hand, and the U.S. Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of
the  Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by
clause (i)  is  not  permitted by  applicable  law,  in such  proportion  as  is
appropriate  to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i)
above but also the relative fault  of the Company and the Selling  Shareholders,
on  the one hand,  and the U.S.  Underwriters, on the  other hand, in connection
with the statements  or omissions  which resulted in  such losses,  liabilities,
claims,   damages  or  expenses,  as  well   as  any  other  relevant  equitable
considerations.
 
    The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling  Shareholders,
on  the one hand, and the U.S. Underwriters,  on the other hand, shall be deemed
to be in  such proportions that  (a) the U.S.  Underwriters are responsible  for
that  portion  represented  by  the percentage  that  the  underwriting discount
appearing on the  cover page  of the  Prospectus, or if  Rule 434  is used,  the
corresponding location on the Term
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
Sheet,  bears to the initial public offering price appearing thereon and (b) the
Company and the Selling Shareholders  are responsible for the balance;  PROVIDED
that  the aggregate liability  of each Selling Shareholder  under this Section 8
and  for  any  breach  of  the  representation  and  warranty  of  such  Selling
Shareholder  set forth in Section 1(b)(i) of  this Agreement (to the extent such
breach does  not  also constitute  a  breach  of any  other  representation  and
warranty  of  such Selling  Shareholder) (together  with  any liability  of such
Selling Shareholder under Section 8  of the International Purchase Agreement  or
for  any breach of the representation and  warranty set forth in Section 1(b)(i)
of the International Purchase Agreement (to the extent such breach does not also
constitute a breach  of any other  representation and warranty  of such  Selling
Shareholder))  shall be limited  to an amount  equal to the  net proceeds (after
deducting the aggregate Underwriters'  discount, but before deducting  expenses)
received  by such Selling Shareholder from the sale of his or its Offered Shares
pursuant to this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement.
 
    The relative fault of  the Company and the  Selling Shareholders on the  one
hand,  and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference
to, among other things,  whether the untrue or  allegedly untrue statement of  a
material  fact or  the omission  or alleged  omission to  state a  material fact
relates to information supplied by the  Company, the Selling Shareholders or  by
the  U.S. Underwriters  and the parties'  relative intent,  knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
 
    No person  guilty of  fraudulent misrepresentation  (within the  meaning  of
Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who  was not guilty  of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this
Section, each person, if any, who controls a U.S. Underwriter within the meaning
of Section 15 of the 1933 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such
U.S. Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the  Company
who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the
Company  within the meaning  of Section 15 of  the 1933 Act  shall have the same
rights to contribution as the Company.
 
    The Company, the Selling Shareholders  and the U.S. Underwriters agree  that
it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section were
determined by pro rata allocation (even if the U.S. Underwriters were treated as
one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
take  account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section.
The aggregate  amount  of  losses, liabilities,  claims,  damages  and  expenses
incurred  by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section shall be
deemed to  include any  legal  or other  expenses  reasonably incurred  by  such
indemnified   party  in  investigating,  preparing   or  defending  against  any
litigation, or any  investigation or  proceeding by any  governmental agency  or
body,  commenced  or threatened,  or any  claim whatsoever  based upon  any such
untrue or allegedly untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
    Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, no U.S. Underwriter shall be
required to contribute any  amount in excess  of the amount  by which the  total
price  at which the Securities underwritten by  it and distributed to the public
were offered  to  the  public exceeds  the  amount  of any  damages  which  such
Underwriter  has otherwise  been required  to pay  by reason  of such  untrue or
allegedly untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
    The U.S. Underwriters' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this
Section are several in proportion to the number of Initial U.S. Shares set forth
opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.
 
    Section 9.    REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  AND  AGREEMENTS  TO  SURVIVE
DELIVERY.   The representations and warranties  of the Selling Shareholders, the
Company or its officers  set forth in  or made pursuant  to this Agreement  will
remain  operative and in  full force and effect  regardless of any investigation
made by  or  on  behalf of  the  Selling  Shareholders, the  Company,  any  U.S.
Underwriter or any person who controls a Selling Shareholder, the Company or any
U.S.  Underwriter within the meaning of Section  15 of the 1933 Act (except that
Section 1(b)(vii)  shall not  survive termination  of this  Agreement) and  will
survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    The  indemnities  and  other  agreements of  the  Selling  Shareholders, the
Company or its officers  set forth in  or made pursuant  to this Agreement  will
remain  operative and in  full force and effect  regardless of any investigation
made by  or  on  behalf of  the  Selling  Shareholders, the  Company,  any  U.S.
Underwriter or any person who controls a Selling Shareholder, the Company or any
U.S.  Underwriter within  the meaning  of Section  15 of  the 1933  Act and will
survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares.
 
    Section 10.    TERMINATION  OF  AGREEMENT.    (a)  You  may  terminate  this
Agreement, by notice to the Company and the Selling Shareholders, at any time at
or  prior to the Closing Time (i) if  there has been, since the respective dates
as of which  information is given  in the Registration  Statement, any  material
adverse  change  in  the  financial  condition,  earnings,  business  affairs or
business prospects  of  the  Oakley Companies,  considered  as  one  enterprise,
whether  or not arising in the ordinary  course of business, that would make it,
in your judgment, impracticable to market  the U.S. Shares or enforce  contracts
for  the sale  of the  U.S. Shares or  (ii) if  there has  occurred any material
adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or any outbreak  of
hostilities  or escalation  thereof or  other calamity  or crisis  the effect of
which on the financial markets  of the United States is  such as to make it,  in
your  judgment, impracticable to market the U.S. Shares or enforce contracts for
the sale  of the  U.S. Shares,  or (iii)  if trading  in any  securities of  the
Company  has been  suspended by  the Commission  or the  National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., or if trading  generally on either the New York  Stock
Exchange  or in  the over-the-counter market  has been suspended,  or minimum or
maximum prices for  trading have been  fixed, or maximum  ranges for prices  for
securities  have been required, by such exchange  or by order of the Commission,
the National Association of Securities  Dealers, Inc. or any other  governmental
authority  or (iv) if a  general banking moratorium has  been declared by either
federal, New York or California authorities.
 
    (b)  If  this  Agreement  is  terminated  pursuant  to  this  Section,  such
termination  shall be without liability of any  party to any other party, except
to the extent provided in Section  4. Notwithstanding any such termination,  the
provisions  of Sections 7, 8  and 18 and the first  paragraph of Section 9 shall
remain in effect.
 
    (c) This Agreement may also terminate pursuant to the provisions of  Section
2(c), with the effect stated in such Section.
 
    Section  11.  DEFAULT  BY ONE OR MORE  OF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS.   If one or
more of the U.S.  Underwriters shall fail  at the Closing  Time to purchase  the
Initial  U.S. Shares that it or they  are obligated to purchase pursuant to this
Agreement (the "Defaulted  U.S. Shares"), you  shall have the  right, within  24
hours  thereafter, to  make arrangements for  one or more  of the non-defaulting
U.S. Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than
all, of the Defaulted U.S. Shares in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon
the terms set forth in this Agreement; if, however, you have not completed  such
arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:
 
        (a)  if the number of  Defaulted U.S. Shares does  not exceed 10% of the
    total number of  Initial U.S. Shares,  the non-defaulting U.S.  Underwriters
    shall  be obligated to  purchase the full amount  thereof in the proportions
    that their respective Initial U.S. Share underwriting obligation proportions
    bear  to   the  underwriting   obligations   of  all   non-defaulting   U.S.
    Underwriters, or
 
        (b)  if the  number of  Defaulted U.S. Shares  exceeds 10%  of the total
    number of  Initial  U.S.  Shares, this  Agreement  shall  terminate  without
    liability on the part of any non-defaulting U.S. Underwriter.
 
    No  action taken pursuant to this  Section shall relieve any defaulting U.S.
Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.
 
    In the event of any  such default that does not  result in a termination  of
this  Agreement, either you or the Company  shall have the right to postpone the
Closing Time  for a  period not  exceeding seven  days in  order to  effect  any
required  changes in the Registration Statement  or Prospectuses or in any other
documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term "U.S. Underwriter"  includes
any person substituted for a U.S. Underwriter under this Section 11.
 
    Section  12.   DEFAULT  BY A  SELLING SHAREHOLDER  OR THE  COMPANY.   If any
Selling Shareholder  shall fail  at the  Closing Time  to sell  and deliver  the
number  of  Initial  Shares  that  such  Selling  Shareholder  is  obligated  to
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
sell, the U.S.  Underwriters may,  at your  option, by  notice from  you to  the
Company,  either (a) terminate this Agreement  without any liability on the part
of any  non-defaulting party  except to  the extent  provided in  Section 4  and
except  that the provisions of  Sections 7, 8 and 18  and the first paragraph of
Section 9 shall  remain in  effect or  (b) elect  to purchase  the Initial  U.S.
Shares  that the  remaining Selling Shareholder  has agreed to  sell pursuant to
this Agreement.
 
    In the event of  a default under  this Section that does  not result in  the
termination   of  this  Agreement,  either  you,  the  Company  or  the  Selling
Shareholders shall have the right to postpone the Closing Time for a period  not
exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration
Statement or Prospectuses or in any other documents or arrangements.
 
    No  action  taken  pursuant  to  this  Section  shall  relieve  any  Selling
Shareholder so defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such default.
 
    Section 13.   NOTICES.   All  notices and  other communications  under  this
Agreement  shall be in  writing and shall be  deemed to have  been duly given if
delivered, mailed  or transmitted  by any  standard form  of  telecommunication.
Notices  to you or the Underwriters shall be directed to you, c/o Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, at Merrill Lynch World Headquarters,  North
Tower,  World Financial Center, New York, New York 10281, attention of Syndicate
Operations; notices  to the  Company shall  be  directed to  it at  10  Holland,
Irvine,  California  92718, attention  of R.  Link Newcomb;  and notices  to the
Selling Shareholders shall  be directed  to Jim  Jannard and  Mike Parnell,  c/o
Oakley, Inc., 10 Holland, Irvine, California 92718.
 
    Section  14.  PARTIES.  This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of the
several U.S. Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholders and, to  the
extent  expressed,  any person  who  controls the  Company  or any  of  the U.S.
Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, and the directors
of the Company,  its officers who  have signed the  Registration Statement,  and
their  respective executors, administrators, successors and assigns and, subject
to the provisions of Section 11, no other person shall acquire or have any right
under or by virtue  of this Agreement. The  term "successors and assigns"  shall
not  include any  purchaser, as  such purchaser,  from any  of the  several U.S.
Underwriters of the U.S. Shares. All of the obligations of the U.S. Underwriters
hereunder are several and not joint.
 
    Section 15.  REPRESENTATION OF UNDERWRITERS.   You will act for the  several
U.S.  Underwriters  in connection  with  the transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement, and any action under or in respect of this Agreement taken by you  as
U.S. Representatives will be binding upon all the U.S. Underwriters.
 
    Section  16.  GOVERNING LAW  AND TIME.  This  Agreement shall be governed by
the laws of the State of New York. Specified times of the day refer to New  York
City time.
 
    Section  17.  COUNTERPARTS.   This Agreement may be  executed in one or more
counterparts and, when a counterpart has  been executed by each party, all  such
counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
    Section  18.  SELLING SHAREHOLDERS.  Each of the M. and M. Parnell Revocable
Trust, Mike D. Parnell and Melissa Parnell (collectively, the "Parnell Parties")
agrees that the  representations and warranties,  indemnities and agreements  of
the  M. and  M. Parnell  Revocable Trust  set forth  in this  Agreement shall be
deemed to have been given or  made (subject to any limitations specifically  set
forth herein), jointly and severally, by the Parnell Parties.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    If  the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement,
please sign and  return to us  a counterpart hereof,  whereupon this  instrument
will  become a binding agreement among the Company, the Selling Shareholders and
the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          OAKLEY, INC.
 
                                          By:
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:
 
                                          SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
[WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS]
 
                                          By:
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              James H. Jannard
 
                                              The M. and M. Parnell Revocable
                                              Trust
 
[WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS]
 
                                          By:
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Mike D. Parnell, as Co-Trustee and
                                              as
                                             Attorney-in-fact for Melissa
                                              Parnell, as
                                             Co-Trustee
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Mike D. Parnell
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Melissa Parnell
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
Confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written:
 
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
  Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
ALEX. BROWN & SONS INCORPORATED
 
By: Merrill Lynch & Co.
      Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
 
By:
   --------------------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:
          Investment Banking Group
 
FOR THEMSELVES AND AS REPRESENTATIVES OF THE
OTHER UNDERWRITERS NAMED IN
SCHEDULE A.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                           (A WASHINGTON CORPORATION)
                        4,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                       U.S. PRICE DETERMINATION AGREEMENT
 
                                                                   June   , 1996
 
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
  Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
ALEX. BROWN & SONS INCORPORATED
    As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
  Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Merrill Lynch World Headquarters
North Tower
World Financial Center
New York, New York 10281-1201
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
    Reference  is made to the  U.S. Purchase Agreement dated June    , 1996 (the
"U.S. Purchase  Agreement")  among Oakley,  Inc.  (the "Company"),  the  Selling
Shareholders  named in Schedule B thereto or hereto (the "Selling Shareholders")
and the several  U.S. Underwriters named  in Schedule A  thereto or hereto  (the
"U.S.  Underwriters"),  for whom  Merrill Lynch  &  Co., Merrill  Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated  and Alex. Brown &  Sons Incorporated are acting  as
representatives  (the  "U.S.  Representatives").  The  U.S.  Purchase  Agreement
provides for the  purchase by  the U.S. Underwriters  from the  Company and  the
Selling  Shareholders, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, of
an aggregate of 4,000,000  shares (the "Initial U.S.  Shares") of the  Company's
Common  Stock,  par value  $.01  per share.  This  Agreement is  the  U.S. Price
Determination Agreement referred to  in the U.S.  Purchase Agreement. Terms  not
defined herein are used herein as defined in the U.S. Purchase Agreement.
 
    Pursuant  to Section 2 of the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the undersigned agree
with the U.S. Representatives as follows:
 
        1.  The  initial public offering  price per share  for the Initial  U.S.
    Shares shall be $         .
 
        2.   The purchase price per share for the Initial U.S. Shares to be paid
    by the several U.S. Underwriters shall be $         , representing an amount
    equal to the initial public offering price set forth above, less $
    per share.
 
    The  Company represents and  warrants to each of  the U.S. Underwriters that
the representations and warranties of the  Company set forth in Section 1(a)  of
the  U.S. Purchase Agreement are accurate  in all material respects (except that
such phrase "in all  material respects" shall be  disregarded to the extent  any
such  representation and warranty is  qualified by "material", "material adverse
change", "Material Adverse Effect" or any phrase using any such term) as  though
expressly made at and as of the date hereof.
 
    Additionally,  if the Company  elects to rely upon  Rule 462(b), the Company
represents and warrants to each of the Underwriters that:
 
        (a) the  Company  has filed  a  Rule 462(b)  Registration  Statement  in
    compliance  with and that  is effective upon filing  pursuant to Rule 462(b)
    and has received confirmation of its receipt; and
 
        (b) the Company has given  irrevocable instructions for transmission  of
    the  applicable filing fee in connection with  the filing of the Rule 462(b)
    Registration Statement,  in  compliance  with  Rule  111  of  the  1933  Act
    Regulations, or the Commission has received payment of such filing fee.
<PAGE>
    Each  Selling  Shareholder  represents  and warrants  to  each  of  the U.S.
Underwriters that the representations and warranties of such Selling Shareholder
set forth in Section  1(b) of the  U.S. Purchase Agreement  are accurate in  all
material  respects (except that such phrase  "in all material respects" shall be
disregarded to the extent any such  representation and warranty is qualified  by
"material",  "material adverse change", "Material  Adverse Effect" or any phrase
using any such term) as though expressly made at and as of the date hereof.
 
    As contemplated by  Section 2 of  the U.S. Purchase  Agreement, attached  as
Schedule A is a complete list of the several U.S. Underwriters and as Schedule B
is  a complete list of  the Selling Shareholders, which shall  be a part of this
Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement.
 
    This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
 
    If the  foregoing  is in  accordance  with  the understanding  of  the  U.S.
Representatives  of the agreement between the U.S. Underwriters, the Company and
the Selling Shareholders, please  sign and return to  the Company a  counterpart
hereof,  whereupon this instrument along with all counterparts and together with
the U.S.  Purchase Agreement  shall  be a  binding  agreement between  the  U.S.
Underwriters,  the Company and  the Selling Shareholders  in accordance with its
terms and the terms of the U.S. Purchase Agreement.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          OAKLEY, INC.
 
                                          By
 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                            Title:
 
                                          SELLING SHAREHOLDERS NAMED IN SCHEDULE
                                          B TO THE U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          James H. Jannard
 
                                          The M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust
 
                                          By
 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                             Mike D. Parnell, as Co-Trustee and
                                             as Attorney-in-fact for Melissa
                                             Parnell, as Co-Trustee
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Mike D. Parnell
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Melissa Parnell
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
Confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written:
 
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
  Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
ALEX. BROWN & SONS INCORPORATED
 
By: Merrill Lynch & Co.
     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
 
By
   --------------------------------------------
   Name:
   Title:
         Investment Banking Group
 
FOR THEMSELVES AND AS REPRESENTATIVES OF THE
OTHER UNDERWRITERS NAMED IN SCHEDULE A
ATTACHED TO THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                                                                   INITIAL U.S.
                                                                                                      SHARES
U.S UNDERWRITER                                                                                   TO BE PURCHASED
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.............................................
                                                                                                 -----------------
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated................................................................
                                                                                                 -----------------
    Total......................................................................................       4,000,000
                                                                                                 -----------------
                                                                                                 -----------------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE B
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                     NUMBER OF       SHARES OF
                                                    INITIAL U.S.       COMMON
                                                       SHARES      STOCK SUBJECT
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS                                 TO BE SOLD    TO U.S. OPTION
- --------------------------------------------------  ------------   --------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>
Jim Jannard.......................................     3,600,000      540,000
The M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust.............       400,000       60,000
                                                    ------------      -------
    Total.........................................     4,000,000      600,000
                                                    ------------      -------
                                                    ------------      -------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.2
 
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                           (A WASHINGTON CORPORATION)
 
                        1,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
 
                        INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
Dated: June   , 1996
<PAGE>
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                           (A WASHINGTON CORPORATION)
 
                        1,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                         (PAR VALUE U.S.$.01 PER SHARE)
 
                        INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
                                                                   June   , 1996
 
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
ALEX. BROWN & SONS INCORPORATED
  As Representatives of the several Managers
c/o Merrill Lynch International
20 Farringdon Road
London EC1M 3NH
England
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
    The shareholders named in Schedule B (the "Selling Shareholders") propose to
sell  severally to  the underwriters named  in Schedule A  (the "Managers"), for
whom you are  acting as  lead managers (the  "Lead Managers"),  an aggregate  of
1,000,000  shares of  Common Stock,  par value  U.S.$.01 per  share (the "Common
Stock") of Oakley, Inc., a Washington corporation (the "Company"), as set  forth
in  the appropriate column on Schedule B. Such  shares of Common Stock are to be
sold to each Manager, acting severally and  not jointly, in such amounts as  are
set  forth  in  Schedule  A  opposite the  name  of  such  Manager.  The Selling
Shareholders have also granted to the  Managers, severally and not jointly,  the
option  described in Section 2 to purchase all or any part of 150,000 additional
shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments. The aforesaid 1,000,000  shares
of  Common Stock (the "Initial International  Shares"), together with all or any
part of the  150,000 additional  shares of Common  Stock subject  to the  option
described  in Section  2 (the  "International Option  Shares"), are collectively
herein called  the "International  Shares." The  International Shares  are  more
fully described in the International Prospectus referred to below.
 
    It  is  understood  that  the  Company  and  the  Selling  Shareholders  are
concurrently entering  into  an agreement,  dated  the date  hereof  (the  "U.S.
Purchase  Agreement"), providing for the sale  by the Selling Shareholders of an
aggregate of  4,000,000  shares of  Common  Stock (the  "Initial  U.S.  Shares")
through  arrangements with certain underwriters in  the United States (the "U.S.
Underwriters" which, together  with the Managers,  shall be referred  to as  the
"Underwriters"), for whom Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
Alex.  Brown  &  Sons  Incorporated are  acting  as  representatives  (the "U.S.
Representatives"). The  Selling  Shareholders  have also  granted  to  the  U.S.
Underwriters  an option to purchase all or  any part of 600,000 shares of Common
Stock (the "U.S. Option  Shares" which, together with  the Initial U.S.  Shares,
shall  be referred to as  the "U.S. Shares") to  cover over-allotments. The U.S.
Shares and the International Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to  as
the "Offered Shares."
 
    The  Company and the Selling Shareholders  understand that the Managers will
simultaneously enter into an agreement with the U.S. Underwriters dated the date
hereof (the  "Intersyndicate  Agreement")  providing  for  the  coordination  of
certain  transactions among  the Managers and  the U.S.  Underwriters, under the
direction of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
 
    You have advised us  that you and the  other Managers, acting severally  and
not  jointly, desire  to purchase the  Initial International Shares  and, if the
Managers so  elect, the  International Option  Shares, and  that you  have  been
authorized by the other Managers to execute this Agreement and the International
Price Determination Agreement referred to below on their behalf.
 
    The initial public offering price per share for the International Shares and
the  purchase price per share for the  International Shares shall be agreed upon
by the  Selling Shareholders  and the  Lead Managers,  acting on  behalf of  the
several  Managers, and such agreement  shall be set forth  in a separate written
instrument
<PAGE>
substantially in  the  form  of  Exhibit  A  hereto  (the  "International  Price
Determination  Agreement"). The International  Price Determination Agreement may
take the form of an exchange  of any standard form of written  telecommunication
between  the Company, the  Selling Shareholders and the  Lead Managers and shall
specify such applicable  information as is  indicated in Exhibit  A hereto.  The
offering  of the  International Shares  will be  governed by  this Agreement, as
supplemented by the International Price Determination Agreement. From and  after
the  date of the execution and delivery of the International Price Determination
Agreement, this Agreement  shall be  deemed to incorporate,  and all  references
herein  to "this Agreement" shall be  deemed to include, the International Price
Determination Agreement.
 
    The initial public offering price per share and the purchase price per share
for the U.S. Shares  to be paid  by the U.S. Underwriters  pursuant to the  U.S.
Purchase  Agreement shall be set forth in  a separate agreement (the "U.S. Price
Determination Agreement"), the form  of which is attached  to the U.S.  Purchase
Agreement.  The purchase price per  share for the U.S. Shares  to be paid by the
several U.S. Underwriters shall be identical to the purchase price per share for
the International Shares to be paid by the several Managers hereunder.
 
    The Company  has  prepared  and  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration
No.  333-4608)  covering  the  registration  of  the  Offered  Shares  under the
Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the "1933  Act"), including  the  related
preliminary  prospectuses, and  either (A)  has prepared  and proposes  to file,
prior to the effective date of such registration statement, an amendment to such
registration statement, including final prospectuses, or (B) if the Company  has
elected to rely upon Rule 430A ("Rule 430A") of the rules and regulations of the
Commission  under the  1933 Act (the  "1933 Act Regulations"),  will prepare and
file prospectuses in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A and Rule 424(b)
("Rule 424(b)")  of  the 1933  Act  Regulations, promptly  after  execution  and
delivery  of the U.S. Price Determination  Agreement and the International Price
Determination Agreement. Additionally, if the  Company has elected to rely  upon
Rule  434 ("Rule 434") of the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will prepare and
file a term sheet (a "Term Sheet") in accordance with the provisions of Rule 434
and Rule  424(b),  promptly after  execution  and  delivery of  the  U.S.  Price
Determination Agreement and the International Price Determination Agreement. Two
forms  of prospectus are to be used in  connection with the offering and sale of
the Offered  Shares:  one  relating  to  the U.S.  Shares  (the  "Form  of  U.S.
Prospectus")  and  one  relating  to  the  International  Shares  (the  "Form of
International Prospectus"). The Form of International Prospectus is identical to
the Form of U.S. Prospectus, except for the front cover and back cover pages and
the information  under  the caption  "Underwriting."  The information,  if  any,
included in any such prospectus that was omitted from any prospectus included in
such registration statement at the time it becomes effective but that is deemed,
(a)  pursuant to  paragraph (b)  of Rule  430A to  be part  of such registration
statement at the time it  becomes effective is referred  to herein as the  "Rule
430A  Information," and (b) pursuant to paragraph (d)  of Rule 434 to be part of
such registration statement  at the  time it  becomes effective  is referred  to
herein  as the "Rule 434 Information." Each  Form of U.S. Prospectus and Form of
International Prospectus  used  before  the  time  such  registration  statement
becomes  effective, and  any Form  of U.S.  Prospectus or  Form of International
Prospectus that omits the Rule 430A Information or the Rule 434 Information,  as
applicable, that is used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and
delivery  of the U.S.  Price Determination Agreement  or the International Price
Determination Agreement,  is  herein  called a  "preliminary  prospectus."  Such
registration  statement, including the exhibits thereto,  as amended at the time
it becomes effective and including, if applicable, the Rule 430A Information and
the  Rule  434  Information,  is   herein  called  the  "Original   Registration
Statement." Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933
Act  Regulations  is  herein  referred  to  as  the  "Rule  462(b)  Registration
Statement,"  and  the  Original  Registration  Statement  and  any  Rule  462(b)
Registration  Statement are herein referred to collectively as the "Registration
Statement." The Form  of U.S.  Prospectus and Form  of International  Prospectus
included in the Original Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective
are   herein  called  the  "U.S.  Prospectus"  and  "International  Prospectus,"
respectively, and  collectively, the  "Prospectuses," except  that, (y)  if  the
final  U.S. Prospectus or  International Prospectus first  furnished to the U.S.
Underwriters or the Managers after the execution of the U.S. Price Determination
Agreement or the International  Price Determination Agreement,  as the case  may
be,  for use in connection with the  offering of the Offered Shares differs from
the prospectuses included in
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
the Original Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective (whether or
not such prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)), the  terms
"U.S.  Prospectus," "International Prospectus" and "Prospectuses" shall refer to
the final U.S. Prospectus and/or International Prospectus first furnished to the
U.S. Underwriters and/or Managers, as the case  may be, for such use and (z)  if
Rule  434 is relied on, the  terms "U.S. Prospectus," "International Prospectus"
and "Prospectuses"  shall  refer  to  the  preliminary  U.S.  Prospectus  and/or
International   Prospectus  last  furnished  to  the  U.S.  Underwriters  and/or
Managers, as the case  may be, in  connection with the  offering of the  Offered
Shares together with the Term Sheet.
 
    The  Company  and  the  Selling Shareholders  understand  that  the Managers
propose to make a  public offering of  the International Shares  as soon as  you
deem  advisable  after  the  Registration Statement  becomes  effective  and the
International Price Determination Agreement has been executed and delivered.
 
    Section 1.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  (a) The Company represents  and
warrants to and agrees with each of the Managers that:
 
        (i)  When the Registration  Statement shall become  effective and at the
    Closing Time (and, if any International Option Shares are purchased, at  the
    Date  of Delivery), and, unless the Company  has notified you as provided in
    Section  3(f)  below,  at  all  times  between  the  effectiveness  of   the
    Registration  Statement and the Closing Time  referred to below (and, if any
    International Option Shares are purchased, the Date of Delivery referred  to
    below),  (A) the Registration  Statement and any  amendments and supplements
    thereto will comply in  all material respects with  the requirements of  the
    1933  Act  and  the  1933  Act  Regulations;  (B)  neither  the Registration
    Statement nor any  amendment or  supplement thereto will  contain an  untrue
    statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
    stated  therein or necessary to make  the statements therein not misleading;
    (C) neither of the Prospectuses nor any amendment or supplement thereto will
    include an untrue statement of a material  fact or omit to state a  material
    fact  necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
    circumstances under which they  were made, not misleading;  and (D) if  Rule
    434  is used, the Prospectuses shall  not be "materially different," as such
    term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectuses included in the Registration
    Statement at the time it becomes effective; except that this  representation
    and warranty does not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon
    and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or
    on  behalf  of  any  Underwriter  through  you  expressly  for  use  in  the
    Registration Statement or the Prospectuses.
 
        (ii) Each of Deloitte & Touche LLP and Bernstein, Fox, Whitman & Company
    LLP, who are each  reporting upon certain  audited financial statements  and
    schedules  included in  the Registration  Statement, are  independent public
    accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.
 
       (iii) Each of  this Agreement and  the U.S. Purchase  Agreement has  been
    duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
 
        (iv)  The consolidated financial statements included in the Registration
    Statement present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company,
    Oakley Europe,  Sarl ("Oakley  Europe") and  the other  subsidiaries of  the
    Company  (the "Other Subsidiaries" and, together with the Company and Oakley
    Europe, the "Oakley Companies") as of  the dates indicated and the  combined
    results  of operations and  the combined cash flows  of the Oakley Companies
    for the periods specified. Such  financial statements have been prepared  in
    conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  applied  on a
    consistent basis throughout  the periods involved.  The financial  statement
    schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement present fairly the
    information  required to be stated therein.  The selected financial data and
    summary financial information  included in the  Prospectuses present  fairly
    the  information shown therein and have  been compiled on a basis consistent
    with that of the audited  consolidated financial statements included in  the
    Registration  Statement. The  pro forma  financial statements  and other pro
    forma financial information included in the Prospectuses present fairly  the
    information  shown  therein,  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with the
    Commission's rules  and  guidelines  with respect  to  pro  forma  financial
    statements,    have   been    properly   compiled    on   the    pro   forma
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    bases described therein, and, in the opinion of the Company, the assumptions
    used in  the preparation  thereof are  reasonable and  the adjustments  used
    therein  are appropriate to give effect to the transactions or circumstances
    referred to therein.
 
        (v) The Company  is a  corporation duly organized  and validly  existing
    under the laws of the State of Washington with corporate power and corporate
    authority  under  such laws  to own,  lease and  operate its  properties and
    conduct its business as  described in the Prospectuses;  and the Company  is
    duly  qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good
    standing in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property of a
    nature, or transacts business of a type, that would make such  qualification
    necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify or be in good
    standing  would not have a material  adverse effect on the Oakley Companies,
    considered as one enterprise.
 
        (vi) Oakley Europe is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and
    in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization with
    corporate power and corporate  authority under such laws  to own, lease  and
    operate  its properties and conduct its  business; and Oakley Europe is duly
    qualified to  transact business  as a  foreign corporation  and is  in  good
    standing in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property of a
    nature,  or transacts business of a type, that would make such qualification
    necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify or be in good
    standing would not have a material  adverse effect on the Oakley  Companies,
    considered as one enterprise. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock
    of  Oakley Europe  have been duly  authorized and validly  issued, are fully
    paid and non-assessable and, as of the date hereof, are owned by the Company
    free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity
    or encumbrance of any kind,  except that 65% of  such shares are pledged  by
    the  Company to  Wells Fargo Bank,  National Association, for  itself and as
    agent for certain other banks pursuant to the Credit Agreement described  in
    the Prospectuses.
 
       (vii)  Each of  the Other Subsidiaries  is a  corporation duly organized,
    validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction  of
    its  organization with  corporate power  and corporate  authority under such
    laws to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business;  and
    each  Other Subsidiary is  duly qualified to transact  business as a foreign
    corporation and is in good standing  in each other jurisdiction in which  it
    owns  or leases property of a nature,  or transacts business of a type, that
    would make  such qualification  necessary,  except to  the extent  that  the
    failure  to so  qualify or  be in  good standing  would not  have a material
    adverse effect on the Oakley Companies, considered as one enterprise. All of
    the outstanding shares of capital stock  of each Other Subsidiary have  been
    duly  authorized and validly  issued and are  fully paid and non-assessable,
    and, as of the date hereof, all of such shares are owned by the Company,  in
    each  case free  and clear of  any pledge, lien,  security interest, charge,
    claim, equity or  encumbrance of any  kind. The Other  Subsidiaries did  not
    have,  in the aggregate, at December 31, 1995, assets in excess of 5% of the
    combined assets of the Oakley Companies as at that date and did not have, in
    the aggregate, for the fiscal year then ended sales or net income in  excess
    of  5% of combined sales or combined  net income of the Oakley Companies for
    such period.
 
      (viii) The  Oakley Companies  had at  March 31,  1996 a  duly  authorized,
    issued  and  outstanding consolidated  capitalization  as set  forth  in the
    Prospectuses under  the caption  "Capitalization;"  and the  Offered  Shares
    conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the
    Prospectuses.
 
        (ix) The Offered Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholders have been
    duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.
 
        (x)  All of the other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
    have been  duly  authorized  and  validly issued  and  are  fully  paid  and
    non-assessable;  and none of the outstanding  shares of capital stock of the
    Company was issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any  shareholder
    of the Company.
 
        (xi)  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
    Registration Statement  and the  Prospectuses,  except as  otherwise  stated
    therein or contemplated thereby, there has not been (A) any material adverse
    change  in the financial  condition, earnings, business  affairs or business
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
    prospects of the Oakley Companies, considered as one enterprise, whether  or
    not  arising in the ordinary course of business, (B) any transaction entered
    into by any of the  Oakley Companies, other than  in the ordinary course  of
    business,  that  is  material to  the  Oakley Companies,  considered  as one
    enterprise, or (C) any dividend or  distribution of any kind declared,  paid
    or made by any Oakley Company on its capital stock.
 
       (xii)  None of the Oakley  Companies is in default  in the performance or
    observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained  in
    any  contract,  indenture, mortgage,  loan agreement,  note, lease  or other
    agreement or instrument to which it is a  party or by which it may be  bound
    or  to which any of its properties  may be subject, except for such defaults
    that would not reasonably be expected  to have a material adverse effect  on
    the financial condition, earnings, business affairs or business prospects of
    the  Oakley  Companies, considered  as one  enterprise (a  "Material Adverse
    Effect"). The execution and delivery of each of this Agreement and the  U.S.
    Purchase Agreement by the Company and the Selling Shareholders, the sale and
    delivery  of the Offered Shares to be  sold by the Selling Shareholders, the
    consummation by the Company and the Selling Shareholders of the transactions
    contemplated in  this Agreement,  the  U.S. Purchase  Agreement and  in  the
    Registration  Statement and compliance by the Company with the terms of this
    Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement  have been duly authorized by  all
    requisite  corporate action on the  part of the Company  and do not and will
    not result in any violation of  the articles of incorporation or by-laws  of
    any  of the  Oakley Companies,  and do  not and  will not  conflict with, or
    result in a breach  of any of  the terms or provisions  of, or constitute  a
    default  under, or result in the creation  or imposition of any lien, charge
    or encumbrance upon any  property or assets of  any of the Oakley  Companies
    under, (A) any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or
    other  agreement or  instrument to  which any of  the Oakley  Companies is a
    party or by which it may be bound  or to which any of its properties may  be
    subject  (except for such conflicts, breaches  or defaults or liens, charges
    or encumbrances that  would not reasonably  be expected to  have a  Material
    Adverse   Effect  and  would   not  materially  and   adversely  affect  the
    consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the U.S.
    Purchase Agreement) or  (B) any existing  applicable law, rule,  regulation,
    judgment, order or decree of any government, governmental instrumentality or
    court,  domestic  or foreign,  having jurisdiction  over  any of  the Oakley
    Companies or any of their respective properties.
 
      (xiii) No authorization, approval, consent  or license of any  government,
    governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign (other than under
    the  1933 Act and the securities or blue  sky laws of the various states and
    any applicable  foreign  jurisdictions  as to  which  no  representation  or
    warranty  is made), is required for  the valid authorization, issuance, sale
    and delivery of the Offered Shares,  except such as will have been  obtained
    on or prior to the Closing Time.
 
       (xiv)  Except as disclosed in the  Prospectuses, there is no action, suit
    or proceeding before or by  any government, governmental instrumentality  or
    court, domestic or foreign, now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,
    threatened against or affecting any of the Oakley Companies that is required
    to  be disclosed in the Prospectuses or that could reasonably be expected to
    result in a Material Adverse Effect, or that could materially and  adversely
    affect  the consummation of the  transactions contemplated in this Agreement
    or the U.S. Purchase  Agreement; and the aggregate  of all pending legal  or
    governmental proceedings that are not described in the Prospectuses to which
    any  of  the  Oakley Companies  is  a party  or  which affect  any  of their
    respective properties, including ordinary  routine litigation incidental  to
    the  business  of  any of  the  Oakley  Companies, could  not  reasonably be
    expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
       (xv) There are no  contracts or documents of  a character required to  be
    filed  as  exhibits to  the  Registration Statement  that  are not  filed or
    incorporated by reference as required.
 
       (xvi) Each of the Oakley Companies,  at the Closing Time, will have  good
    and  marketable  title  to  all  properties  and  assets  described  in  the
    Prospectuses as  owned  by  it,  free  and  clear  of  all  liens,  charges,
    encumbrances  or  restrictions,  except such  as  (A) are  described  in the
    Prospectuses  or  (B)  are  neither   material  in  amount  nor   materially
    significant   in  relation  to   the  business  of   the  Oakley  Companies,
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    considered as one enterprise;  all of the leases  and subleases material  to
    the  business of  the Oakley  Companies, considered  as one  enterprise, and
    under which any of  the Oakley Companies holds  properties described in  the
    Prospectuses, are in full force and effect, and none of the Oakley Companies
    has  any notice of any material claim of  any sort that has been asserted by
    anyone adverse to the rights of any  Oakley Company under any of the  leases
    or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of such
    corporation  to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises
    under any such lease or sublease.
 
      (xvii) (A) Each of  the Oakley Companies owns,  possesses or has  obtained
    all material governmental licenses, permits, certificates, consents, orders,
    approvals  and other authorizations  necessary to own or  lease, as the case
    may be,  and to  operate its  properties and  to carry  on its  business  as
    presently  conducted, and (B) none of  the Oakley Companies has received any
    notice of proceedings  relating to  revocation or modification  of any  such
    licenses,    permits,   certificates,   consents,   orders,   approvals   or
    authorizations, except, in  the case of  clauses (A) and  (B), as could  not
    reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
      (xviii)  Except  as  disclosed in  the  Prospectuses, each  of  the Oakley
    Companies owns or possesses,  or can acquire  on reasonable terms,  adequate
    patents,   patent  licenses,  trademarks,  service  marks  and  trade  names
    necessary to carry on its business  as presently conducted, and none of  the
    Oakley Companies has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with
    asserted  rights of  others with  respect to  any patents,  patent licenses,
    trademarks, service  marks or  trade names  that in  the aggregate,  if  the
    subject  of an unfavorable decision, ruling  or finding, would reasonably be
    expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
       (xix) No labor  dispute with  employees of  any of  the Oakley  Companies
    exists  or,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Company,  is  imminent  that could
    reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and the Company  is
    not  aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of
    any of the Oakley  Companies' principal suppliers  that would reasonably  be
    expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
       (xx) The Company is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and
    local laws relating to the payment of wages to employees (including, without
    limitation, the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended), except insofar as the
    failure  to comply with such laws would not reasonably be expected to have a
    Material Adverse Effect.
 
       (xxi)  The  Company  has  not  taken  and  will  not  take,  directly  or
    indirectly, any action designed to, or that might be reasonably expected to,
    cause  or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common
    Stock in violation of law.
 
      (xxii) Each of the Oakley Companies has filed all material federal,  state
    and foreign income and franchise tax returns and has paid all taxes shown as
    due  thereon, other than taxes  which are being contested  in good faith and
    for which adequate reserves have  been established in accordance with  GAAP;
    and  the Company has  no knowledge of  any tax deficiency  which has been or
    might be asserted or  threatened against any of  the Oakley Companies  which
    would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
      (xxiii)  Except as disclosed  in the Registration  Statement and except as
    would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have  a
    Material  Adverse Effect, (A) each of  the Oakley Companies is in compliance
    with applicable Environmental Laws, (B) each of the Oakley Companies has all
    permits,   authorizations   and   approvals   required   under    applicable
    Environmental  Laws  and  is in  compliance  with the  requirements  of such
    permits, authorizations and approvals, (C) there  are no pending or, to  the
    knowledge  of any of  the Oakley Companies,  threatened Environmental Claims
    against any of the Oakley Companies, and (D) to the knowledge of any of  the
    Oakley   Companies,  there  are  no  past  or  present  events,  conditions,
    circumstances, activities, practices,  incidents or actions  required to  be
    disclosed in the Registration Statement that would reasonably be expected to
    materially  interfere  with  or  prevent compliance  by  any  of  the Oakley
    Companies with applicable Environmental
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    Laws, or that would reasonably be  expected to give rise to liability  under
    applicable  Environmental Laws or subject any of the Oakley Companies to any
    Environmental Claim based on the manufacture, processing, distribution, use,
    generation, treatment, storage, disposal,  transport, shipping or  handling,
    or  the arrangement  for treatment or  disposal or  the emission, discharge,
    release or  threatened  release  into  the  environment,  of  any  Hazardous
    Substance.
 
    For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:  "Environmental Law" means any applicable United States federal, state
or local  statute,  law, rule,  regulation,  ordinance  or code  and  any  final
judicial  or administrative interpretation thereof  including any final judicial
or administrative order,  consent decree or  judgment, regulating (x)  disposal,
emissions,  discharges  or  releases to  the  environment or  (y)  any Hazardous
Substance.  "Environmental  Claims"  means  any  administrative,  regulatory  or
judicial  actions,  suits, demands,  demand letters,  claims, liens,  notices of
noncompliance  or  violation,  investigations   or  proceedings  based  on   any
Environmental Law. "Hazardous Substance" means any substance presently regulated
as  hazardous, toxic or radioactive under any Environmental Law, whether by type
or by  quantity,  including, without  limitation,  any toxic  waste,  pollutant,
contaminant,  hazardous  substance,  toxic substance,  hazardous  waste, special
waste, industrial  substance  or  petroleum  or  any  derivative  or  by-product
thereof,  radon, radioactive  material, asbestos,  asbestos-containing material,
urea formaldehyde  foam  insulation, lead  or  polychlorinated biphenyl  to  the
extent any such substance is presently regulated under any Environmental Law.
 
    (b)  Each of the Selling Shareholders  severally represents and warrants to,
and agrees with, each Manager as follows:
 
        (i) Such  Selling Shareholder  has  reviewed and  is familiar  with  the
    Original  Registration Statement and the Prospectuses contained therein and,
    to the best knowledge of such Selling Shareholder, the Prospectuses (and any
    amendment or supplement thereto) do not  (and, as of the Closing Time,  will
    not)  include an  untrue statement  of a  material fact  or omit  to state a
    material fact necessary  in order  to make  the statements  therein, in  the
    light  of the circumstances under which  they were made, not misleading; and
    such Selling Shareholder is  not prompted to sell  the Offered Shares to  be
    sold  by such Selling  Shareholder by any information  concerning any of the
    Oakley Companies that is not set forth in the Prospectuses.
 
        (ii) When the Registration Statement  shall become effective and at  the
    Closing  Time (and, if any International Option Shares are purchased, at the
    Date of Delivery), and, unless the  Company has notified you as provided  in
    Section   3(f)  below,  at  all  times  between  the  effectiveness  of  the
    Registration Statement  and  the Closing  Time  (and, if  any  International
    Option  Shares are purchased, the  Date of Delivery), (A)  such parts of the
    Registration  Statement  and  any  amendments  and  supplements  thereto  as
    specifically  refer to such  Selling Shareholder will  not contain an untrue
    statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
    stated therein or necessary  to make the  statements therein not  misleading
    and (B) such parts of the Prospectuses as specifically refer to such Selling
    Shareholder  will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
    to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements  therein,
    in  the  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
    misleading.
 
       (iii) Each of  this Agreement and  the U.S. Purchase  Agreement has  been
    duly  authorized, executed  and delivered  by such  Selling Shareholder. The
    execution and delivery of this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement  by
    such  Selling Shareholder and the sale and delivery of the Offered Shares to
    be sold  by  such Selling  Shareholder,  the consummation  by  such  Selling
    Shareholder  of the  transactions contemplated  in this  Agreement, the U.S.
    Purchase Agreement and in the  Registration Statement and the compliance  by
    such  Selling  Shareholder with  the terms  of this  Agreement and  the U.S.
    Purchase Agreement do not and will not conflict with, or result in a  breach
    of  any of  the terms or  provisions of,  or constitute a  default under, or
    result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon
    any property or assets of such  Selling Shareholder under (A) any  contract,
    indenture,  mortgage,  loan agreement,  note,  lease or  other  agreement or
    instrument to which such Selling Shareholder is  a party or by which it  may
    be  bound or to which any of its  properties may be subject (except for such
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    conflicts, breaches or defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances that would
    not have a Material
    Adverse  Effect  and   would  not  materially   and  adversely  affect   the
    consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the U.S.
    Purchase  Agreement) or (B)  any existing applicable  law, rule, regulation,
    judgment, order or decree of any government, governmental instrumentality or
    court,  domestic  or   foreign,  having  jurisdiction   over  such   Selling
    Shareholder or any of its respective properties.
 
        (iv) The Company has good and marketable title to all of the outstanding
    shares  of capital  stock of  Oakley Europe, free  and clear  of any pledge,
    lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity, or encumbrance of any  kind,
    except  that 65% of  such shares have  been pledged by  the Company to Wells
    Fargo Bank, National Association, for itself and as agent for certain  other
    banks pursuant to the Credit Agreement described in the Prospectuses.
 
        (v)  Such Selling Shareholder has and will,  at the Closing Time and, if
    any International Option Shares or U.S. Option Shares are purchased, on  the
    Date of Delivery, have good and marketable title to the Offered Shares to be
    sold  by such  Selling Shareholder pursuant  to this Agreement  and the U.S.
    Purchase Agreement, free and clear  of any pledge, lien, security  interest,
    charge,  claim, equity  or encumbrance of  any kind, other  than pursuant to
    this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement; such Selling Shareholder has
    full right, power and authority to  sell, transfer and deliver such  Offered
    Shares pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement; and, upon
    delivery  of such Offered Shares and  payment of the purchase price therefor
    as contemplated in this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement,  assuming
    each  such  Underwriter has  no notice  of  any adverse  claim, each  of the
    Underwriters will receive good  and marketable title  to the Offered  Shares
    purchased by it from such Selling Shareholder, free and clear of any pledge,
    lien,  security interest, charge, claim, equity  or encumbrance of any kind,
    other than any such pledge,  lien, security interest, charge, claim,  equity
    or  encumbrance created  by such Underwriter  or resulting  from any actions
    taken by such Underwriter.
 
        (vi) Certificates  for all  of the  Offered Shares  to be  sold by  such
    Selling  Shareholder  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  and  the  U.S. Purchase
    Agreement, in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by  duly
    executed  instruments  of transfer  or assignment  in blank  with signatures
    guaranteed, are available for the purpose of effecting delivery pursuant  to
    this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement.
 
       (vii)  For  a period  of  180 days  from  the date  hereof,  such Selling
    Shareholder will  not,  without  your prior  written  consent,  directly  or
    indirectly,  sell,  offer to  sell, grant  any  option for  the sale  of, or
    otherwise dispose of, any shares  of Common Stock or securities  convertible
    into Common Stock, other than to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement
    or  the  U.S.  Purchase Agreement;  provided  that during  such  period such
    Selling Shareholder may make gifts of  shares of Common Stock or  securities
    convertible into Common Stock upon the condition that the donees agree to be
    bound  by the foregoing restriction in the same manner as it applies to such
    Selling Shareholder.
 
      (viii) Such Selling Shareholder has not taken and will not take,  directly
    or  indirectly, any action designed to, or that might be reasonably expected
    to, cause or  result in stabilization  or manipulation of  the price of  the
    Common Stock in violation of law.
 
    (c) Any certificate signed by any officer of any of the Oakley Companies and
delivered  to  you  or  to  counsel  for  the  Underwriters  shall  be  deemed a
representation and warranty by the Company to each of the Underwriters as to the
matters covered  thereby; and  any certificate  signed by  or on  behalf of  the
Selling  Shareholders  as  such and  delivered  to  you or  to  counsel  for the
Underwriters shall  be  deemed a  representation  and warranty  by  the  Selling
Shareholders to each of the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.
 
    (d)   The  liability  of   the  Selling  Shareholders   for  breach  of  the
representation and warranty set forth in  clause (b)(i) above is limited as  set
forth in Section 7(b).
 
    Section 2.  SALE AND DELIVERY TO THE MANAGERS; CLOSING.  (a) On the basis of
the  representations and warranties  herein contained, and  subject to the terms
and conditions herein set forth, each Selling Shareholder agrees, severally  and
not jointly, to sell to each Manager, and each Manager agrees, severally and not
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
jointly,  to purchase from  each Selling Shareholder, at  the purchase price per
share for  the  Initial International  Shares  to be  agreed  upon by  the  Lead
Managers  and the Selling  Shareholders in accordance with  Section 2(b) or 2(c)
and set forth in the International Price Determination Agreement, in the case of
each Selling  Shareholder, the  number of  Initial International  Shares as  are
proposed  to be  sold by  such Selling Shareholder  and set  forth opposite such
Selling Shareholder's name in the appropriate column on Schedule B multiplied by
a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Initial International  Shares
set forth opposite the name of such Manager in Schedule A and the denominator of
which  is the  total number  of Initial  International Shares,  subject, in each
case, to such adjustments  as you, in your  discretion, shall make to  eliminate
any  sales or purchases of  fractional shares. If the  Company elects to rely on
Rule 430A,  Schedules  A  and B  may  be  attached to  the  International  Price
Determination Agreement.
 
    (b)  If the  Company has  elected not  to rely  upon Rule  430A, the initial
public offering price  per share for  the Initial International  Shares and  the
purchase  price per share for the Initial International Shares to be paid by the
several Managers shall be agreed upon  and set forth in the International  Price
Determination Agreement, dated the date hereof, and an amendment to the Original
Registration Statement containing such per share price information will be filed
before the Original Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
    (c)  If the Company has  elected to rely upon  Rule 430A, the initial public
offering price per share for the  Initial International Shares and the  purchase
price  per share for the Initial International  Shares to be paid by the several
Managers shall  be  agreed  upon  and  set  forth  in  the  International  Price
Determination Agreement. In the event that the International Price Determination
Agreement  has not  been executed  by the  close of  business on  the fourteenth
business day following the later of the date on which the Original  Registration
Statement  and any  Rule 462(b)  Registration Statement  becomes effective, this
Agreement shall terminate forthwith, without liability of any party to any other
party except that  Sections 7, 8  and 18 and  the first paragraph  of Section  9
shall remain in effect.
 
    (d)  In addition, on the basis  of the representations and warranties herein
contained, and  subject to  the  terms and  conditions  herein set  forth,  each
Selling Shareholder grants an option to the Managers, severally and not jointly,
to purchase up to the additional number of International Option Shares set forth
opposite such Selling Shareholder's name in the appropriate column of Schedule B
at  the same  purchase price  per share  as shall  be applicable  to the Initial
International Shares. The option  hereby granted will expire  30 days after  the
later  of the date upon  which the Original Registration  Statement and any Rule
462(b) Registration Statement becomes effective  or, if the Company has  elected
to  rely  upon Rule  430A,  the date  of  the International  Price Determination
Agreement, and may be exercised, in whole  or in part (but not more than  once),
only  for the purpose of covering over-allotments that may be made in connection
with the  offering and  distribution of  the Initial  International Shares  upon
notice  by you to the  Company setting forth the  number of International Option
Shares as to which the several Managers are exercising the option, and the  time
and  date of payment and  delivery thereof. Such time  and date of delivery (the
"Date of Delivery") shall be determined by you but shall not be later than seven
full business days after the exercise of such option, nor in any event prior  to
the  Closing  Time. If  the option  is exercised  as  to only  a portion  of the
International Option Shares,  each Selling  Shareholder will sell  its pro  rata
portion  of the International Option Shares to  be purchased by the Managers. If
the option is exercised  as to all  or any portion  of the International  Option
Shares,  the International  Option Shares  as to  which the  option is exercised
shall be  purchased  by  the  Managers, severally  and  not  jointly,  in  their
respective underwriting obligation proportions.
 
    (e) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the
Initial  International  Shares  shall  be  made at  the  offices  of  Shearman &
Sterling, 777 South Figueroa Street, Suite 3400, Los Angeles, California  90017,
or  at such  other place  as shall be  agreed upon  by the  Company, the Selling
Shareholders and you,  at 10:00  a.m. (New  York City  time) either  (i) on  the
fourth  full business day after the later  of the effective date of the Original
Registration Statement and  any Rule  462(b) Registration  Statement (in  either
case,  as permitted under Rule 15c6-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "1934 Act")),  or (ii) if the Company  has elected to rely  upon
Rule  430A, the  fourth full business  day after execution  of the International
Price Determination Agreement  (as permitted  under Rule 15c6-1  under the  1934
Act)  (unless, in either  case, postponed pursuant  to Section 11  or 12), or at
such other time  not more than  ten full  business days thereafter  as you,  the
Company   and  the   Selling  Shareholders   shall  determine   (such  date  and
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
time of  payment  and delivery  being  herein  called the  "Closing  Time").  In
addition,  in the event that  any or all of  the International Option Shares are
purchased by the Managers,  payment of the purchase  price for, and delivery  of
certificates  for, such International Option Shares shall be made at the offices
of Shearman & Sterling set forth above,  or at such other place as the  Company,
the  Selling Shareholders, and you  shall determine, on the  Date of Delivery as
specified in the notice from  you to the Company. Payment  shall be made to  the
Selling  Shareholders by  wire transfer  of immediately  available funds  to the
respective accounts  of the  Selling Shareholders  as set  forth opposite  their
respective signatures below, against delivery to you for the respective accounts
of  the  several Managers  of certificates  for the  International Shares  to be
purchased by them.
 
    (f) Certificates  for the  Initial  International Shares  and  International
Option Shares to be purchased by the Managers shall be in such denominations and
registered  in  such names  as  you may  request in  writing  at least  two full
business days before the Closing Time or  the Date of Delivery, as the case  may
be.  The  certificates for  the Initial  International Shares  and International
Option Shares will be made available  in New York for examination and  packaging
by  you not later than 10:00 A.M. on  the business day prior to the Closing Time
or the Date of Delivery, as the case may be.
 
    (g) It is understood that each Manager has authorized you, for its  account,
to  accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for,
the International Shares that it has  agreed to purchase. You, individually  and
not  as Lead Managers, may  (but shall not be obligated  to) make payment of the
purchase price for  the Initial  International Shares,  or International  Option
Shares, to be purchased by any Manager whose check or checks shall not have been
received by the Closing Time or the Date of Delivery, as the case may be.
 
    Section  3.  CERTAIN COVENANTS  OF THE COMPANY.   The Company covenants with
each Manager as follows:
 
        (a) The Company will notify you  immediately, and confirm the notice  in
    writing,   (i)  when  the  Registration  Statement,  or  any  post-effective
    amendment to the Registration Statement, shall have become effective, or any
    supplement to the Prospectuses or  any amended Prospectuses shall have  been
    filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any
    request  by the Commission  to amend the Registration  Statement or amend or
    supplement the Prospectuses or  for additional information  and (iv) of  the
    issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of
    the  Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use
    of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification  of
    the  Offered Shares  for offering  or sale  in any  jurisdiction, or  of the
    institution or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes.  The
    Company will use every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any such
    stop  order or of  any order preventing  or suspending such  use and, if any
    such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible
    moment.
 
        (b) The Company will not at any  time file or make any amendment to  the
    Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)), file a term
    sheet or file or make any amendment or supplement (i) if the Company has not
    elected  to rely upon Rule 430A, to  the Prospectuses or (ii) if the Company
    has elected to rely upon Rule  430A, to either of the prospectuses  included
    in  the Original Registration Statement at  the time it becomes effective or
    the Prospectuses, of which  you shall not have  previously been advised  and
    furnished  a copy or to which  counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably
    object.
 
        (c) If the Company uses Rule  434, it will comply with the  requirements
    of Rule 434 and the Prospectuses will not be "materially different," as such
    term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectuses included in the Registration
    Statement at the time it becomes effective.
 
        (d) The Company has furnished or will furnish to you and counsel for the
    Underwriters  as  many  signed  copies  of  the  Registration  Statement  as
    originally filed  and of  all amendments  thereto, whether  filed before  or
    after  the Registration Statement becomes  effective, copies of all exhibits
    and documents filed therewith and signed  copies (or copies thereof) of  all
    consents and certificates of experts, as you
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    may  reasonably request and has  furnished or will furnish  to you, for each
    other Manager and counsel  for the Underwriters, one  conformed copy of  the
    Registration  Statement  as  originally  filed  and  each  amendment thereto
    (without exhibits).
 
        (e) The Company will deliver to each Manager, without charge, from  time
    to  time until the later of the  effective date of the Original Registration
    Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement (or, if the Company has
    elected to  rely upon  Rule 430A,  until the  time the  International  Price
    Determination  Agreement is executed and delivered),  as many copies of each
    preliminary prospectus  as  such Manager  may  reasonably request,  and  the
    Company  hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by
    the 1933 Act. The Company will  deliver to each Manager, without charge,  as
    soon  as  practicable after  the  Registration Statement  shall  have become
    effective (or, if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A, as soon as
    practicable on or after  the date of  the International Price  Determination
    Agreement)  and thereafter from time to  time as requested during the period
    when the Prospectuses are required to be delivered under the 1933 Act,  such
    number  of  copies  of  the  International  Prospectus  (as  supplemented or
    amended) as such Manager may reasonably request.
 
        (f) If at any time when a prospectus  is required by the 1933 Act to  be
    delivered  in connection  with sales of  the International  Shares any event
    shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary, in  the
    opinion  of counsel  for the International  Underwriters or  counsel for the
    Company, to  amend the  Registration Statement  or amend  or supplement  the
    Prospectuses  in  order that  the Prospectuses  will  not include  an untrue
    statement of a material fact or omit  to state a material fact necessary  in
    order  to make  the statements  therein not misleading  in the  light of the
    circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if  it
    shall  be necessary, in the opinion of either such counsel, at any such time
    to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the  Prospectuses
    in  order to comply  with the requirements of  the 1933 Act  or the 1933 Act
    Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission,
    subject to  Section 3(b)  hereof, such  amendment or  supplement as  may  be
    necessary  to  correct such  untrue  statement or  omission  or to  make the
    Registration Statement or the Prospectuses comply with such requirements.
 
        (g) The  Company will  endeavor, in  cooperation with  the Managers,  to
    qualify  the  Offered  Shares for  offering  and sale  under  the applicable
    securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as you may  designate
    and  to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than
    one year from the later of  the effective date of the Original  Registration
    Statement  and any  Rule 462(b)  Registration Statement;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
    that the  Company shall  not be  obligated to  file any  general consent  to
    service  of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in
    securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject
    itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which
    it is not otherwise  so subject. The Company  will file such statements  and
    reports  as may be  required by the  laws of each  jurisdiction in which the
    Offered Shares have been  qualified during the  one-year period referred  to
    above and as otherwise above provided.
 
        (h) The Company will make generally available to its security holders as
    soon  as practicable,  but not  later than  60 days  after the  close of the
    period covered  thereby,  an earnings  statement  of the  Company  (in  form
    complying  with the  provisions of  Rule 158  of the  1933 Act Regulations),
    covering a period of  12 months beginning after  the later of the  effective
    date of the Original Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration
    Statement  and covering a period of  12 months beginning after the effective
    date of any post-effective amendment  to the Registration Statement but  not
    later than the first day of the Company's fiscal quarter next following such
    respective effective dates.
 
        (i)  For a period of five years after the Closing Time, the Company will
    furnish to you  and, upon  request, to each  Manager, copies  of all  annual
    reports,  quarterly reports and current reports filed with the Commission on
    Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, or such  other similar forms as may be  designated
    by  the Commission,  and such  other documents,  reports and  information as
    shall be furnished by  the Company to its  shareholders or security  holders
    generally.
 
        (j) For a period of 180 days from the date hereof, the Company will not,
    without  your prior written consent, directly  or indirectly, sell, offer to
    sell,   grant    any    option   for    the    sale   of,    or    otherwise
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    dispose  of, any Common  Stock or securities  convertible into Common Stock,
    other than  to the  Managers pursuant  to  this Agreement  and to  the  U.S.
    Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement and other than pursuant
    to  incentive  stock  and  other employee  benefit  plans  described  in the
    Prospectuses.
 
        (k) If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A, it will take such
    steps as  it deems  necessary  to ascertain  promptly  whether the  form  of
    prospectus  transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing
    by the Commission and, in the event  that it was not, it will promptly  file
    such prospectus.
 
        (l)  If the Company elects  to rely upon Rule  462(b), the Company shall
    both file  a  Rule 462(b)  Registration  Statement with  the  Commission  in
    compliance  with Rule 462(b) and pay  the applicable fees in accordance with
    Rule 111 of the 1933 Act Regulations  by the time confirmations are sent  or
    given, as specified by Rule 462(b)(2).
 
        (m)  The Company has complied and will comply with all the provisions of
    Florida H.B. 1771, codified as Section 517.075 of the Florida statutes,  and
    all regulations promulgated thereunder relating to issuers doing business in
    Cuba.
 
    Section  4.  PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.   The Selling Shareholders will, severally
and not jointly, pay all costs and  expenses incident to the performance of  its
and   the  Company's  obligations  under   this  Agreement,  including  (a)  the
preparation, printing  and  filing  of  the  Registration  Statement  (including
financial  statements and  exhibits), as  originally filed  and as  amended, the
preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectuses and any amendments or  supplements
thereto,  and the cost of furnishing copies thereof to the Underwriters, (b) the
copying and distribution  of this Agreement  (including the International  Price
Determination  Agreement),  the  Agreement  among  Managers,  the  U.S. Purchase
Agreement (including  the U.S.  Price  Determination Agreement),  the  Agreement
among  U.S. Underwriters and  the Intersyndicate Agreement  between the Managers
and the U.S. Underwriters, and the preparation, printing and distribution of the
certificates for the Offered Shares and the Blue Sky Survey, (c) the delivery of
the Offered  Shares to  the  Underwriters, including  any stock  transfer  taxes
payable upon the sale of the Offered Shares to the Underwriters and the transfer
of  the Offered Shares between  the Managers and the  U.S. Underwriters, (d) the
fees and disbursements of the Company's counsel and accountants and the fees and
disbursements of any Selling Shareholders' counsel, and (e) the qualification of
the Offered  Shares under  the  applicable securities  laws in  accordance  with
Section  3(g)  and any  filing  for review  of  the offering  with  the National
Association of Securities  Dealers, Inc., including  filing fees and  reasonable
fees  and disbursements of counsel for  the Underwriters in connection therewith
and in connection with the Blue Sky Survey; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the  Company
will bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and
expenses  of its officers  and employees performing  legal or accounting duties)
and the expenses of any annual audit.
 
    If this Agreement is terminated by you in accordance with the provisions  of
Section  5,  10(a)(i) or  12,  the Company  and  the Selling  Shareholders shall
reimburse the  Underwriters for  all  their reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses,
including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.
 
    The  provisions  of this  Section shall  not affect  any agreement  that the
Company and the Selling Shareholders may make for the sharing of such costs  and
expenses.
 
    Section  5.    CONDITIONS OF  MANAGERS'  OBLIGATIONS.   In  addition  to the
execution and delivery of the  International Price Determination Agreement,  the
obligations  of the several  Managers to purchase and  pay for the International
Shares that they have respectively agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement
(including any International  Option Shares as  to which the  option granted  in
Section  2 has been exercised and the Date  of Delivery determined by you is the
same as the Closing Time) are subject  to the accuracy in all material  respects
(except  that such phrase "in all material respects" shall be disregarded to the
extent  any  such  representation  and  warranty  is  qualified  by  "material",
"material  adverse change",  "Material Adverse Effect"  or any  phrase using any
such term) of the representations and warranties of the Company and the  Selling
Shareholders  contained herein  (including those contained  in the International
Price Determination
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
Agreement) or in certificates of any officer  of any of the Oakley Companies  or
certificates  by or on behalf of  the Selling Shareholders delivered pursuant to
the provisions  hereof,  to the  performance  by  the Company  and  the  Selling
Shareholders  of  their  obligations  hereunder, and  to  the  following further
conditions:
 
    (a) The  Original Registration  Statement shall  have become  effective  not
later  than 5:30 p.m. on the date of  this Agreement or, with your consent, at a
later time and date not later, however, than 5:30 p.m. on the first business day
following the date  hereof, and if  the Company  has elected to  rely upon  Rule
462(b),  the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement  shall have become effective not
later than  the time  confirmations are  sent  or given,  as specified  by  Rule
462(b)(2),  or, with  respect to  the Original  Registration Statement,  at such
later time  or on  such later  date as  you may  agree to  in writing  with  the
approval  of a majority in interest of  the several Managers; and at the Closing
Time no stop order  suspending the effectiveness  of the Registration  Statement
shall  have been issued under  the 1933 Act and  no proceedings for that purpose
shall have been  initiated or  shall be  pending or,  to your  knowledge or  the
knowledge  of the Company, shall be threatened by the Commission. If the Company
has elected  to rely  upon  Rule 430A,  Prospectuses  containing the  Rule  430A
Information  shall have been  filed with the Commission  in accordance with Rule
424(b) (or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been
filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule  430A).
If  the Company has elected to rely upon  Rule 434, a Term Sheet, which together
with  the  preliminary  prospectuses  last  furnished  to  the  Underwriters  in
connection  with the  offering of  the Offered  Shares shall  not be "materially
different," as such term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectuses included  in
the Original Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective, shall have
been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b).
 
    (b)  At  the Closing  Time,  you shall  have  received a  signed  opinion of
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher  & Flom, counsel for  the Company and the  Selling
Shareholders,  dated as of the Closing  Time, together with signed or reproduced
copies of such opinion  for each of  the other Managers,  in form and  substance
satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect that:
 
        (i)  Oakley Europe is a  corporation duly incorporated, validly existing
    and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its  organization
    with corporate power and authority under such laws to own, lease and operate
    its properties and conduct its business.
 
        (ii)  All of  the outstanding shares  of capital stock  of Oakley Europe
    have been  duly  authorized  and  validly issued  and  are  fully  paid  and
    non-assessable.
 
       (iii)  No authorization, approval, consent  or license of any government,
    governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign (other than under
    the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations under such Acts and
    the securities or blue sky laws of the various states and applicable foreign
    jurisdictions), is required for the sale and delivery of the Offered Shares,
    except such as have been obtained on or prior to the Closing Time.
 
        (iv) Such counsel does not know  of any statutes or regulations, or  any
    pending  or  threatened legal  or governmental  proceedings, required  to be
    described in the Prospectuses that are not described as required, nor of any
    contracts or documents of a character  required to be described or  referred
    to  in the  Registration Statement  or the  Prospectuses or  to be  filed as
    exhibits  to  the  Registration  Statement  (or  incorporated  by  reference
    therein) that are not described, referred to or filed as required.
 
        (v) The statements made in the Prospectuses under "Certain United States
    Federal  Tax Consequences to Non-United States Holders" and "Shares Eligible
    for Future Sale," to the extent that they constitute matters of law or legal
    conclusions, have  been reviewed  by  such counsel  and fairly  present  the
    information disclosed therein in all material respects.
 
        (vi)  The execution and delivery of each  of this Agreement and the U.S.
    Purchase Agreement by the Company and the Selling Shareholders, the sale and
    delivery of the Offered Shares by the Selling Shareholders, the consummation
    by the Company and the Selling Shareholders of the transactions contemplated
    in this  Agreement, the  U.S.  Purchase Agreement  and in  the  Registration
    Statement  and compliance by  the Company and  the Selling Shareholders with
    the terms of this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement do not and  will
    not  conflict  with,  or  result  in  a  breach  of  any  of  the  terms  or
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    provisions of, or constitute a default  under, or result in the creation  or
    imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of
    the  Company or the Selling Shareholders  under (A) any contract, indenture,
    mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease  or any other agreement or  instrument
    identified  on  an  exhibit  to such  opinion  (except  for  such conflicts,
    breaches or  defaults  or liens,  charges  or encumbrances  that  would  not
    reasonably  be  expected to  have a  Material Adverse  Effect and  would not
    materially  and  adversely  affect  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
    contemplated  by this  Agreement and the  U.S. Purchase  Agreement), (B) any
    laws (other than the securities or blue  sky laws of the various states  and
    applicable  foreign jurisdictions, as to which  such counsel need express no
    opinion) that in our experience are generally applicable to transactions  of
    the  type contemplated by this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, or
    (C)  any  judgment,  order  or  decree  known  to  us  of  any   government,
    governmental   instrumentality  or   court,  domestic   or  foreign,  having
    jurisdiction over the Company  or the Selling Shareholders  or any of  their
    respective properties.
 
       (vii) The Original Registration Statement became effective under the 1933
    Act on the date of the Agreement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,
    if  any, became effective under  the 1933 Act no later  than the date of the
    International Price  Determination Agreement;  any  required filing  of  the
    Prospectuses or any supplement thereto pursuant to Rule 424(b) has been made
    in  the manner and within  the time period required  by Rule 424(b); and, to
    the best of  the knowledge of  such counsel, the  Registration Statement  is
    still   effective,  no  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of  the
    Registration Statement has been issued  and no proceedings for that  purpose
    have been instituted or are pending or are threatened under the 1933 Act.
 
      (viii) The Registration Statement (including the Rule 430A Information and
    the  Rule  434  Information,  if  applicable),  the  Prospectuses  and  each
    amendment or supplement  thereto (except  for the  financial statements  and
    other financial data included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which such
    counsel  need express no opinion), as of their respective effective or issue
    dates, appear on  their face to  have been appropriately  responsive in  all
    material  respects to  the requirements  of the  1933 Act  and the  1933 Act
    Regulations.
 
        (ix) [Form of opinion assuming physical delivery] Assuming that (i) each
    of the Underwriters acquired its interest  in the Offered Shares to be  sold
    by  the Selling  Shareholders pursuant to  this Agreement in  good faith and
    without notice of any adverse claim or restriction on transfer of any of the
    Offered Shares imposed by the Company and (ii) the certificates representing
    the Offered Shares and  registered in the names  of the Underwriters do  not
    contain  a lien in favor of the Company or a restriction on transfer imposed
    by the Company, upon delivery to Merrill Lynch as agent for the Underwriters
    in the  State  of  New  York  of such  Offered  Shares  registered  in  such
    Underwriters'  names,  the  Underwriters  will acquire  all  of  the Selling
    Shareholders' rights  in  the Offered  Shares  to  be sold  by  the  Selling
    Shareholders  free and  clear of  any adverse  claim (within  the meaning of
    Section 8-302 of the New York UCC), any lien in favor of the Company and any
    restriction on transfer imposed  by the Company. The  owner of such  Offered
    Shares,  if other than such Selling Shareholder, is precluded from asserting
    against  the   Underwriters   the  ineffectiveness   of   any   unauthorized
    endorsement.
 
    [Form  of  opinion assuming  settlement through  DTC]  Upon transfer  of the
    Offered Shares  to be  sold by  the Selling  Shareholders pursuant  to  this
    Agreement  to  [name of  the Underwriter  to  whose securities  account such
    Offered Shares will be credited by  DTC], and, assuming (i) such person  has
    purchased the Offered Shares in good faith and without notice of any adverse
    claim or restriction on transfer of any of the Offered Shares imposed by the
    Company  and (ii)  the certificates representing  the Offered  Shares do not
    contain a lien in favor of the Company or a restriction on transfer  imposed
    by  the Company, such person has acquired  all of the rights of such Selling
    Shareholder in  such Offered  Shares free  and clear  of any  adverse  claim
    (within the meaning of Section 8-302 of the New York UCC), any lien in favor
    of the Company, and any restrictions on transfer imposed by the Company. The
    owner  of such  Offered Shares, if  other than such  Selling Shareholder, is
    precluded from asserting against [name of Underwriter]the ineffectiveness of
    any unauthorized endorsement. "Transfer" of such Offered Shares to [name  of
    Underwriter  to whose securities  account at DTC the  Offered Shares will be
    credited by DTC] will occur
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    upon  the  making by  The Depository  Trust  Company of  appropriate entries
    transferring such Offered Shares on its books and records to the account  of
    [name  of the  Underwriter to whose  securities account at  DTC such Offered
    Shares will be credited by DTC] at The Depository Trust Company.
 
        The opinion set forth in this paragraph (ix) is subject to the following
    qualifications:
 
           (a) we  have  assumed  that  appropriate  entries  transferring  such
       Offered  Shares on the books and  records of The Depository Trust Company
       to the account of [name of Underwriter to whose securities account at DTC
       the Offered Shares will be credited by DTC] have been made and that  such
       entries  are complete and accurate in  all respects and that such Offered
       Shares will be identified on the records of The Depository Trust  Company
       for   the  sole   and  exclusive   account  of   [identify  the  specific
       Underwriter];
 
           (b) we have assumed that such  Offered Shares have been deposited  by
       American  Stock  Transfer  &  Trust Company,  as  transfer  agent  in the
       "underwriting account" at  The Depository  Trust Company, to  be held  in
       that  account for  the benefit of  the Selling Shareholders,  and will be
       transferred from that account  to the account  of [identify the  specific
       Underwriter]  at  The  Depository  Trust  Company  upon  payment therefor
       pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;
 
           (c) we have assumed  that (i) such Offered  Shares are maintained  in
       the  custody of  The Depository  Trust Company or  a custodian  bank or a
       nominee of either  subject to  The Depository  Trust Company's  exclusive
       control,  (ii)  such Offered  Shares are  in  registered form  either (x)
       registered in the  name of The  Depository Trust Company  or its  nominee
       subject to The Depository Trust Company's exclusive control, (y) indorsed
       to The Depository Trust Company, or its nominee subject to The Depository
       Trust Company's exclusive control or (z) indorsed in blank and (iii) will
       contain only signatures thereon which are genuine;
 
           (d)  we have assumed that The Depository Trust Company is a "clearing
       corporation" within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the New York UCC; and
 
           (e) we express no opinion with respect to the priority of the lien of
       The Depository Trust Company.
 
    Such counsel shall  also state  that, in  addition, it  has participated  in
conferences  with officers  and other  representatives of  the Oakley Companies,
representatives of the  independent accountants for  the Oakley Companies,  your
representatives  and  your counsel  at which  the  contents of  the Registration
Statement and the Prospectuses and related matters were discussed and,  although
such  counsel is not passing  upon, and does not  assume any responsibility for,
the accuracy,  completeness  or fairness  of  the statements  contained  in  the
Registration  Statement or the Prospectuses and has made no independent check or
verification thereof, on the basis of the  foregoing, no facts have come to  the
attention  of such counsel that have led it to believe (A) that the Registration
Statement (including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information,  if
applicable)  or any amendment thereto, at the time the Registration Statement or
any such amendment became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material
fact or  omitted to  state a  material fact  required to  be stated  therein  or
necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein not  misleading  or  (B)  that the
Prospectuses or  any amendment  or supplement  thereto, as  of their  respective
dates  or at the Closing Time, contained  an untrue statement of a material fact
or omitted to state a  material fact necessary in  order to make the  statements
therein,  in the  light of  the circumstances  under which  they were  made, not
misleading, or  (C) if  the  Company has  elected to  rely  upon Rule  434,  the
Prospectuses  are "materially different", as such term is used in Rule 434, from
the prospectuses included in the Original Registration Statement at the time  it
became  effective,  except that  such  counsel may  state  that it  expresses no
opinion or  belief with  respect to  the financial  information included  in  or
excluded  from  the  Registration  Statement or  any  amendment  thereto  or the
Prospectuses.
 
In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the
laws of jurisdictions other than the law  of the State of New York, the  federal
law  of the United States and the law  of the State of California, upon opinions
of other  counsel,  who  shall  be  counsel  satisfactory  to  counsel  for  the
Underwriters,  in which case the  opinion shall state that  they believe you and
they are entitled to so rely. Such counsel may
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
also state that,  insofar as such  opinion involves factual  matters, they  have
relied,  to the extent  they deem proper,  upon certificates of  officers of the
Oakley Companies and certificates of  public officials; provided that copies  of
such certificates have been delivered to the Managers.
 
    (c)  At  the Closing  Time,  you shall  have  received a  signed  opinion of
Preston, Gates & Ellis, special Washington counsel for the Company, dated as  of
the  Closing Time, together with signed or reproduced copies of such opinion for
each of the other  Managers, in form and  substance satisfactory to counsel  for
the Underwriters, to the effect that:
 
        (i)  The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing
    under the laws of the State of Washington with corporate power and authority
    under such laws  to own, lease  and operate its  properties and conduct  its
    business as described in the Prospectus.
 
        (ii)  The Company  is duly qualified  to transact business  as a foreign
    corporation and is  in good  standing in each  jurisdiction set  forth on  a
    schedule attached to such opinion.
 
       (iii) The Offered Shares sold by the Selling Shareholders pursuant to the
    provisions  of this Agreement  have been duly  authorized and validly issued
    and are fully paid and non-assessable;  and none of such Offered Shares  was
    issued  in  violation of  any statutory  or,  to our  knowledge, contractual
    preemptive rights of any shareholder of the Company.
 
        (iv) All of the other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
    have been  duly  authorized  and  validly issued  and  are  fully  paid  and
    non-assessable;  and none of the outstanding  shares of capital stock of the
    Company was  issued in  violation of  any statutory  or, to  our  knowledge,
    contractual preemptive rights of any shareholder of the Company.
 
        (v)  The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company
    is as set forth in the Prospectuses under the heading "Capitalization."
 
        (vi) The Offered  Shares conform in  all material respects  as to  legal
    matters  to the  description thereof in  the Prospectuses  under the caption
    "Description of Capital Stock."
 
       (vii)  Each  of  this   Agreement  (including  the  International   Price
    Determination Agreement) and the U.S. Purchase Agreement (including the U.S.
    Price  Determination  Agreement)  has  been  duly  authorized,  executed and
    delivered by the Company and each Selling Shareholder.
 
      (viii) No authorization, approval, consent  or license of any  government,
    governmental instrumentality or court in the State of Washington (other than
    under  the  securities or  blue  sky laws  of  the State  of  Washington) is
    required for the sale and delivery of the Shares.
 
        (ix) The  statements  made in  the  Prospectuses under  "Description  of
    Capital Stock," to the extent that they constitute matters of Washington law
    or  legal conclusions based upon Washington  law, have been reviewed by such
    counsel and fairly present the information disclosed therein in all material
    respects.
 
        (x) The execution and  delivery of each of  this Agreement and the  U.S.
    Purchase Agreement by the Company and the Selling Shareholders, the sale and
    delivery of the Offered Shares by the Selling Shareholders, the consummation
    by the Company and the Selling Shareholders of the transactions contemplated
    in  this  Agreement, the  U.S. Purchase  Agreement  and in  the Registration
    Statement and compliance by  the Company and  the Selling Shareholders  with
    the  terms of this Agreement and the  U.S. Purchase Agreement have been duly
    authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company  and
    do not and will not result in any violation of the articles of incorporation
    or  by-laws of the Company, and do not and will not conflict with, or result
    in a breach of any  of the terms or provisions  of, or constitute a  default
    under,  or  result in  the creation  or  imposition of  any lien,  charge or
    encumbrance upon  any  property or  assets  of  the Company  under  (A)  any
    existing  applicable  law, rule  or regulation  of  the State  of Washington
    (other than the securities or blue sky  laws of the State of Washington,  as
    to
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
    which  such counsel need express  no opinion) or (B)  any judgment, order or
    decree or any government, governmental instrumentality or court of the State
    of Washington having jurisdiction over the Company or its properties.
 
In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the
laws of jurisdictions  other than the  law of  the State of  Washington and  the
federal  law of the United States, upon  opinions of other counsel, who shall be
counsel reasonably satisfactory to counsel  for the Underwriters, in which  case
the  opinion shall state that they believe you and they are entitled to so rely.
Such counsel  may also  state that,  insofar as  such opinion  involves  factual
matters,  they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of
officers of the Oakley Companies and certificates of public officials;  provided
that such certificates have been delivered to the Managers.
 
    (d)  At the Closing Time,  you shall have received  the favorable opinion of
Shearman & Sterling, counsel for the Underwriters, dated as of the Closing Time,
together with signed or reproduced copies of such opinion for each of the  other
Managers,  to the effect that the  opinions delivered pursuant to Sections 5(b),
5(c) and  5(n)  appear on  their  face to  be  appropriately responsive  to  the
requirements of this Agreement except, specifying the same, to the extent waived
by  you,  and with  respect  to the  incorporation  and legal  existence  of the
Company,  this  Agreement,  the   U.S.  Purchase  Agreement,  the   Registration
Statement,  the Prospectuses and such other  related matters as you may require.
In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by  the
laws  of jurisdictions  other than  the law  of the  State of  New York  and the
federal law of the United States, upon opinions of counsel satisfactory to  you.
Such  counsel  may also  state that,  insofar as  such opinion  involves factual
matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates  of
officers  of the Oakley Companies and certificates of public officials; provided
that such certificates have been delivered to the Underwriters.
 
    (e)  At  the  Closing   Time,  (i)  the   Registration  Statement  and   the
Prospectuses,  as they  may then be  amended or supplemented,  shall contain all
statements that are required  to be stated  therein under the  1933 Act and  the
1933  Act  Regulations  and  in  all  material  respects  shall  conform  to the
requirements of the  1933 Act and  the 1933 Act  Regulations, the Company  shall
have  complied in all material respects with Rule 430A and Rule 434 (if it shall
have elected to  rely thereon) and  neither the Registration  Statement nor  the
Prospectuses,  as they  may then  be amended  or supplemented,  shall contain an
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
be stated therein or  necessary to make the  statements therein not  misleading,
(ii)  there  shall  not  have  been, since  the  respective  dates  as  of which
information is given in the Registration Statement, any material adverse  change
in  the financial condition, earnings, business affairs or business prospects of
the Oakley Companies, considered  as one enterprise, whether  or not arising  in
the  ordinary course of business,  (iii) no action, suit  or proceeding shall be
pending or,  to the  knowledge of  the Company,  threatened against  any of  the
Oakley  Companies that  would be  required to be  set forth  in the Prospectuses
other than as set forth therein and  no proceedings shall be pending or, to  the
knowledge  of the Company, threatened against any of the Oakley Companies before
or by  any  government,  governmental  instrumentality  or  court,  domestic  or
foreign,  that could  reasonably be expected  to result in  any material adverse
change in  the  financial  condition, earnings,  business  affairs  or  business
prospects  of the Oakley Companies, considered  as one enterprise, other than as
set forth in  the Prospectuses, (iv)  the Company shall  have complied with  all
agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied
at or prior to the Closing Time and (v) the other representations and warranties
of  the Company  set forth  in Section  1(a) shall  be accurate  in all material
respects  (except  that  such  phrase  "in  all  material  respects"  shall   be
disregarded  to the extent any such  representation and warranty is qualified by
"material", "material adverse change", "Material  Adverse Effect" or any  phrase
using  any such term) as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time. At
the Closing Time, you  shall have received a  certificate of the President,  the
Chief  Executive Officer or any Vice  President, and the Chief Financial Officer
of the Company, dated as of the Closing Time, to such effect.
 
    (f) At the Closing Time, the representations and warranties of each  Selling
Shareholder set forth in Section 1(b) shall be accurate as though expressly made
at  and as of the Closing  Time. At the Closing Time,  you shall have received a
certificate of or on behalf of each Selling Shareholder, dated as of the Closing
Time, to such effect with respect to such Selling Shareholder.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    (g) At the time that  this Agreement is executed  by the Company, you  shall
have  received from Deloitte & Touche LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and
substance satisfactory to you, together with signed or reproduced copies of such
letter for each  of the  other Managers,  confirming that  they are  independent
public  accountants with respect  to the Oakley Companies  within the meaning of
the 1933 Act and the applicable  published 1933 Act Regulations, and stating  in
effect that:
 
        (i)  in  their opinion,  the audited  financial  statements dated  as of
    December 31, 1995 and for the year ended December 31, 1995, and the  related
    financial statement schedules included in the Registration Statement and the
    Prospectuses  comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable
    accounting requirements  of  the  1933  Act  and  the  published  rules  and
    regulations thereunder;
 
        (ii)  on the basis  of procedures (but not  an examination in accordance
    with generally accepted auditing standards)  consisting of a reading of  the
    latest  available unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the
    Oakley  Companies   included  in   the   Registration  Statement   and   the
    Prospectuses,  a reading of the minutes  of all meetings of the shareholders
    and directors of the  Oakley Companies since January  1, 1996, inquiries  of
    certain  officials  of the  Oakley Companies  responsible for  financial and
    accounting  matters,  a   limited  review  in   accordance  with   standards
    established  by the American Institute  of Certified Public Accountants with
    respect to the  three-month period  ended March  31, 1996  performed at  the
    request  of the Oakley Companies, and such other inquiries and procedures as
    may be specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused
    them to believe that:
 
           (A) The unaudited  financial statements for  the three-month  periods
       ended  March 31, 1996 and 1995 included in the Registration Statement and
       the Prospectuses do not comply as  to form in all material respects  with
       the  applicable accounting requirements of the  1933 Act and the 1933 Act
       Regulations applicable to unaudited interim financial statements included
       in registration statements or any  material modifications should be  made
       to  the  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in the
       Registration Statement and the Prospectuses for them to be in  conformity
       with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
           (B)  At a specified date not more than five days prior to the date of
       this Agreement, there was any change  in the capital stock of the  Oakley
       Companies  or any  decrease in  the net  current assets  or shareholders'
       equity of the Oakley Companies or  any increase in the long-term debt  of
       the  Oakley Companies, in each case as compared with amounts shown in the
       latest balance sheet  included in the  Registration Statement, except  in
       each  case  for changes,  decreases  or increases  that  the Registration
       Statement discloses have occurred or may occur; or
 
           (C) For the period from January 1, 1996 to a specified date not  more
       than  five  days prior  to  the date  of  this Agreement,  there  was any
       decrease in net  sales, operating income  or net income  in each case  as
       compared with the comparable period in the preceding year, except in each
       case  for any  decreases that  the Registration  Statement discloses have
       occurred or may occur;
 
       (iii) based upon  the procedures  set forth in  clause (ii)  above and  a
    reading  of  the  Selected  Financial  Data  included  in  the  Registration
    Statement and a reading of the  financial statements, from which certain  of
    such  data were derived, nothing has come to their attention that gives them
    reason  to  believe  that  the  Selected  Financial  Data  included  in  the
    Registration  Statement do  not comply as  to form in  all material respects
    with the applicable accounting requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act
    Regulations, that the information set forth therein is not fairly stated  in
    relation  to the financial statements from which  it was derived or that the
    financial statements not included in  the Registration Statement from  which
    certain  of  such data  were derived  are not  in conformity  with generally
    accepted accounting principles applied  on a basis substantially  consistent
    with  that of the audited financial  statements included in the Registration
    Statement;
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
        (iv) they are unable to and do not express any opinion on the pro  forma
    adjustments  applied  to  the  historical amounts  included  in  the Summary
    Financial Data  and Selected  Financial Data  included in  the  Registration
    Statement; however, for purposes of such letter they have:
 
           (A)  read  the Summary  Financial  Data and  Selected  Financial Data
       included in the Registration Statement;
 
           (B) performed (1) an audit  of the consolidated financial  statements
       of  the Oakley Companies for  the year ended December  31, 1995 and (2) a
       review in accordance with SAS 71 of the unaudited consolidated  financial
       statements  of  the Oakley  Companies for  the three-month  periods ended
       March 31, 1996 and 1995 to which the pro forma adjustments were applied;
 
           (C) made inquiries of certain  officials of the Oakley Companies  who
       have  responsibility for financial and accounting matters about the basis
       for their  determination of  the pro  forma adjustments  and whether  the
       Summary  Financial  Data  and  Selected Financial  Data  included  in the
       Registration Statement above comply in form in all material respects with
       the applicable accounting requirements of  Rule 11-02 of Regulation  S-X;
       and
 
           (D)  proved the  arithmetic accuracy  of the  application of  the pro
       forma adjustments to the historical amounts in the Summary Financial Data
       and Selected Financial Data included in the Registration Statement; and
 
    on the basis of such procedures, and such other inquiries and procedures  as
    may be specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused
    them  to believe that the Summary Financial Data and Selected Financial Data
    included in  the Registration  Statement do  not comply  as to  form in  all
    material  respects  with  the  applicable  requirements  of  Rule  11-02  of
    Regulation S-X and  that the pro  forma adjustments have  not been  properly
    applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of that statement; and
 
        (v) in addition to the procedures referred to in clause (ii) above, they
    have  performed other specified procedures,  not constituting an audit, with
    respect to  certain  amounts,  percentages,  numerical  data  and  financial
    information  appearing in the Registration  Statement, which have previously
    been specified by you and which shall be specified in such letter, and  have
    compared  certain of  such items with,  and have  found such items  to be in
    agreement  with,  the  accounting  and  financial  records  of  the   Oakley
    Companies.
 
    (h)  At the signing of the  International Price Determination Agreement, you
shall have received from Deloitte & Touche  LLP a letter, in form and  substance
satisfactory  to  you  and dated  as  of  the date  of  the  International Price
Determination Agreement, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in
the letter furnished pursuant  to Section 5(g), except  that the specified  date
shall  be a date not more than five  days prior to the date of the International
Price Determination Agreement.
 
    (i) At the time that  this Agreement is executed  by the Company, you  shall
have  received from Bernstein, Fox,  Whitman & Company LLP  a letter, dated such
date, in  form  and substance  satisfactory  to  you, together  with  signed  or
reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Managers, confirming that
they  are or were, for the relevant periods, independent public accountants with
respect to the Company  within the meaning  of the 1933  Act and the  applicable
published 1933 Act Regulations, and stating in effect that:
 
        (i)  based upon a reading  of the Selected Financial  Data for the years
    ended December 31, 1991 and 1992, included in the Registration Statement and
    a reading of the financial statements  from which certain of such data  were
    derived,  nothing  has come  to their  attention that  gives them  reason to
    believe that the Selected  Financial Data for the  years ended December  31,
    1991  and 1992, included in  the Registration Statement do  not comply as to
    form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of
    the 1933 Act and  the 1933 Act Regulations,  that the information set  forth
    therein  is not fairly  stated in relation to  the financial statements from
    which it was derived or that the financial
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
    statements not included in the Registration Statement from which certain  of
    such  data  were  derived  are not  in  conformity  with  generally accepted
    accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with  that
    of  the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement;
    and
 
        (ii) they have performed other specified procedures, not constituting an
    audit, with  respect to  certain amounts,  percentages, numerical  data  and
    financial  information appearing  in the Registration  Statement, which have
    previously been  specified by  you  and which  shall  be specified  in  such
    letter,  and have compared certain  of such items with,  and have found such
    items to be in agreement with,  the accounting and financial records of  the
    Oakley Companies.
 
    (j)  At the signing of the  International Price Determination Agreement, you
shall have received from Bernstein, Fox, Whitman & Company LLP a letter, in form
and substance satisfactory to you and dated as of the date of the  International
Price  Determination Agreement, to the effect  that they reaffirm the statements
made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 5(i), except that the specified
date shall  be  a date  not  more  than five  days  prior  to the  date  of  the
International Price Determination Agreement.
 
    (k)  At the Closing Time, you shall have received from (i) Deloitte & Touche
LLP a letter,  in form and  substance satisfactory to  you and dated  as of  the
Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter
furnished  pursuant to Section 5(g), except  that the specified date referred to
shall be a  date not  more than five  days prior  to the Closing  Time and  (ii)
Bernstein,  Fox,  Whitman  &  Company  LLP  a  letter,  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to you and dated  as of the Closing Time,  to the effect that  they
reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 5(i).
 
    (l)  At  the Closing  Time,  counsel for  the  Underwriters shall  have been
furnished with  all  such  documents,  certificates and  opinions  as  they  may
reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the sale of the
Offered Shares as contemplated in this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement
and  the matters referred to in Section 5(d) hereof and in order to evidence the
accuracy and completeness of  any of the representations  and warranties of  the
Company  or the Selling Shareholders, the performance of any of the covenants of
the Company  or the  Selling Shareholders,  or  the fulfillment  of any  of  the
conditions  herein contained; and  all proceedings taken by  the Company and the
Selling Shareholders at or prior to the Closing Time in connection with the sale
of the Offered Shares  as contemplated in this  Agreement and the U.S.  Purchase
Agreement  shall be reasonably satisfactory in form  and substance to you and to
counsel for the Underwriters.
 
    (m) All of the Initial U.S. Shares to be purchased by the U.S.  Underwriters
on  such Closing Date shall have been  sold to the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to
the U.S. Purchase Agreement.
 
    (n) At  the  Closing Time,  you  shall have  received  a signed  opinion  of
Kennobe,  Martens, Olson  & Bear, special  patent and trademark  counsel for the
Company, dated as of the Closing Time, together with signed or reproduced copies
of such  opinion  for  each  of  the  other  Managers,  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to counsel of the Underwriters, to the effect that:
 
        (i)  The  statements made  in the  Prospectus  under the  headings "Risk
    Factors -- Protection of Proprietary  Rights" and "Business --  Intellectual
    Property,"  to  the extent  that  they constitute  matters  of law  or legal
    conclusions, have  been reviewed  by  such counsel  and fairly  present  the
    information disclosed therein.
 
        (ii)  To  the  best  knowledge  of such  counsel,  the  Company  owns or
    possesses adequate licenses or other rights to use all patents,  technology,
    know-how and other rights necessary to conduct the business presently and as
    proposed  to be conducted  by it as described  in the Registration Statement
    and the Prospectuses, and, except as described in the Registration Statement
    and  the  Prospectuses,  the  Company   has  not  received  any  notice   of
    infringement  of or conflict with, and does  not otherwise know of any basis
    for, notice of any such infringement of or conflict with, asserted rights of
    others with respect to any patents, technology or know-how.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
       (iii)  The  Company's  discoveries,  inventions,  products  or  processes
    referred  to in the  Registration Statement and the  Prospectuses do not, to
    the knowledge of such counsel, infringe or conflict with any right or patent
    which is the  subject of a  patent application known  to the Company,  which
    infringement  or conflict could  result in any  material adverse effect upon
    the Company.
 
        (iv) To  the  best  knowledge  of such  counsel,  the  Company  has  the
    exclusive  right  in the  United States  to use  or license  the use  of the
    trademarks described in the Prospectuses as registered in the United  States
    in connection with the advertising, promotion and sale of its products.
 
        (v)  To the best knowledge of such counsel, the Company is in a position
    to prevent  the  adoption  and  use  by  third  parties  of  any  trademarks
    confusingly similar to the trademarks described in the Prospectuses.
 
    If  any of the  conditions specified in  this Section 5  shall not have been
fulfilled when  and  as  required  by this  Agreement,  this  Agreement  may  be
terminated  by you on notice to the  Company and the Selling Shareholders at any
time at or  prior to the  Closing Time,  and such termination  shall be  without
liability  of  any party  to any  other party  except as  provided in  Section 4
herein. Notwithstanding any such  termination, the provisions  of Sections 7,  8
and 18 and the first paragraph of Section 9 herein shall remain in effect.
 
    Section  6.  CONDITIONS TO PURCHASE OF  INTERNATIONAL OPTION SHARES.  In the
event that the  Managers exercise their  option granted in  Section 2 hereof  to
purchase  all or any of the International Option Shares and the Date of Delivery
determined by you pursuant to Section 2  hereof is later than the Closing  Time,
the   obligations  of  the  several  Managers   to  purchase  and  pay  for  the
International Option Shares that they shall have respectively agreed to purchase
pursuant to this Agreement are subject to the accuracy in all material  respects
(except  that such phrase "in all material respects" shall be disregarded to the
extent  any  such  representation  and  warranty  is  qualified  by  "material",
"material  adverse change",  "Material Adverse Effect"  or any  phrase using any
such term) of the representations and warranties of the Company and the  Selling
Shareholders herein contained, to the performance by the Company and the Selling
Shareholders  of  their  obligations  hereunder  and  to  the  following further
conditions:
 
        (a) The Registration  Statement shall  remain effective at  the Date  of
    Delivery,  and,  at  the Date  of  Delivery,  no stop  order  suspending the
    effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the
    1933 Act and no proceedings for  that purpose shall have been instituted  or
    shall  be pending  or, to  your knowledge or  the knowledge  of the Company,
    shall be contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of  the
    Commission  for additional information shall have  been complied with to the
    reasonable satisfaction of counsel for the Underwriters.
 
        (b) At the Date of Delivery, the provisions of Sections 5(e)(i)  through
    5(e)(v) shall have been complied with at and as of the Date of Delivery and,
    at  the  Date of  Delivery, you  shall  have received  a certificate  of the
    President, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, and the  Chief
    Financial  Officer of the Company, dated as of the Date of Delivery, to such
    effect.
 
        (c) At  the Date  of Delivery,  you shall  have received  the  favorable
    opinion  of Skadden, Arps,  Slate, Meagher &  Flom, counsel for  each of the
    Company and the  Selling Shareholders,  together with  signed or  reproduced
    copies  of such opinion for each of the other Managers, in each case in form
    and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated as of  the
    Date  of Delivery, relating to the International Option Shares and otherwise
    to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b).
 
        (d) At  the Date  of Delivery,  you shall  have received  the  favorable
    opinion  of Preston, Gates  & Ellis, counsel for  the Company, together with
    signed or reproduced copies of such opinion for each of the other  Managers,
    in  each  case  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  counsel  for the
    Underwriters,  dated  as  of   the  Date  of   Delivery,  relating  to   the
    International  Option Shares and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion
    required by Section 5(c).
 
        (e) At  the Date  of Delivery,  you shall  have received  the  favorable
    opinion  of Shearman &  Sterling, counsel for the  Underwriters, dated as of
    the Date  of  Delivery, relating  to  the International  Option  Shares  and
    otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d).
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
        (f)  At  the Date  of Delivery,  you shall  have received  the favorable
    opinion of  Kennobe, Martens,  Olson &  Bear, special  patent and  trademark
    counsel  for the Company, dated as of  the Date of Delivery, relating to the
    International Option Shares and otherwise to the same effect as the  opinion
    required by Section 5(n).
 
        (g) At the Date of Delivery, you shall have received from (i) Deloitte &
    Touche  LLP a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to you and dated as
    of the Date  of Delivery, to  the effect that  they reaffirm the  statements
    made  in  the letter  furnished pursuant  to Section  5(g), except  that the
    specified date referred to shall be a date not more than five days prior  to
    the  Date  of Delivery  and (ii)  Bernstein,  Fox, Whitman  & Company  LLP a
    letter, in form and substance satisfactory to  you and dated as of the  Date
    of  Delivery, to the  effect that they  reaffirm the statements  made in the
    letter furnished pursuant to Section 5(i).
 
        (h) At the  Date of Delivery,  counsel for the  Underwriters shall  have
    been  furnished with all  such documents, certificates  and opinions as they
    may reasonably request  for the purpose  of enabling them  to pass upon  the
    sale  of the International  Option Shares as  contemplated in this Agreement
    and the matters referred  to in Section  6(e) and in  order to evidence  the
    accuracy  and completeness of  any of the  representations and warranties of
    the Company  or the  Selling Shareholders,  the performance  of any  of  the
    covenants  of the Company or the Selling Shareholders, or the fulfillment of
    any of the  conditions herein contained;  and all proceedings  taken by  the
    Company  and the Selling Shareholders at or prior to the Date of Delivery in
    connection with the sale of the International Option Shares as  contemplated
    in  this Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to
    you and to counsel for the Underwriters.
 
        (i) At the Date of Delivery,  the representations and warranties of  the
    Selling  Shareholders set forth in Section  1(b) hereof shall be accurate in
    all material respects (except  that such phrase  "in all material  respects"
    shall  be disregarded to the extent  any such representation and warranty is
    qualified  by  "material",  "material  adverse  change",  "Material  Adverse
    Effect"  or any phrase using any such  term) as though expressly made at and
    as of the  Date of Delivery  and, at the  Date of Delivery,  you shall  have
    received  a certificate of each Selling Shareholder, dated as of the Date of
    Delivery, to such effect with respect to such Selling Shareholder.
 
    Section 7.  INDEMNIFICATION.  (a)  The Company and each Selling Shareholder,
jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Manager and each
person, if any, who controls any Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the
1933 Act as follows:
 
        (i) against  any and  all  loss, liability,  claim, damage  and  expense
    whatsoever,  as  incurred, arising  out of  an  untrue statement  or alleged
    untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration  Statement
    (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule
    434  Information,  if  applicable,  or  the  omission  or  alleged  omission
    therefrom of a material fact required  to be stated therein or necessary  to
    make  the  statements therein  not misleading  or arising  out of  an untrue
    statement or alleged  untrue statement of  a material fact  included in  any
    preliminary international prospectus or the International Prospectus (or any
    amendment  or  supplement  thereto)  or  the  omission  or  alleged omission
    therefrom of  a material  fact necessary  in order  to make  the  statements
    therein,  in the light of the circumstances  under which they were made, not
    misleading;
 
        (ii) against  any and  all loss,  liability, claim,  damage and  expense
    whatsoever,  as  incurred, to  the extent  of the  aggregate amount  paid in
    settlement  of  any  litigation,  or  investigation  or  proceeding  by  any
    governmental  agency  or  body, commenced  or  threatened, or  of  any claim
    whatsoever based upon  any such untrue  statement or omission,  or any  such
    alleged  untrue statement  or omission;  PROVIDED, that  (subject to Section
    7(e) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of  (A)
    the Company, to the extent indemnification pursuant to this Section 7(a)(ii)
    is  sought from the Company and (B)  each Selling Shareholder, to the extent
    indemnification pursuant  to  this  Section 7(a)(ii)  is  sought  from  such
    Selling Shareholder;
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
       (iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including fees
    and  disbursements  of  counsel  chosen  by  you),  reasonably  incurred  in
    investigating,  preparing  or  defending  against  any  litigation,  or  any
    investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or
    threatened,  or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or
    omission, or any such  alleged untrue statement or  omission, to the  extent
    that  any such  expense is  not paid  as incurred  under clause  (i) or (ii)
    above;
 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (x) this indemnity agreement does not apply to any loss,
liability, claim,  damage or  expense to  the extent  arising out  of an  untrue
statement  or omission or alleged untrue  statement or omission made in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by  any
Manager  through you  expressly for  use in  the Registration  Statement (or any
amendment thereto),  including  the  Rule  430A Information  and  the  Rule  434
Information,  if applicable, or any  preliminary international prospectus or the
International Prospectus (or any  amendment or supplement  thereto), (y) if  the
Company  has  complied  with  its obligations  under  Section  3(e)  hereof, the
foregoing indemnity  agreement with  respect  to any  preliminary  international
prospectus  shall not inure to  the benefit of any  Manager from whom the person
asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability purchased Offered Shares (or
any person who controls  such Manager within  the meaning of  Section 15 of  the
1933  Act)  if  a copy  of  the  International Prospectus  (as  then  amended or
supplemented if the Company shall  have furnished any amendments or  supplements
thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of any Manager to such person, if
such  is required by law, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of
such Offered Shares to such person and if the International Prospectus (as  then
amended  or supplemented) would have cured the  defect giving rise to such loss,
claim, damage  or  liability,  and  (z)  each  Selling  Shareholder's  aggregate
liability  under this  Section 7  and for any  breach of  the representation and
warranty of  such Selling  Shareholder  set forth  in  Section 1(b)(i)  of  this
Agreement  (to the extent such  breach does not also  constitute a breach of any
other representation and  warranty of such  Selling Shareholder) (together  with
any  liability of such Selling Shareholder under  Section 7 of the U.S. Purchase
Agreement or for  any breach  of the representation  and warranty  set forth  in
Section  1(b)(i) of the U.S. Purchase Agreement  (to the extent such breach does
not also constitute a  breach of any other  representation and warranty of  such
Selling  Shareholder)) shall be limited  to an amount equal  to the net proceeds
(after deducting  the aggregate  Underwriters'  discount, but  before  deducting
expenses)  received by  such Selling  Shareholder from  the sale  of his  or its
Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement.
 
    In making  a claim  for indemnification  under this  Section 7  (other  than
pursuant  to clause (a)(iii) of this Section  7) or contribution under Section 8
hereof by the Company or the  Selling Shareholders, the indemnified parties  may
proceed against either (1) both the Company and the Selling Shareholders jointly
or  (2)  the  Company only,  but  may  not proceed  solely  against  the Selling
Shareholders. In the  event that the  indemnified parties are  entitled to  seek
indemnity  or contribution hereunder against  any loss, liability, claim, damage
and expense  to which  this paragraph  applies then,  as a  precondition to  any
indemnified  party obtaining  indemnification or  contribution from  any Selling
Shareholder, the indemnified parties shall first obtain a final judgment from  a
trial  court  that  such  indemnified  parties  are  entitled  to  indemnity  or
contribution under this Agreement from the Company and the Selling  Shareholders
with  respect  to such  loss, liability,  claim, damage  or expense  (the "Final
Judgment") and  shall seek  to satisfy  such  Final Judgment  in full  from  the
Company  by making a written demand upon the Company for such satisfaction. Only
in the event such Final Judgment shall remain unsatisfied in whole or in part 45
days following the  date of  receipt by  the Company  of such  demand shall  any
indemnified  party have the right to take  action to satisfy such Final Judgment
by making demand directly on  the Selling Shareholders (but  only if and to  the
extent  the Company  has not already  satisfied such Final  Judgment, whether by
settlement, release or  otherwise). The  indemnified parties  may exercise  this
right  to first seek  to obtain payment  from the Company  and thereafter obtain
payment from the Selling Shareholders without regard to the pursuit by any party
of its rights  to the  appeal of such  Final Judgment.  The indemnified  parties
shall,  however,  be  relieved  of  their obligation  to  first  obtain  a Final
Judgment, to seek to obtain payment from the Company with respect to such  Final
Judgment  or, having sought such payment, to  wait such 45 days after failure by
the Company to immediately  satisfy any such Final  Judgment if (A) the  Company
files  a  petition  for relief  under  the  United States  Bankruptcy  Code (the
"Bankruptcy Code"), (B) an order for relief is entered against the Company in an
involuntary case
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
under the Bankruptcy Code, (C) the  Company makes an assignment for the  benefit
of  its creditors,  or (D)  any court  orders or  approves the  appointment of a
receiver or custodian for  the Company or a  substantial portion of its  assets.
The  foregoing  provisions of  this paragraph  are not  intended to  require any
indemnified party to obtain a Final Judgment against the Company or the  Selling
Shareholders  before  obtaining  reimbursement of  expenses  pursuant  to clause
(a)(iii) of this Section 7. However, the indemnified parties shall first seek to
obtain such reimbursement in  full from the Company  by making a written  demand
upon  the Company for such reimbursement. Only  in the event such expenses shall
remain unreimbursed in whole or in part 45 days following the date of receipt by
the Company of such demand shall any indemnified party have the right to receive
reimbursement of such expenses from  the Selling Shareholders by making  written
demand  directly on the Selling Shareholders (but  only if and to the extent the
Company has  not already  satisfied  the demand  for reimbursement,  whether  by
settlement,  release or otherwise).  The indemnified parties  shall, however, be
relieved of their obligation to first seek to obtain such reimbursement in  full
from  the Company or, having made written  demand therefor, to wait such 45 days
after failure by the Company to  immediately reimburse such expenses if (I)  the
Company files a petition for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, (II) an order for
relief  is  entered  against  the  Company  in  an  involuntary  case  under the
Bankruptcy Code, (III) the  Company makes an assignment  for the benefit of  its
creditors, or (IV) any court orders or approves the appointment of a receiver or
custodian for the Company or a substantial portion of its assets.
 
    (c)  Each  Manager  severally  agrees to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless the
Company, its  directors,  each  of  its officers  who  signed  the  Registration
Statement,  and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning
of Section 15 of the 1933 Act  and each Selling Shareholder against any and  all
loss,  liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity agreement
in Section 7(a),  as incurred,  but only with  respect to  untrue statements  or
omissions,  or alleged untrue statements or  omissions, made in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment  thereto), including the  Rule 430A Information  and
the  Rule  434  Information,  if applicable,  or  any  preliminary international
prospectus or  the  International Prospectus  (or  any amendment  or  supplement
thereto)  in reliance upon and in  conformity with written information furnished
to the Company by such Manager through you expressly for use in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment  thereto), including the  Rule 430A Information  and
the  Rule  434 Information,  if  applicable, or  such  preliminary international
prospectus or  the  International Prospectus  (or  any amendment  or  supplement
thereto).
 
    (d)  Each  indemnified  party  shall  give  prompt  written  notice  to each
indemnifying party  of any  action  commenced against  it  in respect  of  which
indemnity  may be  sought hereunder,  but failure  to so  notify an indemnifying
party shall not relieve it from any  liability which it may have otherwise  than
on  account  of  this  indemnity  agreement  except  to  the  extent  that  such
indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure to so  notify.
An  indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such
action. If it so elects within a  reasonable time after receipt of such  notice,
an  indemnifying party,  jointly with  any other  indemnifying parties receiving
such notice, may assume the defense of such action with counsel chosen by it and
reasonably acceptable  to  the indemnified  parties  defendant in  such  action,
unless  such indemnified  parties reasonably  object to  such assumption  on the
ground that there may  be legal defenses available  to them which are  different
from  or  in addition  to  those available  to  such indemnifying  party.  If an
indemnifying party assumes the defense of such action, the indemnifying  parties
shall  not be liable  for any fees  and expenses of  counsel for the indemnified
parties incurred thereafter in  connection with such action.  In no event  shall
the  indemnifying party or parties  be liable for the  fees and expenses of more
than one counsel (in addition to  local counsel) for all indemnified parties  in
connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the
same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.
 
    (e) If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying
party  to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such
indemnifying party agrees  that it  shall be liable  for any  settlement of  the
nature  contemplated by Section 7(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if
(i) such settlement  is entered into  more than  45 days after  receipt by  such
indemnifying  party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall
have  received  notice   of  the   terms  of   such  settlement   at  least   30
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
days  prior to  such settlement being  entered into and  (iii) such indemnifying
party shall not have reimbursed such  indemnified party in accordance with  such
request  prior  to the  date of  such settlement.  No indemnifying  party shall,
without the  prior  written  consent  of  the  indemnified  parties,  settle  or
compromise  or  consent  to  the  entry of  any  judgment  with  respect  to any
litigation, or any  investigation or  proceeding by any  governmental agency  or
body,  commenced  or threatened,  or any  claim whatsoever  in respect  of which
indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 7 or  Section
8 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties
thereto),  unless  such  settlement,  compromise  or  consent  (i)  includes  an
unconditional release of each indemnified  party from all liability arising  out
of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include
a  statement as to or an admission of  fault, culpability or a failure to act by
or on behalf of any indemnified party.
 
    (f) The provisions of this Section 7  and Section 8 hereof shall not  affect
any  agreement among  the Company and  the Selling Shareholders  with respect to
indemnification and contribution.
 
    (g) In connection  with the  Reserve Share  Program, the  Company agrees  to
indemnify  and hold harmless the  Managers from and against  any and all losses,
expenses and liabilities  incurred by them  as a  result of the  failure of  the
designated  employees or other persons to pay  for and accept delivery of shares
which, immediately following  the effectiveness of  the Registration  Statement,
were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase.
 
    Section  8.   CONTRIBUTION.   In  order  to provide  for just  and equitable
contribution in circumstances under which the indemnity provided for in  Section
7 is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified parties although
applicable  in  accordance with  its  terms, subject  to  the last  paragraph of
Section 7(a)  hereof, the  Company, the  Selling Shareholders  and the  Managers
shall  contribute  to the  aggregate  losses, liabilities,  claims,  damages and
expenses of the nature  contemplated by such indemnity  incurred by the  Company
and  the Selling Shareholders and one or  more of the Managers, as incurred, (i)
in such proportion as is appropriate  to reflect the relative benefits  received
by  the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Managers,
on the  other  hand,  from the  offering  of  the Securities  pursuant  to  this
Agreement  or (ii) if the allocation provided  by clause (i) is not permitted by
applicable law, in  such proportion as  is appropriate to  reflect not only  the
relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of
the  Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Managers, on
the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in
such losses, liabilities,  claims, damages  or expenses,  as well  as any  other
relevant equitable considerations.
 
    The  relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders,
on the one hand, and the Managers, on  the other hand, shall be deemed to be  in
such  proportions  that  (a)  the  Managers  are  responsible  for  that portion
represented by the percentage  that the underwriting  discount appearing on  the
cover page of the Prospectus, or if Rule 434 is used, the corresponding location
on  the Term Sheet, bears to the initial public offering price appearing thereon
and (b)  the  Company and  the  Selling  Shareholders are  responsible  for  the
balance; PROVIDED that the aggregate liability of each Selling Shareholder under
this  Section 8 and  for any breach  of the representation  and warranty of such
Selling Shareholder  set forth  in Section  1(b)(i) of  this Agreement  (to  the
extent such breach does not also constitute a breach of any other representation
and  warranty of such Selling Shareholder)  (together with any liability of such
Selling Shareholder under Section  8 of the U.S.  Purchase Agreement or for  any
breach  of the representation and  warranty set forth in  Section 1(b)(i) of the
U.S. Purchase Agreement (to  the extent such breach  does not also constitute  a
breach  of any other  representation and warranty  of such Selling Shareholder))
shall be limited to  an amount equal  to the net  proceeds (after deducting  the
aggregate  Managers' discount, but  before deducting expenses)  received by such
Selling Shareholder from the sale of his or its Offered Shares pursuant to  this
Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement.
 
    The  relative fault of the  Company and the Selling  Shareholders on the one
hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by  reference
to,  among other things, whether  the untrue or allegedly  untrue statement of a
material fact  or the  omission or  alleged omission  to state  a material  fact
relates  to information supplied by the  Company, the Selling Shareholders or by
the Managers and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to  information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    No  person  guilty of  fraudulent misrepresentation  (within the  meaning of
Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who was not guilty  of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of  this
Section,  each person,  if any,  who controls  a Manager  within the  meaning of
Section 15 of the 1933  Act shall have the same  rights to contribution as  such
Manager,  and each  director of  the Company,  each officer  of the  Company who
signed the Registration  Statement, and each  person, if any,  who controls  the
Company  within the meaning  of Section 15 of  the 1933 Act  shall have the same
rights to contribution as the Company.
 
    The Company, the Selling Shareholders and  the Managers agree that it  would
not  be  just  and  equitable  if contribution  pursuant  to  this  Section were
determined by pro  rata allocation  (even if the  Managers were  treated as  one
entity  for such purpose)  or by any  other method of  allocation which does not
take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this  Section.
The  aggregate  amount  of  losses, liabilities,  claims,  damages  and expenses
incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section shall  be
deemed  to  include any  legal  or other  expenses  reasonably incurred  by such
indemnified  party  in  investigating,   preparing  or  defending  against   any
litigation,  or any  investigation or proceeding  by any  governmental agency or
body, commenced  or threatened,  or any  claim whatsoever  based upon  any  such
untrue or allegedly untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
    Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, no Manager shall be required
to  contribute any amount  in excess of the  amount by which  the total price at
which the  Securities underwritten  by it  and distributed  to the  public  were
offered  to the public exceeds the amount  of any damages which such Underwriter
has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or allegedly  untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
    The  Managers' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section
are several in  proportion to  the number  of Initial  International Shares  set
forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.
 
    Section  9.    REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  AND  AGREEMENTS  TO SURVIVE
DELIVERY.  The representations and  warranties of the Selling Shareholders,  the
Company  or its officers  set forth in  or made pursuant  to this Agreement will
remain operative and in  full force and effect  regardless of any  investigation
made  by or on behalf  of the Selling Shareholders,  the Company, any Manager or
any person who controls a Selling Shareholder, the Company or any Manager within
the meaning of Section 15 of the  1933 Act (except that Section 1(b)(vii)  shall
not  survive termination  of this  Agreement) and  will survive  delivery of and
payment for the Offered Shares.
 
    The indemnities  and  other  agreements of  the  Selling  Shareholders,  the
Company  or its officers  set forth in  or made pursuant  to this Agreement will
remain operative and in  full force and effect  regardless of any  investigation
made  by  or  on behalf  of  the  Selling Shareholders,  the  Company,  any U.S.
Underwriter or any person who controls a Selling Shareholder, the Company or any
U.S. Underwriter within  the meaning  of Section  15 of  the 1933  Act and  will
survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares.
 
    Section  10.    TERMINATION OF  AGREEMENT.    (a)   You  may  terminate this
Agreement, by notice to the Company and the Selling Shareholders, at any time at
or prior to the Closing Time (i)  if there has been, since the respective  dates
as  of which  information is given  in the Registration  Statement, any material
adverse change  in  the  financial  condition,  earnings,  business  affairs  or
business  prospects  of  the  Oakley Companies,  considered  as  one enterprise,
whether or not arising in the ordinary  course of business, that would make  it,
in  your judgment, impracticable  to market the  International Shares or enforce
contracts for the sale of the International Shares or (ii) if there has occurred
any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or any
outbreak of hostilities or  escalation thereof or other  calamity or crisis  the
effect of which on the financial markets of the United States is such as to make
it,  in  your  judgment, impracticable  to  market the  International  Shares or
enforce contracts for the sale of the International Shares, or (iii) if  trading
in  any securities of  the Company has  been suspended by  the Commission or the
National Association of  Securities Dealers,  Inc., or if  trading generally  on
either  the New York Stock  Exchange or in the  over-the-counter market has been
suspended, or  minimum  or  maximum  prices for  trading  have  been  fixed,  or
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, by such exchange or
by order of the Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
or  any other governmental authority or (iv) if a general banking moratorium has
been declared by either federal, New York or California authorities.
 
    (b)  If  this  Agreement  is  terminated  pursuant  to  this  Section,  such
termination  shall be without liability of any  party to any other party, except
to the extent provided in Section  4. Notwithstanding any such termination,  the
provisions  of Sections 7, 8  and 18 and the first  paragraph of Section 9 shall
remain in effect.
 
    (c) This Agreement may also terminate pursuant to the provisions of  Section
2(c), with the effect stated in such Section.
 
    Section  11.  DEFAULT BY ONE OR MORE OF THE MANAGERS.  If one or more of the
Managers shall fail at  the Closing Time to  purchase the Initial  International
Shares that it or they are obligated to purchase pursuant to this Agreement (the
"Defaulted  International Shares"),  you shall have  the right,  within 24 hours
thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Managers,
or any  other underwriters,  to purchase  all, but  not less  than all,  of  the
Defaulted  International Shares in such  amounts as may be  agreed upon and upon
the terms set forth in this Agreement; if, however, you have not completed  such
arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:
 
        (a)  if the number of Defaulted  International Shares, when added to the
    number of Defaulted U.S. Shares (as defined in the U.S. Purchase Agreement),
    does not exceed 10% of the total number of Initial International Shares  and
    Initial  U.S.  Shares  (as  defined in  the  U.S.  Purchase  Agreement), the
    non-defaulting Managers  shall  be obligated  to  purchase the  full  amount
    thereof in the proportions that their respective Initial International Share
    underwriting  obligation proportions bear to the underwriting obligations of
    all non-defaulting Managers, or
 
        (b) if the number of Defaulted  International Shares, when added to  the
    number of Defaulted U.S. Shares (as defined in the U.S. Purchase Agreement),
    exceeds  10% of the total number of Initial International Shares and Initial
    U.S. Shares  (as defined  in the  U.S. Purchase  Agreement), this  Agreement
    shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Manager.
 
    No  action  taken  pursuant to  this  Section shall  relieve  any defaulting
Manager from liability in respect of its default.
 
    In the event of any  such default that does not  result in a termination  of
this  Agreement, either you or the Company  shall have the right to postpone the
Closing Time  for a  period not  exceeding seven  days in  order to  effect  any
required  changes in the Registration Statement  or Prospectuses or in any other
documents or  arrangements. As  used  herein, the  term "Manager"  includes  any
person substituted for a Manager under this Section 11.
 
    Section  12.   DEFAULT  BY A  SELLING SHAREHOLDER  OR THE  COMPANY.   If any
Selling Shareholder  shall fail  at the  Closing Time  to sell  and deliver  the
number of Initial Shares that such Selling Shareholder is obligated to sell, the
Managers  may, at  your option, by  notice from  you to the  Company, either (a)
terminate this Agreement without any liability on the part of any non-defaulting
party except to the extent provided in Section 4 and except that the  provisions
of  Sections 7, 8  and 18 and the  first paragraph of Section  9 shall remain in
effect or  (b) elect  to  purchase the  Initial  International Shares  that  the
remaining Selling Shareholder has agreed to sell pursuant to this Agreement.
 
    In  the event of  a default under this  Section that does  not result in the
termination  of  this  Agreement,  either  you,  the  Company  or  the   Selling
Shareholders  shall have the right to postpone the Closing Time for a period not
exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration
Statement or Prospectuses or in any other documents or arrangements.
 
    No  action  taken  pursuant  to  this  Section  shall  relieve  any  Selling
Shareholder so defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such default.
 
    Section  13.   NOTICES.   All  notices and  other communications  under this
Agreement shall be in  writing and shall  be deemed to have  been duly given  if
delivered, mailed or transmitted by any standard form of
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
telecommunication.  Notices to you or the Managers shall be directed to you, c/o
Merrill Lynch  International,  20 Farringdon  Road,  London EC1M  3NH,  England,
attention of Equity Capital Markets; notices to the Company shall be directed to
it  at 10 Holland, Irvine,  California 92718, attention of  R. Link Newcomb; and
notices to the Selling  Shareholders shall be directed  to Jim Jannard and  Mike
Parnell, c/o Oakley, Inc., 10 Holland, Irvine, California 92718.
 
    Section  14.  PARTIES.  This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of the
several Managers, the Company  and the Selling Shareholders  and, to the  extent
expressed, any person who controls the Company or any of the Managers within the
meaning  of Section 15  of the 1933 Act,  and the directors  of the Company, its
officers who  have  signed  the Registration  Statement,  and  their  respective
executors, administrators, successors and assigns and, subject to the provisions
of  Section 11,  no other  person shall acquire  or have  any right  under or by
virtue of this Agreement.  The term "successors and  assigns" shall not  include
any  purchaser,  as such  purchaser, from  any  of the  several Managers  of the
International Shares.  All of  the  obligations of  the Managers  hereunder  are
several and not joint.
 
    Section  15.   REPRESENTATION OF  MANAGERS.   You will  act for  the several
Managers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and
any action under or in respect of  this Agreement taken by you as Lead  Managers
will be binding upon all the Managers.
 
    Section  16.  GOVERNING LAW  AND TIME.  This  Agreement shall be governed by
the laws of the State of New York. Specified times of the day refer to New  York
City time.
 
    Section  17.  COUNTERPARTS.   This Agreement may be  executed in one or more
counterparts and, when a counterpart has  been executed by each party, all  such
counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
    Section  18.  SELLING SHAREHOLDERS.  Each of the M. and M. Parnell Revocable
Trust, Mike D. Parnell and Melissa Parnell (collectively, the "Parnell Parties")
agrees that the  representations and warranties,  indemnities and agreements  of
the  M. and  M. Parnell  Revocable Trust  set forth  in this  Agreement shall be
deemed to have been given or  made (subject to any limitations specifically  set
forth herein), jointly and severally, by the Parnell Parties.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    If  the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement,
please sign and  return to us  a counterpart hereof,  whereupon this  instrument
will  become a binding agreement among the Company, the Selling Shareholders and
the several Managers in accordance with its terms.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          OAKLEY, INC.
 
                                          By
                                          --------------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:
 
                                          SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
[WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS]
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          James H. Jannard
 
                                          The M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust
 
[WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS]
 
                                          By
                                          --------------------------------------
                                             Mike D. Parnell, as Co-Trustee and
                                             as
                                             Attorney-in-fact for Melissa
                                             Parnell, as
                                             Co-Trustee
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Mike D. Parnell
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Melissa Parnell
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
Confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written:
 
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
ALEX. BROWN & SONS INCORPORATED
 
By: Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
    Incorporated, as Attorney-in-Fact
 
By:
   --------------------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:
 
FOR THEMSELVES AND AS LEAD MANAGERS OF THE
OTHER MANAGERS NAMED IN SCHEDULE A.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
 
                                  OAKLEY, INC.
                           (A WASHINGTON CORPORATION)
 
                        1,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
 
                  INTERNATIONAL PRICE DETERMINATION AGREEMENT
 
                                                                   June   , 1996
 
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
ALEX. BROWN & SONS INCORPORATED
  As Representatives of the several Managers
c/o Merrill Lynch International
20 Farringdon Road
London EC1M 3NH
England
 
Ladies and Gentleman:
 
    Reference is made  to the International  Purchase Agreement dated  June    ,
1996   (the  "International   Purchase  Agreement")  among   Oakley,  Inc.  (the
"Company"), the Selling Shareholders named in Schedule B thereto or hereto  (the
"Selling  Shareholders") and the several Managers named in Schedule A thereto or
hereto (the "Managers"), for whom Merrill Lynch International and Alex. Brown  &
Sons  Incorporated  are acting  as  representatives (the  "Lead  Managers"). The
International Purchase Agreement provides for the purchase by the Managers  from
the  Company and the  Selling Shareholders, subject to  the terms and conditions
set  forth  therein,  of  an   aggregate  of  1,000,000  shares  (the   "Initial
International  Shares") of  the Company's Common  Stock, par  value U.S.$.01 per
share.  This  Agreement  is  the  International  Price  Determination  Agreement
referred  to in the  International Purchase Agreement.  Terms not defined herein
are used herein as defined in the International Purchase Agreement.
 
    Pursuant  to  Section  2  of  the  International  Purchase  Agreement,   the
undersigned agree with the Lead Managers as follows:
 
        1.    The  initial  public  offering price  per  share  for  the Initial
    International Shares shall be U.S.$       .
 
        2.  The purchase price per share for the Initial International Shares to
    be paid by  the several Managers  shall be U.S.$          , representing  an
    amount  equal to  the initial  public offering  price set  forth above, less
    U.S.$       per share.
 
    The Company  represents  and warrants  to  each  of the  Managers  that  the
representations  and warranties of the Company set  forth in Section 1(a) of the
International Purchase Agreement are accurate  in all material respects  (except
that  such phrase "in all material respects"  shall be disregarded to the extent
any such  representation  and warranty  is  qualified by  "material",  "material
adverse change", "Material Adverse Effect" or any phrase using any such term) as
though expressly made at and as of the date hereof.
 
    Additionally,  if the Company  elects to rely upon  Rule 462(b), the Company
represents and warrants to each of the Managers that:
 
        (a) the  Company  has filed  a  Rule 462(b)  Registration  Statement  in
    compliance  with and that  is effective upon filing  pursuant to Rule 462(b)
    and has received confirmation of its receipt; and
 
        (b) the Company has given  irrevocable instructions for transmission  of
    the  applicable filing fee in connection with  the filing of the Rule 462(b)
    Registration Statement,  in  compliance  with  Rule  111  of  the  1933  Act
    Regulations, or the Commission has received payment of such filing fee.
<PAGE>
    Each  Selling Shareholder  represents and warrants  to each  of the Managers
that the representations and warranties of such Selling Shareholder set forth in
Section 1(b)  of  the  International  Purchase Agreement  are  accurate  in  all
material  respects (except that such phrase  "in all material respects" shall be
disregarded to the extent any such  representation and warranty is qualified  by
"material",  "material adverse change", "Material  Adverse Effect" or any phrase
using any such term) as though expressly made at and as of the date hereof.
 
    As contemplated  by  Section  2 of  the  International  Purchase  Agreement,
attached  as  Schedule A  is  a complete  list of  the  several Managers  and as
Schedule B is a complete list of the Selling Shareholders, which shall be a part
of this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement.
 
    This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
 
    If the  foregoing  is in  accordance  with  the understanding  of  the  Lead
Managers  of the  agreement between  the Managers,  the Company  and the Selling
Shareholders, please  sign  and return  to  the Company  a  counterpart  hereof,
whereupon  this instrument  along with  all counterparts  and together  with the
International Purchase  Agreement  shall  be a  binding  agreement  between  the
Managers,  the Company and the Selling Shareholders in accordance with its terms
and the terms of the International Purchase Agreement.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          OAKLEY, INC.
 
                                          By:
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:
 
                                          SELLING SHAREHOLDERS NAMED IN
                                          SCHEDULE B TO THE INTERNATIONAL
                                          PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          James H. Jannard
 
                                          The M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust
 
                                          By:
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Mike D. Parnell, as Co-Trustee and
                                              as
                                              Attorney-in-fact for Melissa
                                              Parnell, as
                                              Co-Trustee
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Mike D. Parnell
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Melissa Parnell
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
Confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written:
 
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
ALEX. BROWN & SONS INCORPORATED
 
By: Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
    Incorporated, as Attorney-in-Fact
 
By:
   --------------------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:
 
FOR THEMSELVES AND AS REPRESENTATIVES OF THE
OTHER MANAGERS NAMED IN SCHEDULE A
ATTACHED TO THE INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                NUMBER OF INITIAL
                                                                                                  INTERNATIONAL
                                                                                                     SHARES
U.S UNDERWRITER                                                                                  TO BE PURCHASED
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
Merrill Lynch International..................................................................
                                                                                                    ----------
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated..............................................................
                                                                                                    ----------
    Total....................................................................................        1,000,000
                                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                                    ----------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE B
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                                                                     SHARES OF
                                                                                      NUMBER OF        COMMON
                                                                                       INITIAL     STOCK SUBJECT
                                                                                     INTERNATIONAL       TO
                                                                                        SHARES     INTERNATIONAL
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS                                                                  TO BE SOLD       OPTION
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>           <C>
Jim Jannard........................................................................      900,000        135,000
                                                                                     ------------       -------
The M. and M. Parnell Revocable Trust..............................................      100,000         15,000
                                                                                     ------------       -------
    Total..........................................................................    1,000,000        150,000
                                                                                     ------------       -------
                                                                                     ------------       -------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1
 
                                  May 16, 1996
 
Oakley, Inc.
10 Holland
Irvine, CA 92718
 
    Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Oakley, Inc.
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
    We  have acted as special Washington counsel to Oakley, Inc. (the "Company")
in connection with  the filing  of the  above-referenced Registration  Statement
(the  "Registration  Statement") relating  to  the registration  of  shares (the
"Shares") of  common  stock,  $.01 par  value  per  share, of  the  Company.  In
connection  therewith,  we  have  reviewed the  Company's  Amended  and Restated
Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws (as amended), minutes of appropriate meetings,
and such other matters we deemed appropriate.
 
    Based on this review, it is our opinion that:
 
        1.  The Company is duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws
    of the State of Washington.
 
        2.   The  Shares  will  be  fully  paid  and  non-assessable  under  the
    Washington  Business  Corporation  Act  when  certificates  representing the
    Shares shall have been duly executed, countersigned and registered and  duly
    delivered   to  the  purchasers  thereof   against  payment  of  the  agreed
    consideration therefor.
 
    We do not find it necessary for  the purposes of this opinion to cover,  and
accordingly  we express no opinion  as to, the application  of the securities or
blue sky laws of the various states to the sale of the Shares.
 
    We hereby  consent to  the  filing of  this opinion  as  an exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement and to all references to  our firm included in or made a
part of the Registration Statement.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          PRESTON GATES & ELLIS
 
   
                                          By /s/ Gary Kocher
    

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20
 
                                      FORM
                                       OF
                           INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
    INDEMNIFICATION  AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated June   , 1996, among the
following parties (the "Parties"): OAKLEY,  INC., a Washington corporation  (the
"Company"),  JIM JANNARD  and the  M. AND  M. PARNELL  REVOCABLE TRUST,  a trust
organized under the  laws of the  State of California  (the "Parnell Trust,  and
together with Jim Jannard, the "Selling Shareholders").
 
                                R E C I T A L S
 
    WHEREAS,  the Parties, together  with Merrill Lynch,  Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated and Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, as representatives of the U.S.
Underwriters named  therein (the  "U.S. Underwriters"),  are parties  to a  U.S.
Purchase  Agreement of even  date herewith (the  "U.S. Purchase Agreement") and,
together with Merrill Lynch International  and Alex. Brown & Sons  Incorporated,
as  representatives of the Managers named  therein (the "Managers"), are parties
to an International Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the "International
Purchase Agreement,"  and,  together  with  the  U.S.  Purchase  Agreement,  the
"Purchase Agreements");
 
    WHEREAS,  pursuant  to the  terms of  the  Purchase Agreements,  the Selling
Shareholders may be required to indemnify the U.S. Underwriters or the  Managers
(as  the case  may be)  with respect to,  or contribute  to, certain liabilities
arising out of the sale of the common  stock of the Company, par value $.01  per
share, contemplated by the Purchase Agreements;
 
    WHEREAS, the Company wishes to indemnify and advance expenses to the Selling
Shareholders in connection with any proceedings and liabilities arising from the
obligations  of the  Selling Shareholders under  the Purchase  Agreements in the
manner provided for herein.
 
    NOW THEREFORE, in  consideration of the  foregoing recitals, the  agreements
contained  herein and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and
receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
 
                               A G R E E M E N T
 
    Section 1.  INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.  In respect of  any
proceeding  by any Indemnified Party (as  defined in the U.S. Purchase Agreement
or the International Purchase Agreement, as  the case may be) against a  Selling
Shareholder  in respect of indemnification under Section 7 or contribution under
Section  8  of  the  U.S.  Purchase  Agreement  or  the  International  Purchase
Agreement:
 
        (a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 1,
 
            i) the Company agrees to advance the reasonable expenses incurred by
       such  Selling Shareholder in  respect of such  proceeding including those
       incurred  by  such  Selling  Shareholder  for  separate  counsel  and  to
       reimburse any such reasonable expenses not advanced by the Company in the
       first instance;
 
            ii)  the  Company agrees  to indemnify  such Selling  Shareholder in
       respect of any liability incurred in  or as a result of such  proceeding;
       and
 
           iii) the authorization by the Company's shareholders of the agreement
       to  indemnify  contained  herein  and  the  execution  of  this Agreement
       constitute a conclusive determination that indemnification is due to such
       Selling Shareholder in  such circumstances and  the specific  shareholder
       authorization for such indemnification.
 
        (b)  The Company shall not indemnify such Selling Shareholder from or on
    account of:
 
            i) such  individual's  acts  or omissions  finally  adjudged  to  be
       intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
<PAGE>
            ii) such individual's conduct finally adjudged to be in violation of
       Washington RCW 23B.08.310; or
 
           iii)  any transaction with  respect to which  it was finally adjudged
       that such individual personally received a benefit in money, property, or
       services to which such individual was not legally entitled.
 
    Section 2.   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.   This Agreement  and all  obligations,
rights  and remedies of the Parties hereunder shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.
 
    Section 3.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  Each of  the Parties acknowledge that  there
are  no other agreements or representations,  either oral or written, express or
implied, not  embodied  or referenced  in  this Agreement,  which  represents  a
complete   integration  of   all  prior   and  contemporaneous   agreements  and
understandings of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
 
    Section 4.  GOVERNING LAW.  This agreement shall be construed in  accordance
with  the laws of  the State of  New York, without  regard to the  choice of law
rules thereof, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
shall be determined in accordance with such laws.
 
    Section 5.  COUNTERPARTS.   This Agreement  may be executed  in one or  more
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their names to be signed hereto,
all as of the day and year first above written.
 
                                          OAKLEY, INC.,
                                           a Washington corporation
 
                                          By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:
 
                                          JIM JANNARD
 
                                          --------------------------------------
 
                                          M. AND M. PARNELL REVOCABLE TRUST
 
                                          By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name: Mike Parnell
                                          Title: Co-Trustee, and as
                                          Attorney-in-Fact for
                                          Melissa Parnell, Co-Trustee
 
                                       2


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission